diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs')
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/ca.po | 1459 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/cs.po | 1411 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/de.po | 1495 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/el.po | 1496 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/eo.po | 1447 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/es.po | 1490 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/et.po | 1643 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/eu.po | 1493 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/fr.po | 1507 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/hr.po | 1404 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/id.po | 1493 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/it.po | 1448 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/nl.po | 1489 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/pl.po | 1426 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/pt_BR.po | 1498 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/ro.po | 1493 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/ru.po | 3957 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/sk.po | 1491 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/sl.po | 1422 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/sq.po | 1462 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/sv.po | 1490 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/tr.po | 1493 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/uk.po | 1502 |
23 files changed, 27195 insertions, 9314 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po index da9d737e..1470f64d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca.po +++ b/docs/installer/ca.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-08 12:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Robert Antoni Buj i Gelonch <rbuj@fedoraproject.org>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/" @@ -23,26 +23,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Llicència i notes de la versió" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acord de llicència" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "" "termes i les condicions de la llicència." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" "<application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -69,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -78,22 +79,24 @@ msgstr "" "Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Notes de la versió" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</" "application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "ca" @@ -172,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr "" "bits necessaris." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari" @@ -188,25 +191,27 @@ msgstr "Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Estableix la contrasenya d'administrador (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -227,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "" "comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -237,12 +242,12 @@ msgstr "" "nombres i altres caràcters." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Introduïu un usuari" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -254,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" "el seu ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -262,14 +267,14 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu, canviarà la icona d'usuari." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." msgstr "<guilabel>Nom real</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom real de l'usuari." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -281,18 +286,19 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al " "final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu " "també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -303,7 +309,7 @@ msgstr "" "dues caselles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -312,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr "" "directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -323,17 +329,18 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és " "recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop " "s'hagi arrencat de nou." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -344,29 +351,34 @@ msgstr "" "durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "" "Els permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Gestió avançada d'usuaris" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton>, se us presentarà una " "pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. " "També podeu activar o desactivar el compte del convidat." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -377,7 +389,7 @@ msgstr "" "El convidat hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una memòria USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -389,7 +401,7 @@ msgstr "" "restringit que els usuaris normals." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -400,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -411,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" "en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -439,17 +451,21 @@ msgstr "Tria dels punts de muntatge" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -460,7 +476,7 @@ msgstr "" "podeu canviar els punts de muntatge." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -469,7 +485,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -478,7 +494,7 @@ msgstr "" "«Tipus»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -487,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" "dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -504,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" "la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -513,7 +529,7 @@ msgstr "" "punt de muntatge en blanc." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -525,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr "" "mida. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -536,6 +552,215 @@ msgstr "" "suggerides per DrakX, o bé més." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Suport CD només d'arrencada" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Selecció d'escriptori" @@ -741,25 +966,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Canvieu coses només si teniu molt clar què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configuració de la zona horària" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -768,7 +996,7 @@ msgstr "" "fus horari." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -777,7 +1005,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1128,14 +1356,13 @@ msgstr "Particionament personalitzat del disc amb DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1148,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal>. Altrament, el sistema no arrencarà." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1156,7 +1383,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1166,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'hi ha tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1175,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1185,40 +1412,40 @@ msgstr "" "muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Continueu fins que tot sigui del vostre grat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Cliqueu <guibutton>Fet</guibutton> en acabat." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Particionament" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1229,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr "" "<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1238,19 +1465,19 @@ msgstr "" "disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1259,12 +1486,12 @@ msgstr "" "compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1273,12 +1500,12 @@ msgstr "" "instal·lació de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure en una partició Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1287,7 +1514,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1298,7 +1525,7 @@ msgstr "" "una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1316,39 +1543,39 @@ msgstr "" "personals." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Esborra i utilitza el disc sencer." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Aquesta opció utilitzarà tota la unitat per a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1358,12 +1585,12 @@ msgstr "" "teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalitzat" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1371,8 +1598,65 @@ msgstr "" "Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació " "al(s) disc(s) dur(s)." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1392,17 +1676,17 @@ msgstr "" "alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Alinea a\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Espai lliure que precedeix a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1410,37 +1694,41 @@ msgstr "" "parell de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instal·lació amb DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Pantalla de benvinguda de la instal·lació" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Febrer del 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Documentació oficial de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1451,7 +1739,8 @@ msgstr "" "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1462,7 +1751,8 @@ msgstr "" "www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1472,13 +1762,15 @@ msgstr "" "millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1488,11 +1780,27 @@ msgstr "" "manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les " "decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instal·lació amb DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Febrer del 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1565,17 +1873,21 @@ msgstr "Formatació" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1585,13 +1897,13 @@ msgstr "" "formatar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1600,7 +1912,7 @@ msgstr "" "voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1614,7 +1926,7 @@ msgstr "" "particions." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2072,6 +2384,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Llavors premeu <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Teniu més informació disponible al <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"ca/Category:Documentation\">wiki de Mageia</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selecció del suport (Nonfree)" @@ -2539,6 +2894,30 @@ msgstr "" "Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2604,16 +2983,55 @@ msgstr "Selecció i utilització de les ISOs" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Suport" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definició" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2621,7 +3039,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2630,23 +3048,23 @@ msgstr "" "\">aquí</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Suports d'instal·lació clàssics" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Característiques comunes" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Aquestes ISOs fan servir l'instal·lador clàssic anomenat drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2654,30 +3072,30 @@ msgstr "" "anteriors." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Suports diferents per a arquitectura de 32 ó 64 bits." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" "Cada DVD conté diversos entorns d'escriptori disponible i diversos idiomes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2685,12 +3103,12 @@ msgstr "" "propietat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD doble arquitectura" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2699,12 +3117,12 @@ msgstr "" "automàticament en funció de la CPU detectada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Utilitza només l'escriptori Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2713,17 +3131,17 @@ msgstr "" "pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) CAL VERIFICAR-HO!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Conté programari de propietat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Mitjà autònom" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2733,18 +3151,18 @@ msgstr "" "dur si ho voleu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Cada ISO conté només un entorn d'escriptori (KDE o bé GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Suports diferents per a arquitectura de 32 ó 64 bits." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2752,63 +3170,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Contenen programari de propietat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "CD autònom de KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Només entorn d'escriptori KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Només en anglès." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Només 32 bits." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "CD autònom de GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Només entorn d'escriptori GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "DVD autònom de KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Conté tots els idiomes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "DVD autònom de GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Suport CD només d'arrencada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2817,7 +3235,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2825,12 +3243,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2839,12 +3257,12 @@ msgstr "" "programari de propietat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2853,17 +3271,17 @@ msgstr "" "qui el necessiti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Baixada i comprovació del mitjà" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Baixada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2872,44 +3290,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Comprovació de la integritat del suport baixat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Obriu una consola, no cal que sigueu l'usuari primari, i:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2918,7 +3342,7 @@ msgstr "" "cap/a/la/imatge/fitxer.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2927,36 +3351,36 @@ msgstr "" "camí/cap/a/la/imatge/fitxer.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Enregistrament o bolcat de l'ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Enregistrament de l'ISO a un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -2965,12 +3389,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Bolcat de l'ISO a un llapis de memòria USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -2980,7 +3404,7 @@ msgstr "" "el sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2988,36 +3412,78 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Per a recuperar la capacitat original heu de reformatar el llapis de memòria " "USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Des de Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Podeu provar:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "També podeu fer servir l'eina dd en una consola:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Obriu una consola" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3026,36 +3492,68 @@ msgstr "" "oblideu el «-» final)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Introduïu l'ordre <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3064,12 +3562,12 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "On X=nom del dispositiu, per exemple: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3078,62 +3576,15 @@ msgstr "" "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Introduïu l'ordre: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Desconnecteu el llapis de memòria USB, ja està" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Des de Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Podeu provar:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Instal·lació de Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Aquest pas es detalla a <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/ca/doc/\">la " -"documentació de Mageia</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Teniu més informació disponible al <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"ca/Category:Documentation\">wiki de Mageia</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3316,6 +3767,31 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Teclat" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Teclat" @@ -3393,12 +3869,12 @@ msgstr "" "disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Tria d'un idioma per a utilitzar" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3409,7 +3885,7 @@ msgstr "" "selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3422,16 +3898,20 @@ msgstr "" "afegir els idiomes extres un cop feta la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3442,7 +3922,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleccionat a la pantalla de múltiples idiomes." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3451,11 +3931,17 @@ msgstr "" "és recomanable instal·lar també l'idioma del vostre teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot " "inhabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples idiomes» si sabeu que no cal per al " @@ -3463,10 +3949,11 @@ msgstr "" "instal·lats." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Podeu canviar l'idioma del sistema després de la instal·lació, al centre de " "control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Gestiona la localització del sistema." @@ -3517,12 +4004,12 @@ msgstr "" "botons o més." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Addició o modificació d'una entrada al menú d'arrencada" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3532,8 +4019,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3543,17 +4035,17 @@ msgstr "" "adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i " "editant la pantalla que hi apareix." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3563,8 +4055,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3572,16 +4064,16 @@ msgstr "" "Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una " "entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la " "completament." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3589,22 +4081,51 @@ msgstr "" "L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap " "selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No " "proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3613,15 +4134,8 @@ msgid "" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3629,8 +4143,8 @@ msgstr "" "Si preferiu una configuració del gestor d'arrencada diferent de la que ha " "estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3640,21 +4154,23 @@ msgstr "" "de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al gestor d'arrencada existent, o bé " "permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Els menús gràfics de Mageia són bonics :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Ús del gestor d'arrencada de Mageia" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3663,8 +4179,8 @@ msgstr "" "sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou menú " "d'arrencada de Mageia." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3672,19 +4188,20 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a gestor d'arrencada opcional, a més de " "l'antic GRUB i Lilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el gestor d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan " "admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el " "gestor d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3692,13 +4209,13 @@ msgstr "" "Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el gestor d'arrencada GRUB2, que està " "disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Ús d'un gestor d'arrencada existent" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3710,25 +4227,26 @@ msgstr "" "el botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del gestor d'arrencada, que " "us permetrà canviar-ne la localització." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR " "existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase " "prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3738,8 +4256,8 @@ msgstr "" "on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la " "pantalla d'instal·lació." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3753,13 +4271,13 @@ msgstr "" "qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació " "del sistema operatiu corresponent." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Opció avançada del gestor d'arrencada" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3771,6 +4289,38 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</" "guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -3911,14 +4461,15 @@ msgstr "Confirmació del disc dur que es formatarà" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -3926,7 +4477,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segur sobre la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -3935,6 +4486,108 @@ msgstr "" "totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Mitjà autònom" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Instal·lació de Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Desinstal·lació de Mageia" @@ -3988,3 +4641,85 @@ msgid "" "windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " "make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Des de Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Des de Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquest pas es detalla a <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/ca/doc/" +#~ "\">la documentació de Mageia</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/cs.po b/docs/installer/cs.po index 73115a43..91d41367 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs.po +++ b/docs/installer/cs.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-03 10:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jan <hlafek99@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/" @@ -25,26 +25,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Licence a Poznámky k vydání" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licenční ujednání" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -53,7 +54,7 @@ msgstr "" "licenční podmínky a ustanovení." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "" "být přijaty." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ msgstr "" "poté klikněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -82,22 +83,24 @@ msgstr "" "počítač." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Poznámky k vydání" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Chcete-li zjistit, co je nového v této verzi <application>Mageia</" "application>, klikněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Poznámky k vydání </guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "cs" @@ -169,7 +172,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Správa uživatele a supruživatele" @@ -185,25 +188,27 @@ msgstr "Správa uživatele a supruživatele" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Nastavení hesla správce (uživetele root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -216,7 +221,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -225,12 +230,12 @@ msgstr "" "písmen (velkých a malých), čísel a ostatních znaků." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Zadejte uživatele" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -238,7 +243,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -247,7 +252,7 @@ msgstr "" "ikona uživatele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -256,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" "pole skutečné jméno." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -268,18 +273,19 @@ msgstr "" "velikost písmen.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: V tomto textovém poli je třeba zadat uživatelské " "heslo. K dispozici je nápověda na konci textového pole, které udává sílu " "hesla. (viz také <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -290,7 +296,7 @@ msgstr "" "textových polí pro uživatelské heslo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -299,7 +305,7 @@ msgstr "" "čitelný (ale chráněný proti zápisu) domovský adresář." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -307,16 +313,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Pokud nechcete čitelný domovský adresář pro každého, je doporučeno přidat " "nyní pouze dočasné uživatele a přidat ty pravé až po restartu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -324,25 +331,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Přístupová oprávnění lze změnit také po instalaci." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Rozšířená správa uživatelů" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -350,7 +361,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -358,7 +369,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -366,7 +377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -374,7 +385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -399,17 +410,21 @@ msgstr "Zvolte si přípojné body" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -420,7 +435,7 @@ msgstr "" "body změnit." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -429,7 +444,7 @@ msgstr "" "kořenový oddíl (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -438,7 +453,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -447,7 +462,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"číslo oddílu\" (například \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -458,7 +473,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -467,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "" "bod." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -475,7 +490,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -483,6 +498,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Výběr pracovního prostředí" @@ -677,25 +900,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Nastavení časového pásma" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -704,7 +930,7 @@ msgstr "" "časovém pásmu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -713,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "" "GMT, také známý jako UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1018,12 +1244,13 @@ msgstr "Vlastní rozdělení disku pomocí DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1032,7 +1259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1040,61 +1267,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Rozdělení disku" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1102,57 +1329,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Použít existující oddíly" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Použít volné místo" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Použít volné místo na oddílu Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1160,7 +1387,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1171,38 +1398,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Smazat a použít celý disk" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "Pozor, toto smaže všechna data na vybraném disku. Buďte opatrní!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1210,19 +1437,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Vlastní" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1234,53 +1518,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instalace pomocí DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Únor 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Oficiální dokumentace pro Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1288,7 +1575,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1296,31 +1584,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instalace pomocí DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Únor 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1386,36 +1693,40 @@ msgstr "Formátování" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1424,7 +1735,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -1834,6 +2145,46 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Výběr zdrojů (Nonfree)" @@ -2236,6 +2587,30 @@ msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2293,16 +2668,55 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Média" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2310,116 +2724,116 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2427,63 +2841,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "pouze 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2492,7 +2906,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2500,41 +2914,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2543,87 +2957,93 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -2632,19 +3052,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Zapsat ISO na USB flash" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2652,138 +3072,167 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Můžete vyzkoušet:" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Použijte příkaz <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Můžete vyzkoušet:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -2923,6 +3372,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Klávesnice" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Klávesnice" @@ -2985,12 +3459,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Prosím zvolte si jazyk, který chcete používat" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -2998,7 +3472,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3007,16 +3481,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3024,25 +3502,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3087,77 +3570,110 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Přidaní nebo změna položky v nabídce zavaděče" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Základní nastavení zaváděcího programu" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3166,76 +3682,69 @@ msgid "" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3243,29 +3752,29 @@ msgid "" "bootloader install location." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " "the installer screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3274,13 +3783,13 @@ msgid "" "question." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3288,6 +3797,38 @@ msgid "" "guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -3409,27 +3950,129 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Instalační kroky" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "" @@ -3483,3 +4126,65 @@ msgid "" "windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " "make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index 6fd00364..181c9eaa 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-22 01:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: psyca\n" "Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/" @@ -29,26 +29,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Lizenz- und Veröffentlichungshinweise" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lizenzabkommen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ msgstr "" "sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "" "mit der Installation weitermachen können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">Weiter</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -87,23 +88,25 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Veröffentlichungshinweise" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</" "replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " "<guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "de" @@ -184,7 +187,7 @@ msgstr "" "aktualisieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Verwaltung des Benutzers und des Superusers" @@ -200,25 +203,27 @@ msgstr "Verwaltung des Benutzers und des Superusers" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Setzen des Administrator (root) Passworts:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -241,7 +246,7 @@ msgstr "" "vertippt haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -251,12 +256,12 @@ msgstr "" "Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Einen Benutzer eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -268,7 +273,7 @@ msgstr "" "einem Computer macht." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -277,7 +282,7 @@ msgstr "" "sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -286,7 +291,7 @@ msgstr "" "wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -298,18 +303,19 @@ msgstr "" "Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für " "den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie " "sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -321,7 +327,7 @@ msgstr "" "Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -331,7 +337,7 @@ msgstr "" "schreibgeschützt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -342,17 +348,18 @@ msgstr "" "schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen " "nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem " "Neustart einzurichten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -364,22 +371,22 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "" "Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Fortgeschrittene Benutzerverwaltung" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> " "geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, " @@ -387,8 +394,13 @@ msgstr "" "Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder " "deaktivieren." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -400,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" "wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -412,7 +424,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein normaler Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -423,7 +435,7 @@ msgstr "" "hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -435,7 +447,7 @@ msgstr "" "solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -463,17 +475,21 @@ msgstr "Einhängepunkte wählen" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -484,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "" "zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -493,7 +509,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> (root)-Partition haben." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -502,7 +518,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -511,7 +527,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -528,7 +544,7 @@ msgstr "" "home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -537,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" "das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -549,7 +565,7 @@ msgstr "" "Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -560,6 +576,215 @@ msgstr "" "vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Boot-only CD Medien" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Desktopauswahl" @@ -773,25 +998,28 @@ msgstr "" "Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -800,7 +1028,7 @@ msgstr "" "Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -809,7 +1037,7 @@ msgstr "" "Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1171,14 +1399,13 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1192,7 +1419,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1204,7 +1431,7 @@ msgstr "" "anfangen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1214,7 +1441,7 @@ msgstr "" "und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1223,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1234,19 +1461,19 @@ msgstr "" "ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" "Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen " "Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Ist alles bereit, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fertig</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1256,24 +1483,24 @@ msgstr "" "ist (siehe oben)" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionierung" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1284,7 +1511,7 @@ msgstr "" "<application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1293,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "Festplatte(n)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1302,12 +1529,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Verwende vorhandene Partitionen" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1316,12 +1543,12 @@ msgstr "" "Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Nutze freien Speicherplatz" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1330,12 +1557,12 @@ msgstr "" "dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Nutze den freien Speicherplatz einer Windows Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1344,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" "Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1356,7 +1583,7 @@ msgstr "" "Datenträger gesichert sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1374,12 +1601,13 @@ msgstr "" "die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Bei dieser Option stellt das Installationsprogramm die verbleibende Windows-" "Partition in einem hellen und die zukünftige Mageia-Partition in einem " @@ -1389,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr "" "den Screenshot unten." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1398,24 +1626,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Lösche und nutze den gesamten Speicher" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Diese Option wird das vollständige Laufwerk für Mageia nutzen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte " "Vorsicht walten lassen!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1426,12 +1654,12 @@ msgstr "" "dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1439,8 +1667,65 @@ msgstr "" "Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der " "Installation auf den Festplatten." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1459,17 +1744,17 @@ msgstr "" "folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Ausrichten an:\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Vorhergehender freier Speicherplatz (MiB):\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1477,37 +1762,41 @@ msgstr "" "an Megabytes erstellt werden" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Installation mit Hilfe von DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Willkommensbildschirm der Installation" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Februar 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Die offizielle Mageia-Dokumentation" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1518,7 +1807,8 @@ msgstr "" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1529,7 +1819,8 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1540,13 +1831,15 @@ msgstr "" "\">Dokumentationsteam</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " "Anleitung zu verbessern." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1556,11 +1849,27 @@ msgstr "" "sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den " "Entscheidungen, die Sie während der Installation treffen, ab." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Installation mit Hilfe von DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Februar 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1635,17 +1944,21 @@ msgstr "Formatieren" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1655,14 +1968,14 @@ msgstr "" "das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die " "notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1673,7 +1986,7 @@ msgstr "" "möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1689,7 +2002,7 @@ msgstr "" "können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2229,6 +2542,49 @@ msgstr "" "Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Weiterführende Informationen sind im <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia Wiki</link> vorhanden." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Medienauswahl (Nonfree)" @@ -2728,6 +3084,30 @@ msgstr "" "erlauben (keine Firewall)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2795,16 +3175,55 @@ msgstr "Auswählen und verwenden der ISOs" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medien" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definition" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2815,7 +3234,7 @@ msgstr "" "auf verschiedene physische Datenträger übertragen werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2824,24 +3243,24 @@ msgstr "" "\">hier</link> finden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Klassische Installationsmedien" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" "Diese ISOs verwenden ein traditionelles Installationsprogramm namens drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2849,17 +3268,17 @@ msgstr "" "vorrigen Veröffentlichung zu machen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für die 32-Bit oder 64-Bit Architektur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2868,12 +3287,12 @@ msgstr "" "Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Jede DVD enthält viele verfügbare Arbeitsumgebungen und Sprachen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2881,12 +3300,12 @@ msgstr "" "hinzuzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "Dual Arch DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2895,12 +3314,12 @@ msgstr "" "automatisch anhand der erkannten CPU getroffen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Verwendet nur den Xfce-Desktop." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2909,17 +3328,17 @@ msgstr "" "pt, ru, sv, uk) MUSS ÜBERPRÜFT WERDEN!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Es ist unfreie Software enthalten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live Medien" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2929,18 +3348,18 @@ msgstr "" "installiert werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Jede ISO enthält nur eine Desktopumgebung (KDE oder GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2951,63 +3370,63 @@ msgstr "" "um vorrige Veröffentlichungen zu aktualisieren.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Sie enthält unfreie Software." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live-CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Nur KDE Desktop-Umgebung." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Nur englische Sprache." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Nur 32-Bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live-CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live-DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live-DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Boot-only CD Medien" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -3021,7 +3440,7 @@ msgstr "" "Netzwerk oder im Internet befinden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -3032,12 +3451,12 @@ msgstr "" "kein DVD-Laufwerk verfügt oder nicht von einem USB-Stick booten kann." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -3046,12 +3465,12 @@ msgstr "" "ablehnen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -3060,17 +3479,17 @@ msgstr "" "diese benötigen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Medien herunterladen und überprüfen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Herunterladen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -3084,52 +3503,59 @@ msgstr "" "ausgewählt wurde sehen Sie womöglich etwas wie" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum und sha1sum sind Werkzeuge zum Überprüfen der Integrität der ISO-" -"Datei. Vewenden sie nur eines der beiden. Beide hexadezimalen Nummern sind " -"durch einen Algorithmus von der heruntergeladenen Datei erzeugt worden. Wenn " -"Sie diese Algorithmen verwenden, um die Nummer von der heruntergeladenen " -"Datei neu zu berechnen, stimmt die Nummer entweder überein und Ihr Download " -"ist fehlerfrei verlaufen, oder die Nummer unterscheidet sich und es gab " -"einen Fehler beim Download. Bei einem Fehler sollten Sie den Download " -"neustarten. Daraufhin erscheint dieses Fenster:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Wähle den Auswahlknopf \"Datei speichern\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Überprüfen der integrietät der heruntergeladenen Datei" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum und sha1sum sind Werkzeuge zum Überprüfen der Integrität der ISO-" +"Datei. Vewenden sie nur eines der beiden. Beide hexadezimalen Nummern sind " +"durch einen Algorithmus von der heruntergeladenen Datei erzeugt worden. Wenn " +"Sie diese Algorithmen verwenden, um die Nummer von der heruntergeladenen " +"Datei neu zu berechnen, stimmt die Nummer entweder überein und Ihr Download " +"ist fehlerfrei verlaufen, oder die Nummer unterscheidet sich und es gab " +"einen Fehler beim Download. Bei einem Fehler sollten Sie den Download " +"neustarten. Daraufhin erscheint dieses Fenster:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Öffne eine Konsole, Sie müssen hierfür nicht root sein, und:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3138,7 +3564,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3147,7 +3573,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3157,17 +3583,17 @@ msgstr "" "erhalten. Beispiel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Brennen oder übertragen der ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3177,12 +3603,12 @@ msgstr "" "zielt darauf ab ein bootbares Medium zu erstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "ISO auf eine CD/DVD brennen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3196,12 +3622,12 @@ msgstr "" "Images_auf_CD_und_DVD_brennen\">Mageia Wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "ISO auf einen USB-Stick übertragen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3210,7 +3636,7 @@ msgstr "" "'dumpen' können um davon zu booten und das System zu installieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3221,19 +3647,22 @@ msgstr "" "auf die Imagegröße reduziert." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Um die ursprüngliche Kapazität wieder herzustellen, müssen Sie den USB Stick " "formatieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Mageia verwenden" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3242,18 +3671,57 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</" "link>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Sie können versuchen:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=de_DE\">Rufus</link>" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Sie können auch das dd Werkzeug in der Konsole verwenden:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Öffnen Sie eine Konsole" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3262,12 +3730,12 @@ msgstr "" "nicht das '-' am Ende)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3277,26 +3745,59 @@ msgstr "" "auf diesen zugreift oder liest)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Geben Sie den Befehl <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> ein" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Finde den Gerätenamen des USB-Sticks (durch die Größe), zum Beispiel /dev/" "sdb auf diesem Screenshot, ist ein 8 GB großer USB-Stick." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3305,12 +3806,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput> ein" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Wobei X = der Name Ihres Gerätes ist, z.B. /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3319,62 +3820,15 @@ msgstr "" "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Geben Sie den Befehl # <userinput>sync</userinput> ein" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Entferne den USB-Stick, es ist fertig" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Windows verwenden" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Sie können versuchen:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=de_DE\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Mageia Installation" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Schritt wird in der <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/de/doc/" -"\">Mageia Dokumentation</link> detailiert beschrieben." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Weiterführende Informationen sind im <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." -"org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia Wiki</link> vorhanden." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3564,6 +4018,31 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Tastatur" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Tastatur" @@ -3644,12 +4123,12 @@ msgstr "" "lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie eine Sprache für die Installation" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3662,7 +4141,7 @@ msgstr "" "System." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3676,16 +4155,20 @@ msgstr "" "komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3696,7 +4179,7 @@ msgstr "" "wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3706,11 +4189,17 @@ msgstr "" "zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies " "kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert " @@ -3718,10 +4207,11 @@ msgstr "" "vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und " @@ -3775,12 +4265,12 @@ msgstr "" "Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3790,8 +4280,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3802,13 +4297,14 @@ msgstr "" "Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis> drücken und die Einstellungen im " "Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie <code>Grub 2</code> als Bootloader ausgewählt haben, oder Grub2-efi " "für UEFI-Systeme, können Sie dieses Werkzeug nicht verwenden, um die " @@ -3816,8 +4312,8 @@ msgstr "" "müssen stattdessen <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> manuell editieren " "oder <code>grub-customizer</code> verwenden." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3827,8 +4323,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3836,16 +4332,16 @@ msgstr "" "Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und " "aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn " "vollständig umbenennen." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3853,22 +4349,59 @@ msgstr "" "Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der " "Standardeintrag vom System gestartet." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte " "probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie <code>Grub 2</code> als Bootloader ausgewählt haben, oder Grub2-efi " +"für UEFI-Systeme, können Sie dieses Werkzeug nicht verwenden, um die " +"Einträge im nächsten Schritt zu bearbeiten. Klicken Sie auf 'Weiter'. Sie " +"müssen stattdessen <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> manuell editieren " +"oder <code>grub-customizer</code> verwenden." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Hauptoptionen des Bootloaders" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3880,18 +4413,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"Bei einem UEFI-System ist die Benutzungsoberfläche etwas anders, da es nur " -"einen Bootloader gibt (erstes Aufklappmenü) und Sie somit keinen auswählen " -"können." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3900,8 +4423,8 @@ msgstr "" "vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier " "ändern." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3912,21 +4435,23 @@ msgstr "" "bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt " "werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Das grafische Menü von Mageia ist hübsch :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3934,26 +4459,27 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme " "installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" "Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als Bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht " "von GRUB legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3961,13 +4487,13 @@ msgstr "" "Die beste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als Bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der " "Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3980,26 +4506,27 @@ msgstr "" "einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den " "Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden " "MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der " "Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist " "eine Partition." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -4011,8 +4538,8 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum " "Installationsbildschirm zurück." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -4027,13 +4554,13 @@ msgstr "" "Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen " "offen sind." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen für den Bootloader" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -4046,6 +4573,43 @@ msgstr "" "Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. " "Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"Bei einem UEFI-System ist die Benutzungsoberfläche etwas anders, da es nur " +"einen Bootloader gibt (erstes Aufklappmenü) und Sie somit keinen auswählen " +"können." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4185,14 +4749,15 @@ msgstr "Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4201,7 +4766,7 @@ msgstr "" "Auswahl nicht sicher sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4211,6 +4776,108 @@ msgstr "" "wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Live Medien" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Mageia Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Mageia deinstallieren" @@ -4290,3 +4957,85 @@ msgstr "" "Seien Sie wie immer vorsichtig bei der Veränderung von Partitionen und " "stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie von allen wichtigen Dingen Sicherungskopien " "angefertigt haben." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword." +#~ "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Mageia verwenden" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Windows verwenden" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dieser Schritt wird in der <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/de/doc/" +#~ "\">Mageia Dokumentation</link> detailiert beschrieben." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 7c6afab6..3fc88268 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-14 06:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n" @@ -22,26 +22,27 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης και σημειώσεις έκδοσης" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -50,7 +51,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαβάστε τους όρους και τις συνθήκες της άδειας χρήσης προσεκτικά." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" "application> και θα πρέπει να τους αποδεχτείτε πριν να συνεχίσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" "έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -77,23 +78,25 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton> για επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Σημειώσεις έκδοσης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Για να δείτε τι νέο υπάρχει σε αυτή την έκδοση της <application>Mageia</" "application>, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</" "guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "el" @@ -172,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικτυακού καθρεπτισμού, ο εγκαταστάτης θα εντοπίσει εκεί τα 32bit πακέτα." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Διαχείριση χρήστη και διαχειριστή" @@ -188,25 +191,27 @@ msgstr "Διαχείριση χρήστη και διαχειριστή" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του διαχειριστή (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -228,7 +233,7 @@ msgstr "" "συγκρίνοντάς τους." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -238,12 +243,12 @@ msgstr "" "σε έναν κωδικό." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Εισαγωγή ενός χρήστη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -255,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" "οτιδήποτε άλλο κάνει ένας μέσος χρήστης με τον υπολογιστή του." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -264,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "" "αλλάξει το εικονίδιο του χρήστη." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -273,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρήστη σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -285,11 +290,12 @@ msgstr "" "και κεφαλαίων.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</guilabel>: Σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου θα " "πρέπει να πληκτρολογήσετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη. Και εδώ, υπάρχει " @@ -298,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr "" "xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -310,7 +316,7 @@ msgstr "" "πρόσβασης του χρήστη." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -319,7 +325,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατάλογο αναγνώσιμο (αλλά όχι εγγράψιμο) από όλους." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -331,17 +337,18 @@ msgstr "" "ανάγνωσης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Αν δεν επιθυμείτε να έχετε έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο (/home) αναγνώσιμο από " "όλους για κανέναν, συστήνεται να προσθέσετε μόνο έναν προσωρινό χρήστη τώρα " "και να προσθέσετε τον πραγματικό(ούς) μετά την επανεκκίνηση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -353,30 +360,35 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>Διαχείριση χρηστών</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "" "Οι άδειες πρόσβασης μπορούν επίσης να τροποποιηθούν και μετά την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Προχωρημένη διαχείριση χρήστη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Αν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>για προχωρημένους</guibutton> θα " "εμφανιστεί αυτή η οθόνη που σας επιτρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις " "για τον χρήστη που κάνετε προσθέτετε. Επιπλέον, μπορείτε να απενεργοποιήσετε " "ή να ενεργοποιήσετε έναν λογαριασμό επισκέπτη (guest)." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -387,7 +399,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ο guest θα πρέπει να αποθηκεύει τα σημαντικά του αρχεία σε ένα stick USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -400,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" "τυπικούς χρήστες." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -411,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" "προηγούμενη οθόνη. Οι επιλογές είναι Bash, Dash και Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -422,7 +434,7 @@ msgstr "" "Μην εισάγετε κάτι εδώ αν δεν γνωρίζετε για το τι πρόκειται." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -450,17 +462,21 @@ msgstr "Επιλογή των σημείων προσάρτησης" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -471,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" "να αλλάξετε τα σημεία προσάρτησης." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -480,7 +496,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατάτμηση<literal> /</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -489,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσάρτησης», «Τύπος»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -498,7 +514,7 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκου»(γράμμα)], «αριθμός κατάτμησης» (για παράδειγμα, «sda5»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -516,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr "" "μιας εγκατάστασης cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -525,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσετε το πεδίο του σημείου προσάρτησης κενό." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -537,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατάτμηση για να δείτε τον τύπο και το μέγεθός της." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -549,6 +565,215 @@ msgstr "" "επιλογές." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "CD αποκλειστικά για εκκίνηση" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Επιλογή περιβάλλοντος εργασίας" @@ -759,25 +984,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλά τι κάνετε." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -786,7 +1014,7 @@ msgstr "" "ζώνη ώρας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -795,7 +1023,7 @@ msgstr "" "στην τοπική ώρα ή GMT, γνωστή και ως UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1151,14 +1379,13 @@ msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκων με το Dis #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1171,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "δεν θα είναι δυνατή η εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1183,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" "περιεχόμενό της πριν να ξεκινήσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1193,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr "" "τρία από αυτά." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1202,7 +1429,7 @@ msgstr "" "τις κατατμήσεις στην επιλεγμένη συσκευή αποθήκευσης" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1212,17 +1439,17 @@ msgstr "" "προσάρτησης, αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της ή καθαρίστε την." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Συνεχίστε έως ότου ρυθμίσετε οτιδήποτε επιθυμείτε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton> όταν είστε έτοιμος-η." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1232,24 +1459,24 @@ msgstr "" "στο /boot.EFI (δείτε ανωτέρω)" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Διαμερισμός" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1260,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέρη εγκατάστασης της <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1269,7 +1496,7 @@ msgstr "" "ιδιότητες των σκληρών σας δίσκων και το περιεχόμενό τους." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1278,12 +1505,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Χρήση των υπαρχουσών κατατμήσεων" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1292,12 +1519,12 @@ msgstr "" "συμβατές με το Linux και μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Χρήση του ελεύθερου χώρου" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1306,12 +1533,12 @@ msgstr "" "θα τον χρησιμοποιήσει για τη νέα σας εγκατάσταση της Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Χρήση του ελεύθερου χώρου σε μια κατάτμηση των Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1320,7 +1547,7 @@ msgstr "" "οδηγός εγκατάστασης μπορεί να σας επιτρέψει να τον χρησιμοποιήσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1330,7 +1557,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση της Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1349,12 +1576,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων. Θα πρέπει να το ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν συνεχίσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Με αυτήν την επιλογή, ο εγκαταστάτης εμφανίζει την υπολειπόμενη κατάτμηση " "των Windows με ανοιχτό κυανό και της επικείμενης κατάτμησης Mageia σε βαθύ " @@ -1363,7 +1591,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαστήματος μεταξύ των δυο κατατμήσεων. Δείτε στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1372,24 +1600,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Διαγραφή και χρήση ολόκληρου του δίσκου." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή θα χρησιμοποιήσει ολόκληρο τον δίσκο για τη Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Προσοχή! Αυτή η ενέργεια θα διαγράψει ΟΛΑ τα δεδομένα στον επιλεγμένο σκληρό " "δίσκο. Να είστε προσεκτικός-ή!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1400,12 +1628,12 @@ msgstr "" "τότε μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένο" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1413,8 +1641,65 @@ msgstr "" "Αυτό σας δίνει πλήρη έλεγχο στον διαμερισμό της εγκατάστασης στους σκληρούς " "σας δίσκους." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1434,17 +1719,17 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιήσετε την παρακάτω διαμόρφωση:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1452,37 +1737,41 @@ msgstr "" "Mb." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος στην εγκατάσταση" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Φεβρουάριος 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Η επίσημη τεκμηρίωση της Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1494,7 +1783,8 @@ msgstr "" "link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1505,7 +1795,8 @@ msgstr "" "<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1516,13 +1807,15 @@ msgstr "" "επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1532,11 +1825,27 @@ msgstr "" "εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και " "τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Φεβρουάριος 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1611,17 +1920,21 @@ msgstr "Μορφοποίηση" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1631,14 +1944,14 @@ msgstr "" "μορφοποίηση θα διατηρηθούν." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Συνήθως τουλάχιστον οι κατατμήσεις που έχει επιλέξει το DrakX, χρειάζεται να " "μορφοποιηθούν" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1648,7 +1961,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>χαλασμένα τμήματα</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1663,7 +1976,7 @@ msgstr "" "σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2195,6 +2508,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Nonfree)" @@ -2690,6 +3046,30 @@ msgstr "" "να είναι ριψοκίνδυνο." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2757,16 +3137,55 @@ msgstr "Επιλογή και χρήση των ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Μέσα" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Ορισμός" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2777,7 +3196,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέσο όπου το αρχείο ISO έχει αντιγραφεί." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2786,23 +3205,23 @@ msgstr "" "\">εδώ</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Μέσο κλασσικής εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Κοινά χαρακτηριστικά" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Τα ISO χρησιμοποιούν το παραδοσιακό πρόγραμμα εγκαταστάτης drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2810,17 +3229,17 @@ msgstr "" "προηγούμενη έκδοση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Διαφορετικά μέσα για αρχιτεκτονική 32 ή 64 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2829,24 +3248,24 @@ msgstr "" "Έλεγχος της μνήμης, Εργαλείο εντοπισμού υλικού." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Κάθε DVD περιέχει πολλά διαθέσιμα γραφικά περιβάλλοντα και γλώσσες." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" "Κατά την εγκατάσταση θα ερωτηθείτε για την προσθήκη ιδιόκτητου λογισμικού." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD διπλής αρχιτεκτονικής" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2855,12 +3274,12 @@ msgstr "" "βάσει τον εντοπισμό του επεξεργαστή." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2869,17 +3288,17 @@ msgstr "" "pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) ΠΡΟΣ ΕΠΙΒΕΒΑΙΩΣΗ!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Περιέχει ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Μέσο Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2889,18 +3308,18 @@ msgstr "" "στον σκληρό δίσκο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Κάθε ISO περιέχει μόνο ένα περιβάλλον εργασίας (KDE ή GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Διαφορετικά μέσα για αρχιτεκτονική 32 ή 64 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2911,63 +3330,63 @@ msgstr "" "προηγούμενη έκδοση.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Περιέχουν ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Μόνο Αγγλική γλώσσα." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Μόνο 32-bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Περιέχονται όλες οι γλώσσες." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "CD αποκλειστικά για εκκίνηση" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2982,7 +3401,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαδίκτυο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2994,12 +3413,12 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνηση από ένα κλειδί USB. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -3008,12 +3427,12 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιήσουν ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -3022,17 +3441,17 @@ msgstr "" "για αυτούς που το χρειάζονται." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Λήψη και έλεγχος των μέσων" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Λήψη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -3046,51 +3465,58 @@ msgstr "" "επιλέξετε http, μπορεί να δείτε επίσης κάτι σαν αυτό" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"Τα md5sum και sha1sum είναι εργαλεία ελέγχου της ακεραιότητας του ISO. " -"Χρησιμοποιήστε μόνο ένα από αυτά. Και οι δυο δεκαεξαδικοί αριθμοί έχουν " -"υπολογιστεί από έναν αλγόριθμο από το αρχείο λήψης. Όταν ζητάτε από τους " -"αλγόριθμους να επανυπολογίσουν τον αριθμό αυτό από το αρχείο λήψης, είτε θα " -"έχετε τον ίδιο αριθμό και το αρχείο σας είναι σωστό, είτε ο αριθμός είναι " -"διαφορετικός και έχετε μια αποτυχία και θα πρέπει να προσπαθήσετε την εκ " -"νέου λήψη του αρχείου. Στη συνέχεια θα εμφανιστεί το παρακάτω παράθυρο:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Επιλέξτε το κουμπί επιλογών Αποθήκευση του αρχείου." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Έλεγχος της ακεραιότητας του ληφθέντος αρχείου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"Τα md5sum και sha1sum είναι εργαλεία ελέγχου της ακεραιότητας του ISO. " +"Χρησιμοποιήστε μόνο ένα από αυτά. Και οι δυο δεκαεξαδικοί αριθμοί έχουν " +"υπολογιστεί από έναν αλγόριθμο από το αρχείο λήψης. Όταν ζητάτε από τους " +"αλγόριθμους να επανυπολογίσουν τον αριθμό αυτό από το αρχείο λήψης, είτε θα " +"έχετε τον ίδιο αριθμό και το αρχείο σας είναι σωστό, είτε ο αριθμός είναι " +"διαφορετικός και έχετε μια αποτυχία και θα πρέπει να προσπαθήσετε την εκ " +"νέου λήψη του αρχείου. Στη συνέχεια θα εμφανιστεί το παρακάτω παράθυρο:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Ανοίξτε ένα τερματικό －δεν χρειάζεται σύνδεση ως root － και:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3099,7 +3525,7 @@ msgstr "" "path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3108,7 +3534,7 @@ msgstr "" "path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3117,17 +3543,17 @@ msgstr "" "να περιμένετε λίγο) με τον αριθμό που δίνεται από τη Mageia. Για παράδειγμα:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Εγγραφή ή αποτύπωση του ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3137,12 +3563,12 @@ msgstr "" "σκοπεύουν στην δημιουργία ενός εκκινήσιμου μέσου." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Εγγραφή του ISO σε ένα CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3157,12 +3583,12 @@ msgstr "" "wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Αποτύπωση του ISO σε ένα κλειδί USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3172,7 +3598,7 @@ msgstr "" "και εγκατάσταση του συστήματος." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3184,19 +3610,22 @@ msgstr "" "της εικόνας ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Για να ανακτήσετε την προηγούμενη χωρητικότητα, θα πρέπει να μορφοποιήσετε " "το κλειδί USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Χρήση της Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3205,18 +3634,57 @@ msgstr "" "<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε το εργαλείο dd σε ένα τερματικό:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Ανοίξτε ένα τερματικό" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3225,12 +3693,12 @@ msgstr "" "ξεχάσετε το τελικό «-» )" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3240,27 +3708,60 @@ msgstr "" "κλειδί)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Εισάγετε την εντολή <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Αναζητήστε το όνομα της συσκευής του κλειδιού USB (βάσει του μεγέθους του), " "για παράδειγμα /dev/sdb στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο, πρόκειται για ένα κλειδί " "USB 8Gb." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3269,12 +3770,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Όπου «X» = το όνομα της συσκευής, πχ: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3283,62 +3784,15 @@ msgstr "" "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Εισάγετε την εντολή: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Αποσυνδέστε το κλειδί USB, όλα ολοκληρώθηκαν" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση της Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το βήμα περιγράφεται αναλυτικά στην <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia." -"org/en/doc/\">τεκμηρίωση της</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3527,6 +3981,31 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> το κάνετε αυτό στα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Πληκτρολόγιο" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Πληκτρολόγιο" @@ -3606,12 +4085,12 @@ msgstr "" "του μη λατινικού." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε τη γλώσσα που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3622,7 +4101,7 @@ msgstr "" "για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3636,16 +4115,20 @@ msgstr "" "γλωσσών με αυτόματο τρόπο μετά την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3656,7 +4139,7 @@ msgstr "" "σημειωθεί επίσης ως επιλεγμένη στην οθόνη πολλαπλών γλωσσών ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3666,11 +4149,17 @@ msgstr "" "πληκτρολογίου σας." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί την υποστήριξη UTF-8 (Unicode) από προεπιλογή. Αυτό " "μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί στην οθόνη «Πολλαπλές γλώσσες» αν γνωρίζετε ότι " @@ -3678,10 +4167,11 @@ msgstr "" "UTF-8 θα εφαρμοστεί σε όλες τις γλώσσες." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη γλώσσα του συστήματός σας μετά την εγκατάσταση από " "το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia -> Σύστημα -> Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα " @@ -3734,12 +4224,12 @@ msgstr "" "έξι ή περισσότερα κουμπιά." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Προσθήκη ή επεξεργασία μιας καταχώρησης στο μενού Εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3749,8 +4239,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3761,13 +4256,14 @@ msgstr "" "προγράμματος εκκίνησης</emphasis> και να επεξεργαστείτε τα πεδία στον " "αναδυόμενο διάλογο." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Αν έχετε επιλέξει <code>Grub 2</code> ως πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, ή Grub2-efi " "για συστήματα UEFI, δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο για την " @@ -3775,8 +4271,8 @@ msgstr "" "χρειαστείτε να επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα το <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</" "code> ή χρησιμοποιήστε το <code>grub-customizer</code>." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3786,8 +4282,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3796,16 +4292,16 @@ msgstr "" "ετικέτας μιας καταχώρησης και η επιλογή μιας καταχώρησης ως την " "προκαθορισμένη." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τον σωστό αριθμό έκδοσης μιας καταχώρησης, ή να την " "μετονομάσετε πλήρως." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3813,23 +4309,60 @@ msgstr "" "Η προκαθορισμένη καταχώρηση είναι αυτή στην οποία ξεκινά ο υπολογιστής αν " "δεν επιλέξετε κάποια άλλη καταχώρηση στην εκκίνηση." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Η επεξεργασία άλλων πεδίων μπορεί να έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την αδυναμία " "εκκίνησης του συστήματός σας. Παρακαλώ μην κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν " "γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Αν έχετε επιλέξει <code>Grub 2</code> ως πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, ή Grub2-efi " +"για συστήματα UEFI, δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο για την " +"επεξεργασία των καταχωρήσεων σε αυτό το στάδιο, πατήστε «Επόμενο». Θα " +"χρειαστείτε να επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα το <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</" +"code> ή χρησιμοποιήστε το <code>grub-customizer</code>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3841,18 +4374,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"Με ένα σύστημα UEFI, το περιβάλλον χρήστη είναι ελαφρώς διαφορετικό όπως ότι " -"δεν μπορείτε να επιλέξετε το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης (πρώτη αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα) " -"διότι μόνο μια επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3860,8 +4383,8 @@ msgstr "" "Αν δεν σας ικανοποιούν οι ρυθμίσεις που έχει κάνει το DrakX για το πρόγραμμα " "εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να τις αλλάξετε από εδώ." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3872,21 +4395,23 @@ msgstr "" "υπάρχον πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, ή αν θα επιτρέψετε στη Mageia να δημιουργήσει " "ένα νέο." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Το γραφικό μενού της Mageia είναι πολύ όμορφο :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης της Mageia" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3895,8 +4420,8 @@ msgstr "" "λειτουργικά συστήματα, η Mageia προσπαθεί να τα συμπεριλάβει στο νέο μενού " "εκκίνησης της Mageia." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3904,19 +4429,20 @@ msgstr "" "Η Mageia τώρα προσφέρει επίσης το GRUB2 ως προαιρετικό πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης " "επιπρόσθετα του GRUB legacy και του Lilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Τα συστήματα Linux που χρησιμοποιούν GRUB2 δεν υποστηρίζονται αυτή τη στιγμή " "από το GRUB (legacy) και δεν θα αναγνωριστούν αν χρησιμοποιείται το " "προκαθορισμένο GRUB." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3924,13 +4450,13 @@ msgstr "" "Η καλύτερη λύση για αυτό είναι η χρήση του GRUB2 που είναι διαθέσιμο από τη " "σελίδα σύνοψης στα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Χρήση ενός υπάρχοντος μενού εκκίνησης" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3943,24 +4469,25 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα σας επιτρέψει να αλλάξετε την τοποθεσία εγκατάστασης " "του προγράμματος εκκίνησης." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Μην επιλέξετε μια συσκευή π.χ. «sda», διαφορετικά θα αντικαταστήσετε το " "υπάρχον σας MBR. Πρέπει να επιλέξετε την κατάτμηση root που επιλέξατε κατά " "τον διαμερισμό νωρίτερα π.χ. sda7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Δηλαδή, το sda είναι μια συσκευή, και το sda7 είναι μια κατάτμηση." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3970,8 +4497,8 @@ msgstr "" "για να ελέγξετε που βρίσκεται η κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> (root). Με " "Ctrl+Alt+F7 επιστρέφετε στην οθόνη εγκατάστασης." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3986,13 +4513,13 @@ msgstr "" "αυτόματα το σύστημα Mageia και να το εγκαταστήσει. Δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση του " "εν λόγω λειτουργικού συστήματος." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Προχωρημένη λειτουργία του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -4005,6 +4532,43 @@ msgstr "" "του /tmp σε κάθε εκκίνηση</guilabel>. Αυτό βοηθά στη διατήρηση κάποιου " "ελεύθερου χώρου." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"Με ένα σύστημα UEFI, το περιβάλλον χρήστη είναι ελαφρώς διαφορετικό όπως ότι " +"δεν μπορείτε να επιλέξετε το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης (πρώτη αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα) " +"διότι μόνο μια επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4149,14 +4713,15 @@ msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μο #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4165,7 +4730,7 @@ msgstr "" "για το σκληρό δίσκο που επιλέξατε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4175,6 +4740,108 @@ msgstr "" "συστημάτων και όλων των δεδομένων στον συγκεκριμένο σκληρό δίσκο." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Μέσο Live" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση της Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Απεγκατάσταση της Mageia " @@ -4254,6 +4921,88 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεων, να είστε προσεκτικός-η και σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάρει " "αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλα τα σημαντικά σας αρχεία." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Χρήση της Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αυτό το βήμα περιγράφεται αναλυτικά στην <link ns4:href=\"http://www." +#~ "mageia.org/en/doc/\">τεκμηρίωση της</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + #~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος κατά τη χρήση ενός Mageia " @@ -4261,6 +5010,3 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." #~ msgstr "Προσθήκη μερικών επιλογών πυρήνα πιέζοντας το πλήκτρο F6." - -#~ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/eo.po b/docs/installer/eo.po index 0fa1512e..9cfc20a6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo.po +++ b/docs/installer/eo.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Esperanto (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -21,27 +21,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Licenco kaj publikig-notoj" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" width=" -"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" -"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licenco" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ msgstr "" "zorgeme." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" "application> kaj devas esti akceptataj antaŭ ol daŭrigi la instaladon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -78,23 +78,25 @@ msgstr "" "komputilon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Publikig-notoj" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Por vidi kio estas nova en ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</" "application>, klaku sur la butono <guibutton>Publikig-notoj (Release Notes) " "</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "eo" @@ -158,7 +160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Uzula kaj superuzula administrado" @@ -174,25 +176,27 @@ msgstr "Uzula kaj superuzula administrado" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Kreo de mastrumanta pasvorto (Set administrator (root) password):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -212,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr "" "mistajpis la unuan pasvorton dank'al komparo inter ambaŭ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -222,12 +226,12 @@ msgstr "" "karaktroj en pasvorto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Enigo de uzulo (Enter a user)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -238,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "" "kaj por io ajn kion la averaĝa uzulo faras perkomputile" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -247,7 +251,7 @@ msgstr "" "la uzulan ikonon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -256,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" "skatolo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -268,18 +272,19 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Pasvorto</guilabel>: En ĉi tiu teksta skatolo vi devus tajpi la " "uzulan pasvorton. Estas kampo je la fino de la teksto-skatolo indikanta la " "forton de la pasvorto. (Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -290,7 +295,7 @@ msgstr "" "uzulaj pasvortaj teksto-skatoloj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -299,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr "" "write protected) home directory." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -310,16 +315,17 @@ msgstr "" "is both read and write protected." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -330,28 +336,33 @@ msgstr "" "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Sperta uzulo-administrado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Se la <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> butono estas klakita aperos ekrano " "ebliganta eldoni la konfiguron de la aldonata uzulo. Krome, vi povas " "aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -362,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" "gasto devus konservi gravajn dosierojn en USB-ŝlosilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -374,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr "" "normalaj uzuloj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -385,7 +396,7 @@ msgstr "" "on, Dash-on kaj Sh-on" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -396,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" "ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -424,17 +435,21 @@ msgstr "Elekti surmetingojn" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" "\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -445,7 +460,7 @@ msgstr "" "application> vi povas ŝanĝi la surmetingojn." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -454,7 +469,7 @@ msgstr "" "(radikan) subdiskon." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -463,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Speco\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -472,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"subdiska nombro\" (ekzemple, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -489,7 +504,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>/home</literal> subdisko de kaldrona instalo." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -498,7 +513,7 @@ msgstr "" "kampon malplena." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -509,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" "povas klaki sur konkreta subdisko por vidi ĝian specon kaj grandon." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -520,6 +535,218 @@ msgstr "" "subdisko(j)n kiu(j)n sugestas DrakX aŭ pli da ili." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" width=" +"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" width=" +"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Grafika medio" @@ -724,25 +951,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Ŝanĝu aferojn nur se vi scias tre bone kion vi estas faranta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguru vian horzonon" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -751,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" "en la sama tempo-zono." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -760,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr "" "aŭ je GTM, ankaŭ konata kiel UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1068,16 +1298,14 @@ msgstr "Agordi subdiskon per DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1090,7 +1318,7 @@ msgstr "" "ne startos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " @@ -1102,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr "" "ĝi antaŭ ol komenci." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1111,7 +1339,7 @@ msgstr "" "USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1120,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" "elektita stor-aparato" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1129,24 +1357,24 @@ msgstr "" "elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Daŭrigu ĝis kiam vi agordos ĉion laŭ via deziro." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Finata</guibutton> kiam vi estos preta." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1155,17 +1383,17 @@ msgstr "" "\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Kreo de subdiskoj" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1175,7 +1403,7 @@ msgstr "" "loko-proponon de DrakX por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1184,7 +1412,7 @@ msgstr "" "enhavo de via konkreta(j) stor-aparato(j)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" @@ -1194,12 +1422,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Uzu ekzistantajn subdiskojn" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1208,12 +1436,12 @@ msgstr "" "kiuj povas esti utiligataj por la instalo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Uzu liberan spacon" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1222,12 +1450,12 @@ msgstr "" "nova Mageja instalo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Uzu la liberan spacon de vindoza subdisko" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1236,7 +1464,7 @@ msgstr "" "povas proponi utiligi ĝin." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1247,7 +1475,7 @@ msgstr "" "dosieroj antaŭe!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1264,16 +1492,16 @@ msgstr "" "personaj dosieroj." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" @@ -1283,24 +1511,24 @@ msgstr "" "\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Forviŝu kaj uzu la tutan diskon." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Ĉi tiu elekto utiligos la tutan diskon por Magejo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Atentu! Ĉi tio forigos ĈIUJN datumojn en la elektita fiksita disko. Estu " "zorgema!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1310,12 +1538,12 @@ msgstr "" "disko kiujn vi ne volas perdi, ne elektu ĉi tion." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Subdiskigo" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1323,8 +1551,65 @@ msgstr "" "Ĉi tio havigas al vi plenan kontrolon sur la lokigo de la instalo en via(j) " "fiksita(j) disko(j)." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1343,54 +1628,56 @@ msgstr "" "settings:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instalado per DrakX-o" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Bonveniga instal-ekrano" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1401,7 +1688,8 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1412,7 +1700,8 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1422,13 +1711,15 @@ msgstr "" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1437,11 +1728,27 @@ msgstr "" "Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn " "vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instalado per DrakX-o" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1514,17 +1821,21 @@ msgstr "Strukturi subdiskojn" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1534,12 +1845,12 @@ msgstr "" "estos savita." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "Kutime almenaŭ la subdiskoj elektitaj de DrakX bezonos strukturon" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1548,7 +1859,7 @@ msgstr "" "ŝatus kontroli ĉu ekzistas <emphasis>difektitaj blokoj</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1561,7 +1872,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiu ekrano vi havas elekton por vidi kio estas en viaj subdiskoj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2021,6 +2332,47 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> por daŭrigi" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" @@ -2468,6 +2820,31 @@ msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." msgstr "Rimarku ke ebligi ĉion (sen fajroŝirmilo) povas esti tre riska." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" width=" +"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2532,16 +2909,55 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2549,116 +2965,116 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2666,63 +3082,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2731,7 +3147,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2739,41 +3155,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2782,65 +3198,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -2848,24 +3270,24 @@ msgstr "" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -2874,19 +3296,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2894,41 +3316,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -2936,19 +3396,19 @@ msgstr "" "\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -2956,82 +3416,73 @@ msgstr "" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3203,6 +3654,32 @@ msgstr "" "poste en la instalo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Klavaro" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Klavaro" @@ -3276,12 +3753,12 @@ msgstr "" "ekranon demandantan kiel vi ŝatus ŝanĝi inter latinaj kaj nelatinaj klavaroj" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Bv. elekti la uzotan lingvon" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3292,7 +3769,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalado kaj por la instalita sistemo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3305,16 +3782,20 @@ msgstr "" "lingvan eltenon post la instalo." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3325,7 +3806,7 @@ msgstr "" "plurlingva ekrano ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3334,21 +3815,28 @@ msgstr "" "rekomendinde instali la lingvon de via klavaro ankaŭ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Magejo uzas UTF-8 (Unikodon) defaŭlte. Ĉi tio povas esti malŝaltita en la " "plurlingva ekrano se vi certas pri tio ke ĝi estas neadekvata por via " "lingvo. Malŝalti unikodon havos konsekvencojn sur ĉiuj instalitaj lingvoj." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Vi povas ŝanĝi la lingvon de via sistemo post la instalo per la Kontrolilo " "de Magejo -> Sistemo -> Agordi skrib-sistemojn." @@ -3400,12 +3888,12 @@ msgstr "" "por konfiguri la butonojn kiuj ne funkcias en muso kun ses aŭ pli butonoj." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" @@ -3416,25 +3904,30 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" @@ -3445,40 +3938,70 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Lanĉilaj ĉefaj elektoj" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 #, fuzzy @@ -3491,15 +4014,8 @@ msgstr "" "align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" "\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3507,8 +4023,8 @@ msgstr "" "Se vi preferas malsaman lanĉilan konfiguron al tiu elektita aŭtomate fare de " "la instalilo, vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin ĉi tie." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3518,21 +4034,23 @@ msgstr "" "decidi ĉu vi volas aldoni Magejon al via ekzistanta lanĉilo aŭ ebligi al " "Magejo krei novan." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "La grafika menuo de Magejo estas bela :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Uzi la lanĉilon de Magejo" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3540,8 +4058,8 @@ msgstr "" "disko. Se vi jam havas aliajn operaciajn sistemojn, Magejo provos aldoni " "ilin al via nova Mageja lanĉilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3549,19 +4067,20 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3569,13 +4088,13 @@ msgstr "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3586,24 +4105,25 @@ msgstr "" "butono <guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>, kiu ebligos vin ŝanĝi la instal-" "lokon de la lanĉilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Ne selektu aparaton kiel \"sda\" aŭ vi anstataŭigos la ekzistantan MBR. Vi " "devas selekti la saman radikan subdiskon kiun vi elektis dum la subdiskigo, " "ekzemple sda7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Klarigcele, sda estas aparato, sda7 subdisko." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3613,8 +4133,8 @@ msgstr "" "vidi kie estas via radika subdisko <literal>/</literal>. Ctrl+Alt+F7 venigos " "vin ree al la instal-ekrano." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3627,13 +4147,13 @@ msgstr "" "estos necese lanĉi lanĉilan instal-programon kiu devus detekti kaj konfiguri " "ĝin aŭtomate. Vidu la dokumentaron por la konkreta operacia sistemo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Lanĉila sperta elekto" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3646,6 +4166,40 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Purigu /tmp dum ĉiuj startadoj</guilabel>. Tio helpos teni iom da " "libera spaco." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -3768,27 +4322,133 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "La instal-paŝoj" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "" @@ -3842,3 +4502,76 @@ msgid "" "windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " "make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" width=" +"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +#~ "\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index ecb7e767..45f76d48 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-17 06:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: motitos\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -29,26 +29,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Licencia y Notas de Versión" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de la Licencia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" "haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -86,22 +87,24 @@ msgstr "" "ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Notas de versión" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, " "haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "es" @@ -182,7 +185,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalador encontrará los paquetes de 32 bits necesarios." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Administración de usuarios y del administrador" @@ -198,25 +201,27 @@ msgstr "Administración de usuarios y del administrador" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /" -"> </imageobject>" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Configure la Contraseña del Administrador (root)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -237,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "" "ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -247,12 +252,12 @@ msgstr "" "minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Introduzca un usuario" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -264,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "" "ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -273,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "" "del usuario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -282,7 +287,7 @@ msgstr "" "usuario en este recuadro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -294,11 +299,12 @@ msgstr "" "las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la " "contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el " @@ -306,7 +312,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -317,7 +323,7 @@ msgstr "" "recuadro anterior." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -326,7 +332,7 @@ msgstr "" "personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -337,17 +343,18 @@ msgstr "" "un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda " "añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar " "el ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -358,28 +365,33 @@ msgstr "" "la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Los permisos de acceso se pueden cambiar también tras la instación." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Configuración avanzada de usuario" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una " "pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está " "añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -390,7 +402,7 @@ msgstr "" "debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -402,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "" "que los usuarios normales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -412,7 +424,7 @@ msgstr "" "el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -423,7 +435,7 @@ msgstr "" "salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -451,17 +463,21 @@ msgstr "Elija los puntos de montaje" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-" "chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -472,7 +488,7 @@ msgstr "" "application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -481,7 +497,7 @@ msgstr "" "(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -490,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" "montaje\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -499,7 +515,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -516,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr "" "partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -525,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr "" "montaje vacío." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -537,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" "tamaño." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -548,6 +564,215 @@ msgstr "" "solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Medio CD sólo de arranque" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Selección de escritorio" @@ -754,25 +979,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Sólo cambie servicios cuando sepa bien lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure su huso horario" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -781,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr "" "huso horario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -790,7 +1018,7 @@ msgstr "" "local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1143,14 +1371,13 @@ msgstr "Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1163,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" "lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1174,7 +1401,7 @@ msgstr "" "en ella antes de comenzar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1183,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" "como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1192,7 +1419,7 @@ msgstr "" "del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1202,17 +1429,17 @@ msgstr "" "montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Continue hasta que ajuste todo a su gusto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> cuando esté listo." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1222,24 +1449,24 @@ msgstr "" "EFI (ver más arriba)" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Particionando" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1250,7 +1477,7 @@ msgstr "" "<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1259,7 +1486,7 @@ msgstr "" "contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1268,12 +1495,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Usar la partición existente" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1282,12 +1509,12 @@ msgstr "" "compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Usar el espacio libre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1296,12 +1523,12 @@ msgstr "" "nueva instalación de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Usar espacio libre en una partición de Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1310,7 +1537,7 @@ msgstr "" "puede ofrecer usarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1321,7 +1548,7 @@ msgstr "" "de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1339,12 +1566,13 @@ msgstr "" "de sus archivos personales." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Con esta opción el instaldor muestra la partición de Windows restante en " "azul, y la futura partición de Mateia en azul oscuro, con sus tamaños " @@ -1353,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr "" "la captura de pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1362,24 +1590,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Borrar y usar el disco entero" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Esta opción usará el disco completo para Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. " "¡Tenga cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1389,12 +1617,12 @@ msgstr "" "en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Particionamiento personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1402,8 +1630,65 @@ msgstr "" "Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación " "en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1422,17 +1707,17 @@ msgstr "" "siguientes configuraciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Alinear a\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Espacio libre que precede a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1440,37 +1725,41 @@ msgstr "" "megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instalación con DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Pantalla de bienvenida del Instalador" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Febrero 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Documentación Oficial para Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1481,7 +1770,8 @@ msgstr "" "by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1492,7 +1782,8 @@ msgstr "" "www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1502,13 +1793,15 @@ msgstr "" "<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " "Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1517,11 +1810,27 @@ msgstr "" "Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá " "dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instalación con DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Febrero 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1594,17 +1903,21 @@ msgstr "Formateo" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" " "fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /" "> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1614,14 +1927,14 @@ msgstr "" "formatear." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan " "formatearse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1630,7 +1943,7 @@ msgstr "" "quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1643,7 +1956,7 @@ msgstr "" "principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2163,6 +2476,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Luego, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Más información disponible en <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">Wiki de Mageia</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selección de medio (Nonfree)" @@ -2646,6 +3002,30 @@ msgstr "" "peligroso!" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2711,16 +3091,55 @@ msgstr "Seleccione y use una ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medio" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definicion" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2731,7 +3150,7 @@ msgstr "" "archivo ISO sea copiado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2740,23 +3159,23 @@ msgstr "" "\">aquí</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Medio de instalación clásico." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Caracterśticas comunes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Estas ISOs utilizan el instalador tradicional llamado drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2764,17 +3183,17 @@ msgstr "" "lanzamientos previos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2783,13 +3202,13 @@ msgstr "" "de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" "Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2797,12 +3216,12 @@ msgstr "" "libre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2811,12 +3230,12 @@ msgstr "" "realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Utiliza sólo de escritorio Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2825,17 +3244,17 @@ msgstr "" "uk) PARA REVISAR!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Contiene software no libre" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Medio Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2845,18 +3264,18 @@ msgstr "" "disco rígido." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "El ISO solo contiene un entorno de escritorio (KDE o GNOME)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2867,63 +3286,63 @@ msgstr "" "versiones previas.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Ellos contienen software no libre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Sólo idioma Inglés." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "sólo 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Todos los idiomas presentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Medio CD sólo de arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2937,7 +3356,7 @@ msgstr "" "Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2948,12 +3367,12 @@ msgstr "" "sin una unidad de DVD o PC que no pueden arrancar desde USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2962,12 +3381,12 @@ msgstr "" "propietario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2976,17 +3395,17 @@ msgstr "" "aquellos que lo necesiten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Descargando y verificando medios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Descargando" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2999,51 +3418,58 @@ msgstr "" "demasiado bajo. Si elige http, además puede ver algo como" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum y sha1sum son herramientas para verificar la integridad de los " -"archivos ISO. Utilice sólo una de ella. Ambos números hexadecimales han " -"sido calculados por un algoritmo en base al archivo que se descargará. Si " -"usted utiliza este algoritmo para calcular otra vez este número en base al " -"archivo que ha descargado, puede obtener el mismo número y su archivo " -"descargado es correcto, o el número es diferente y ha ocurrido un error. " -"Entonces aparece esta ventana:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Marque el botón Guardar Archivo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Verificar integridad del medio descargado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum y sha1sum son herramientas para verificar la integridad de los " +"archivos ISO. Utilice sólo una de ella. Ambos números hexadecimales han " +"sido calculados por un algoritmo en base al archivo que se descargará. Si " +"usted utiliza este algoritmo para calcular otra vez este número en base al " +"archivo que ha descargado, puede obtener el mismo número y su archivo " +"descargado es correcto, o el número es diferente y ha ocurrido un error. " +"Entonces aparece esta ventana:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Abra una consola, no es necesario ser root, y:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3052,7 +3478,7 @@ msgstr "" "archivo.iso</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3061,7 +3487,7 @@ msgstr "" "archivo.iso</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3070,17 +3496,17 @@ msgstr "" "poco) con el número provisto por Mageia. Ejemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Grabar o volcar el ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3090,12 +3516,12 @@ msgstr "" "un medio arrancable." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3109,12 +3535,12 @@ msgstr "" "Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">la wiki de Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Volvar el ISO en un USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3123,7 +3549,7 @@ msgstr "" "en un USB y usarlas para arrancar e instalar el sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3134,18 +3560,21 @@ msgstr "" "capacidad de la partición se reducirá al tamaño de la imagen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Para recuperar la capacidad original, tiene que formatear la memoria USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Usando Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3153,30 +3582,69 @@ msgstr "" "Puede usar una herramienta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." "org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Usted puede probar:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disco de Imagenes</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "También puede utilizar el comando \"dd\" en una consola:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Abrir consola" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "Conviértase en root con el comando su - (no se olvide del - al final)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3185,38 +3653,71 @@ msgstr "" "archivos que pueda leerlo)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Introduzca el comando \"fdisk-l\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Encuentre el nombre del dispositivo para su memoria USB (por su tamaño), por " "ejemplo /dev/sdb en la imagen de arriba, es una memoria USB 8Gb." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "Introduzca el comando: # dd if=/ruta al archivo ISO of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Donde X=nombre de tu dispositivo ej:/dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3225,62 +3726,15 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Introduce el comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Desconecta tu pendrive USB, esta echo" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Usando Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Usted puede probar:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disco de Imagenes</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Insatlación de Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Este paso se detalla en <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">Documentación de Mageia</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Más información disponible en <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">Wiki de Mageia</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3462,6 +3916,31 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Teclado" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Teclado" @@ -3538,12 +4017,12 @@ msgstr "" "y no latinas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Por favor elija un idioma" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3554,7 +4033,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalación y para su sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3567,16 +4046,20 @@ msgstr "" "instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3587,7 +4070,7 @@ msgstr "" "de múltiples idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3596,21 +4079,28 @@ msgstr "" "también el idioma de su teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en " "la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. " "Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro " "de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su " @@ -3662,12 +4152,12 @@ msgstr "" "más botones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Agregando o modificando una entrada en el menú de arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3677,8 +4167,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3688,21 +4183,22 @@ msgstr "" "boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> " "y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Si ha escogido <code>Grub 2</code> como cargador de arranque, or Grub2-efi " "para sistemas UEFI, no puede usar esta herramienta para editar entradas en " "este paso. Pulse 'Siguiente\". Tendrá que editar manualmente <code>/boot/" "grub2/custom.cfg</code> o usas <code>grub-customizer</code>." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3712,8 +4208,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3721,16 +4217,16 @@ msgstr "" "Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una " "entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede " "renombrar completamente." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3738,22 +4234,58 @@ msgstr "" "La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos " "que seleccione otra." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, " "no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Si ha escogido <code>Grub 2</code> como cargador de arranque, or Grub2-efi " +"para sistemas UEFI, no puede usar esta herramienta para editar entradas en " +"este paso. Pulse 'Siguiente\". Tendrá que editar manualmente <code>/boot/" +"grub2/custom.cfg</code> o usas <code>grub-customizer</code>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opciones principales del cargador de arranque" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3765,18 +4297,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"Con un sistema UEFI, la interfaz de usuario es ligeramente diferente ya que " -"no puede escoger el cargador de arranque (el primero de la lista " -"desplegable) porque solamente hay uno disponible." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3784,8 +4306,8 @@ msgstr "" "Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por " "elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3795,21 +4317,23 @@ msgstr "" "necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o " "permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Los menús gráficos de Mageia son buenos y bonitos :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3817,8 +4341,8 @@ msgstr "" "Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, " "Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3826,19 +4350,20 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque " "opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son " "soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por " "defecto." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3846,13 +4371,13 @@ msgstr "" "La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible " "en la página de resumen durante la instación." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Usando un cargador de arranque existente" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3864,24 +4389,25 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le " "permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe " "de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como " "por ejemplo sda7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Para ser claro, sda es un dispositivo, sda7 es una partición." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3891,8 +4417,8 @@ msgstr "" "donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve " "al instalador." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3906,13 +4432,13 @@ msgstr "" "debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del " "sistema operativo en cuestión." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3925,6 +4451,43 @@ msgstr "" "tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio " "libre." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"Con un sistema UEFI, la interfaz de usuario es ligeramente diferente ya que " +"no puede escoger el cargador de arranque (el primero de la lista " +"desplegable) porque solamente hay uno disponible." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4066,14 +4629,15 @@ msgstr "Confirme el disco que va a formatear" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4081,7 +4645,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4090,6 +4654,108 @@ msgstr "" "todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Medio Live" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Insatlación de Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Desinstalando Mageia" @@ -4166,3 +4832,85 @@ msgstr "" "herramientas de partición que se pueden utilizar, como gparted, disponible " "para Windows y Linux. Como siempre, al cambiar las particiones, tenga mucho " "cuidado, y asegúrese de que todas las cosas importantes se han respaldado." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +#~ "\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG" +#~ "\" /> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Usando Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Usando Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Este paso se detalla en <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">Documentación de Mageia</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=" +#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po index 19771a48..5e51776f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et.po +++ b/docs/installer/et.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-19 07:21+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Marek Laane <qiilaq69@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-et@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -19,26 +19,27 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Litsents ja väljalaskemärkmed" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Litsentsileping" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -47,7 +48,7 @@ msgstr "" "läbi litsentsi tingimused." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" "distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -74,23 +75,25 @@ msgstr "" "nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Väljalaskemärkmed" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas " "väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Info väljalaske kohta</" "guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "et" @@ -99,9 +102,9 @@ msgstr "et" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -169,41 +172,43 @@ msgstr "" "tarkvarapaketid." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Kasutajate ja administraatori haldamine" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot #. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Administraatori (root) parooli määramine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -224,7 +229,7 @@ msgstr "" "kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -234,12 +239,12 @@ msgstr "" "väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Kasutaja lisamine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -251,7 +256,7 @@ msgstr "" "arvutis teeb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -260,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" "ikooni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -268,7 +273,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku nime." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -279,18 +284,19 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja parooli. " "Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref linkend=" "\"givePassword\"/>)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -301,7 +307,7 @@ msgstr "" "ülal asuvasse kasti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -310,7 +316,7 @@ msgstr "" "näha (\"loetav\"), kuid siiski kirjutuskaitstud." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -321,17 +327,18 @@ msgstr "" "kasutajate kodukataloog kaitstud nii kirjutamise kui ka lugemise eest." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Kui te ei soovi, et kodukataloog oleks kellelegi näha ehk loetav, on " "soovitatav praegu lisada ainult ajutine kasutaja ja tegelikud kasutajad " "alles pärast taaskäivitamist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -343,28 +350,33 @@ msgstr "" "haldamine</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Ligipääsuõigusi saab mõistagi muuta ka pärast paigaldamist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Põhjalikum kasutajate haldamine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab " "muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi. Samuti saab siin lubada või " "keelata külaliskonto." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -375,7 +387,7 @@ msgstr "" "failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -387,7 +399,7 @@ msgstr "" "kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -397,7 +409,7 @@ msgstr "" "kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -408,7 +420,7 @@ msgstr "" "siia midagi kirjutage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -423,30 +435,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Haakepunktide valimine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -457,7 +473,7 @@ msgstr "" "muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -466,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "" "juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -475,7 +491,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Tüüp\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -484,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"(täht)], \"partitsiooninumber\" (näiteks \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -500,7 +516,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> cauldroni paigalduse <literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -509,7 +525,7 @@ msgstr "" "jätta." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -520,7 +536,7 @@ msgstr "" "ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -531,6 +547,215 @@ msgstr "" "DrakX soovitab, või rohkem." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "CD-d ainult alglaadimiseks" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Töölaua valimine" @@ -684,8 +909,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Teenuste seadistamine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -735,25 +960,28 @@ msgstr "" "Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Ajavööndi seadistamine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -762,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr "" "ajavööndis teie lähedal." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -771,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "" "ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1121,14 +1349,13 @@ msgstr "Ketta kohandatud partitsioneerimine DiskDrake'i abil" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1141,7 +1368,7 @@ msgstr "" "ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1152,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr "" "alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1162,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" "olema kolm salvestusseadet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1171,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1181,17 +1408,17 @@ msgstr "" "või ka kustutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Jätkake, kuni kõik on nii, nagu soovite." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Kui kõik on valmis, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1201,24 +1428,24 @@ msgstr "" "EFI (vt eespool)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitsioneerimine" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1229,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr "" "paigaldamiseks." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1238,7 +1465,7 @@ msgstr "" "sisust." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1247,12 +1474,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Olemasolevate partitsioonide kasutamine" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1261,12 +1488,12 @@ msgstr "" "neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1275,12 +1502,12 @@ msgstr "" "uuele Mageia paigaldusele." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine Windowsi partitsioonil" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1289,7 +1516,7 @@ msgstr "" "paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1300,7 +1527,7 @@ msgstr "" "kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1317,12 +1544,13 @@ msgstr "" "äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Selle valiku korral näitab paigaldusprogramm alles jäävat Windowsi " "partitsiooni helesinisena ja tulevast Mageia partitsiooni tumesinisena ning " @@ -1331,7 +1559,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seda näitab allolev pilt." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1340,24 +1568,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Kogu ketta tühjendamine ja kasutamine" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Selle valimisel kasutatakse kogu ketast ainult Mageia jaoks." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge " "ettevaatlik!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1367,12 +1595,12 @@ msgstr "" "kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1380,8 +1608,65 @@ msgstr "" "See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal " "või -ketastel paigaldatakse." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1400,17 +1685,17 @@ msgstr "" "gparted." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1418,37 +1703,41 @@ msgstr "" "paarisarv." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Paigaldamisvõtmed" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Veebruar 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Mageia ametlik dokumentatsioon" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1459,7 +1748,8 @@ msgstr "" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1470,7 +1760,8 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1481,13 +1772,15 @@ msgstr "" "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" "\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1497,19 +1790,35 @@ msgstr "" "millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus " "langetatud valikutest." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Veebruar 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Õnnitleme!" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1569,23 +1878,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Vormindamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1595,13 +1908,13 @@ msgstr "" "säilivad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1610,7 +1923,7 @@ msgstr "" "millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1623,7 +1936,7 @@ msgstr "" "saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2094,10 +2407,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uuendused" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2134,13 +2447,56 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Rohkem teavet leiab <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:" +"Documentation\">Mageia wikist</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2227,8 +2583,7 @@ msgid "" "If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" " "option in the same screen." msgstr "" -"Soovi korral võite samal ekraanil ära märkida valiku \"Valik " -"paketthaaval\"." +"Soovi korral võite samal ekraanil ära märkida valiku \"Valik paketthaaval\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:24 @@ -2241,10 +2596,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Minimaalne paigaldus on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</" "application> jaoks meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne " -"tööjaam. " -"Tõenäoliselt oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval " -"valimisega, " -"vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval " +"valimisega, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:29 @@ -2261,8 +2614,7 @@ msgid "" "If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop " "environment." msgstr "" -"Kui märkida \"X'iga\", paigaldatakse ka kergekaaluline töökeskkond " -"IceWM." +"Kui märkida \"X'iga\", paigaldatakse ka kergekaaluline töökeskkond IceWM." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:33 @@ -2273,11 +2625,10 @@ msgid "" "href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> " "info pages." msgstr "" -"Baasdokumentatsioon tähendab man- ja info-lehekülgi. See sisaldab " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux " -"Documentation Projecti</link> manuaalilehekülgi ja paketi " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU " -"coreutils</link> info-lehekülgi." +"Baasdokumentatsioon tähendab man- ja info-lehekülgi. See sisaldab <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation " +"Projecti</link> manuaalilehekülgi ja paketi <link xlink:href=\"http://www." +"gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> info-lehekülgi." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:41 @@ -2295,18 +2646,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Seadistuste kokkuvõte" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2611,6 +2962,30 @@ msgstr "" "Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2635,8 +3010,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Turbetase" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2677,16 +3052,55 @@ msgstr "ISO-tõmmise valimine ja kasutamine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Andmekandjad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Määratlus" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2697,7 +3111,7 @@ msgstr "" "seadet, millele ISO-tõmmis on kopeeritud." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2706,40 +3120,40 @@ msgstr "" "\">siit</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Klassikalised paigaldusandmekandjad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Ühised omadused" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Kasutavad traditsioonilist paigaldusprogrammi drakx" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" "Saab teha nii puhta paigalduse kui ka uuendada varasematelt väljalasetelt" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2748,12 +3162,12 @@ msgstr "" "riistvara tuvastamise tööriist" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Iga DVD sisaldab paljusid saadaolevaid töökeskkondi ja keeli" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2761,12 +3175,12 @@ msgstr "" "mitte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "Kahearhitektuurne (dualarch) DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2775,12 +3189,12 @@ msgstr "" "tehakse automaatselt vastavalt tuvastatud protsessorile" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Ainult Xfce töökeskkond" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2788,17 +3202,17 @@ msgstr "" "Ainult mõned keeled (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Sisaldab mittevaba tarkvara" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live-andmekandjad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2807,18 +3221,18 @@ msgstr "" "paigaldamata, aga soovi korral siiski ka Mageia paigaldamiseks" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "ISO sisaldab ainult üht töökeskkonda (KDE või GNOME)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2828,63 +3242,63 @@ msgstr "" "mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Sisaldavad mittevaba tarkvara" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "KDE LiveCD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Ainult KDE töökeskkond" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Ainult inglise keeles" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Ainult 32-bitine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME LiveCD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Ainult GNOME töökeskkond" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "KDE LiveDVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Sisaldab kõiki keeli" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME LiveDVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "CD-d ainult alglaadimiseks" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2897,7 +3311,7 @@ msgstr "" "muul kohalikul kettal, kohalikus võrgus või internetis." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2908,12 +3322,12 @@ msgstr "" "ilma DVD-seadmeta või ei saa arvutit käivitada USB-pulga pealt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2922,12 +3336,12 @@ msgstr "" "kasutama" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2936,17 +3350,17 @@ msgstr "" "seda vajavad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Andmekandja allalaadimine ja kontrollimine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Allalaadimine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2959,50 +3373,57 @@ msgstr "" "liiga väike. HTTP valimise korral peaks pilt olema umbes selline:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum ja sha1sum on tööriistad ISO terviklikkuse kontrollimiseks. Kasutada " -"tuleks ainult üht neist. Mõlemad kuueteistkümnendarvud arvutatakse kindla " -"algoritmiga allalaaditava faili põhjal. Kui paluda algoritmil arv uuesti " -"leida allalaaditud faili põhjal, saab tulemuseks kas sama arvu, mis " -"tähendab, et allalaaditud fail on korras, või siis mõne muu arvu, mis " -"tähendab, et see ei ole korras. Seejärel ilmub järgmine aken:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Märkige raadionupp Salvestama." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Allalaaditud andmekandja terviklikkuse kontrollimine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum ja sha1sum on tööriistad ISO terviklikkuse kontrollimiseks. Kasutada " +"tuleks ainult üht neist. Mõlemad kuueteistkümnendarvud arvutatakse kindla " +"algoritmiga allalaaditava faili põhjal. Kui paluda algoritmil arv uuesti " +"leida allalaaditud faili põhjal, saab tulemuseks kas sama arvu, mis " +"tähendab, et allalaaditud fail on korras, või siis mõne muu arvu, mis " +"tähendab, et see ei ole korras. Seejärel ilmub järgmine aken:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Avage konsool (selleks ei pea olema administraator) ja kirjutage:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3011,7 +3432,7 @@ msgstr "" "iso/asukoht</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3020,7 +3441,7 @@ msgstr "" "tõmmisefail.iso/asukoht</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3029,17 +3450,17 @@ msgstr "" "allalaadimissaidil näidatuga:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "ISO kirjutamine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3048,12 +3469,12 @@ msgstr "" "ole tavaline kopeerimine, vaid eesmärk on luua käivitatav andmekandja." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "ISO kirjutamine CD-le või DVD-le" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3066,12 +3487,12 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wikist</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "ISO kirjutamine USB-pulgale" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3080,7 +3501,7 @@ msgstr "" "pulgale, mis on käivitatav ja mille pealt saab süsteemi paigaldada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3091,17 +3512,20 @@ msgstr "" "suurusele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "Algse mahu taastamiseks tuleb USB-pulk vormindada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Mageia kasutamise korral" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3110,18 +3534,57 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</" "link>." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Võite proovida järgmisi programme:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Samuti võib kasutada konsoolis tööriista dd:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Avage konsool" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3130,12 +3593,12 @@ msgstr "" "unustage kriipsukest lõpus)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3144,26 +3607,59 @@ msgstr "" "rakendust või failihaldurit, mis seda lugeda võiks)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Sisestage käsk <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Leidke oma USB-pulga seadmenimi (suuruse järgi); näiteks toodud pildil on " "selleks /dev/sdb, mis on 8 GB suurune USB-pulk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3172,12 +3668,12 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "kus X on teie seadme nimi, nt: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3186,69 +3682,22 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Sisestage käsk: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Eemaldage USB-pulk, kõik on valmis" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Windowsi kasutamise korral" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Võite proovida järgmisi programme:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Mageia paigaldamine" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Seda sammu kirjeldatakse üksikasjalikult <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia." -"org/et/doc/\">Mageia käsiraamatus</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Rohkem teavet leiab <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:" -"Documentation\">Mageia wikist</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Riigi / piirkonna valimine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3425,6 +3874,31 @@ msgstr "" "hilisema paigalduse käigus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Klaviatuur" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Klaviatuur" @@ -3499,12 +3973,12 @@ msgstr "" "klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Kasutatava keele valimine" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3515,7 +3989,7 @@ msgstr "" "paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3528,16 +4002,20 @@ msgstr "" "keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3547,7 +4025,7 @@ msgstr "" "eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3556,21 +4034,28 @@ msgstr "" "paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele " "valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei " "sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia " "juhtimiskeskus -> Süsteem -> Süsteemi lokaliseerimine." @@ -3580,10 +4065,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Hiire valimine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3619,12 +4104,12 @@ msgstr "" "et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Alglaadimismenüü kirje lisamine või muutmine" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3634,8 +4119,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3645,21 +4135,22 @@ msgstr "" "seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused " "selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Kui olete valinud alglaaduriks <code>Grub 2</code> või UEFI süsteemi puhul " "Grub2-efi, ei saa te selle tööriistaga sel sammul kirjeid muuta, nii et " "klõpsake 'Edasi'. Teil tuleb käsitsi muuta faili <code>/boot/grub2/custom." "cfg</code> või kasutada tööriista <code>grub-customizer</code>." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3669,8 +4160,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3678,15 +4169,15 @@ msgstr "" "Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge " "kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3694,23 +4185,59 @@ msgstr "" "Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal " "kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi " "laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te " "täiesti kindel ei ole." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Kui olete valinud alglaaduriks <code>Grub 2</code> või UEFI süsteemi puhul " +"Grub2-efi, ei saa te selle tööriistaga sel sammul kirjeid muuta, nii et " +"klõpsake 'Edasi'. Teil tuleb käsitsi muuta faili <code>/boot/grub2/custom." +"cfg</code> või kasutada tööriista <code>grub-customizer</code>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Alglaaduri põhiseadistused" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3722,18 +4249,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"UEFI süsteemi korral on kasutajaliides pisut teistsugune, sest te ei saa " -"valida alglaadurit (esimene hüpikmenüü), kuna saadaval on ainult üks " -"alglaadur." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3741,8 +4258,8 @@ msgstr "" "Kui eelistate teistsuguseid alglaaduri seadistusi kui need, mille valis " "paigaldusprogramm automaatselt, saab siin neid muuta." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3752,21 +4269,23 @@ msgstr "" "tuleb teil otsustada, kas lisada Mageia oma senisele alglaadurile või lubada " "Mageial luua uus." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Mageia graafiline menüü näeb kena välja :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Mageia alglaaduri kasutamine" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3775,8 +4294,8 @@ msgstr "" "operatsioonisüsteeme, üritab Mageia lisada need uude Mageia " "alglaadimismenüüsse." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3784,19 +4303,20 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia pakub nüüd lisaks vanemale GRUBile ja LiLole võimalust kasutada ka " "uuemat alglaadurit GRUB2." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Linuxi süsteeme, mis kasutavad GRUB2 alglaadurit (nt uusimad Debiani/Ubuntu " "perekonna liikmed), vanem GRUB praegu ei toeta ega tunne neid ära, kui " "kasutada vaikimisi GRUBi alglaadurit." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3804,13 +4324,13 @@ msgstr "" "Sel juhul on parim lahendus kasutada GRUB2 alglaadurit, mille saab valida " "paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Olemasoleva alglaaduri kasutamine" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3822,24 +4342,25 @@ msgstr "" "alglaaduri juures nupule <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>, mis võimaldab " "muuta alglaaduri paigaldamise asukohta." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Ärge valige seadet, nt \"sda\", sest nii kirjutate üle olemasoleva MBR " "sektsiooni. Peate valima juurpartitsiooni, mille valisite varasemal " "partitsioneerimisetapil, nt sda7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Et asi selge oleks: sda on seade, sda7 aga partitsioon." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3850,8 +4371,8 @@ msgstr "" "(<literal>/</literal>). Ctrl+Alt+F7 viib teid tagasi paigaldusprogrammi " "ekraanile." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3865,13 +4386,13 @@ msgstr "" "automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi " "dokumentatsiooni." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Alglaaduri täpsemad valikud" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3883,19 +4404,56 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike <guilabel>/tmp puhastatakse igal " "käivitumisel</guilabel>. See aitab ruumi mõnevõrra kokku hoida." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"UEFI süsteemi korral on kasutajaliides pisut teistsugune, sest te ei saa " +"valida alglaadurit (esimene hüpikmenüü), kuna saadaval on ainult üks " +"alglaadur." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI seadistamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3935,7 +4493,7 @@ msgstr "Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Heli seadistamine" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -4012,23 +4570,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4036,7 +4595,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4046,6 +4605,108 @@ msgstr "" "kõik andmed." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Live-andmekandjad" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Mageia paigaldamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Mageia eemaldamine" @@ -4123,15 +4784,94 @@ msgstr "" "väga ettevaatlik ja kindlasti varundage eelnevalt kõik oma vähegi olulisemad " "andmed." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword." +#~ "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Mageia kasutamise korral" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Windowsi kasutamise korral" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seda sammu kirjeldatakse üksikasjalikult <link ns4:href=\"http://www." +#~ "mageia.org/et/doc/\">Mageia käsiraamatus</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + #~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" #~ msgstr "Selline on vaikimisi tervitusekraan Mageia DVD kasutamisel:" #~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." #~ msgstr "Lisada mõningaid kerneli võtmeid klahvile F6 vajutades" -#~ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" - #~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " #~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" @@ -4150,9 +4890,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ "spetsiaalseid paigaldusvõtmeid, mille kohta vaadake <xref linkend=" #~ "\"installationOptions\"/>." -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Paigaldamisvõtmed" - #~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." #~ msgstr "See avab järgmise tekstipõhise abiekraani." diff --git a/docs/installer/eu.po b/docs/installer/eu.po index 5da52ec5..e9401046 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eu.po +++ b/docs/installer/eu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-08 20:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -22,26 +22,27 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Lizentzia eta Askatze Oharrak" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lizentzia Kontratua" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -50,7 +51,7 @@ msgstr "" "baldintzak eta lizentzia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -78,22 +79,24 @@ msgstr "" "berrabiaraziko da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Askapen Oharrak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Zer berri dagoen bertsio honetan ikusteko <application>Mageia</application>, " "egin klik <guibutton>Bertsio Oharrak</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "eu" @@ -171,7 +174,7 @@ msgstr "" "32 biteko paketeak han topatuko ditu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Erabiltzaile eta Supererabiltzaileen Kudeaketa" @@ -187,25 +190,27 @@ msgstr "Erabiltzaile eta Supererabiltzaileen Kudeaketa" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Ezarri administratzaile (root) pasahitza:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -226,7 +231,7 @@ msgstr "" "egiaztatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -235,12 +240,12 @@ msgstr "" "minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahastea pasahitz batean." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Sartu erabiltzaile bat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -252,7 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" "ordenagailuarekin edozer egiteko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -261,7 +266,7 @@ msgstr "" "erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -270,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" "ezazu testu-kutxa honetan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -282,11 +287,12 @@ msgstr "" "minuskulei sentibera da.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza " "idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra " @@ -294,7 +300,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -305,7 +311,7 @@ msgstr "" "pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -314,7 +320,7 @@ msgstr "" "bat irakurgarri izango du (baina idazteko babesarekin) home direktorioan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -325,17 +331,18 @@ msgstr "" "home direktorioa duena zein irakurtzeko eta idazteko babestuta izango dena." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Ez baduzu nahi home direktorioa edonork irakurgarri izan dezan, aldi " "baterako erabiltzaile bat soilik gehitu orain eta berrabiarazi ondoren " "benetako(ak) gehitzea komeni da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -346,28 +353,33 @@ msgstr "" "guztiak gehi ditzakezu. Aukeratu <emphasis>Erabiltzaileak kudeatu</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Sarbide baimena instalatu ondoren ere aldatu egin daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Erabiltzailearen Kudeaketa Aurreratua" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Botoi <guibutton> aurreratua </guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa " "gehitzen duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila " "eskaintzen zaio. Gainera, gaitu edo desgaitu dezake gonbidatu kontua." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -378,7 +390,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko baten gorde behar ditu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -390,7 +402,7 @@ msgstr "" "murritzagoak izaten dira." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -401,7 +413,7 @@ msgstr "" "a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -412,7 +424,7 @@ msgstr "" "utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -440,17 +452,21 @@ msgstr "Aukeratu muntatze-puntuak" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -461,7 +477,7 @@ msgstr "" "puntu alda ditzake." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -470,7 +486,7 @@ msgstr "" "partizioa duzual." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -479,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr "" "puntua\", \"Mota\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -488,7 +504,7 @@ msgstr "" "\" (letra)], \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -505,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalazioko home partiziorako." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -514,7 +530,7 @@ msgstr "" "dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -525,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr "" "pantailan, partizio batean klik egin dezakezu bere tamaina eta mota ikusteko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -536,6 +552,215 @@ msgstr "" "gobernatu soilik edo baita batzuk gehiago nahi dituzun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Abioko CD baliabidea soilik" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Idaztegi hautaketa" @@ -741,25 +966,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Gauza bakarra aldatzen duzunean, oso ondo dakizu zer egiten ari zaren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Denbora-Eremua" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -768,7 +996,7 @@ msgstr "" "zona berekoa aukeratuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -777,7 +1005,7 @@ msgstr "" "ezagutzen dena ezartzeko aukera daukazu." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1129,14 +1357,13 @@ msgstr "Pertsonalizatua disko partizioak DiskDrake-rekin" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1149,7 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema ez izango da abiarazi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1160,7 +1387,7 @@ msgstr "" "haietan hasi baino lehen dagoena arren ikusi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1170,7 +1397,7 @@ msgstr "" "badira." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1179,7 +1406,7 @@ msgstr "" "partizio guztiak garbitzeko" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1188,17 +1415,17 @@ msgstr "" "aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo garbitu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Jarraitu dena zure nahiei egokitu arte." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> prest zaudenean." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1208,24 +1435,24 @@ msgstr "" "goian)" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partizioa egiten" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1236,7 +1463,7 @@ msgstr "" "duen tokia ikusi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1245,7 +1472,7 @@ msgstr "" "disko gogor(rren) diseinu eta edukien arabera." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1254,12 +1481,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Lehendik dauden Partizioak" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1268,12 +1495,12 @@ msgstr "" "egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Erabili Espazio Hutsa" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1282,12 +1509,12 @@ msgstr "" "erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Erabili Espazio Librea Windows-en Partizioan" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1296,7 +1523,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1307,7 +1534,7 @@ msgstr "" "garrantzitsuen babeskopia egin behar duzu!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1324,12 +1551,13 @@ msgstr "" "gomendagarria da zure fitxategi pertsonalaren babeskopia bat egitea." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Aukera honekin instalatzailea gainerako Windows-en partizioa urdin argiz " "eta etorkizuneko Mageia partizioa urdin ilunez euren xede tamainekin " @@ -1337,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "" "partizioen arteko hutsunea arrastatuz. Ikusi beheko pantaila." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1346,24 +1574,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Ezabatu eta erabili disko osoa." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Aukera honek disko osoa erabiliko du Mageia-rantzat." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz " "ibili!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1373,12 +1601,12 @@ msgstr "" "informazioa baduzu,, ez ezazu aukera hau erabili." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Pertsonalizatua" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1386,8 +1614,65 @@ msgstr "" "Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko " "gogorrean." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1405,53 +1690,57 @@ msgstr "" "gero, eta hurrengo konfigurazioak erabil ditzala:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"lerrokatu\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Aurreko espazio librea (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "Ziurtatzen partizio guztiak sortzen diturela megabyte kopuru batekin." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "DrakX-rekin Instalazioa" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Instalazio Ongi etorri Pantaila" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "2014ko Otsaila" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Mageia-ren dokumentazio Ofiziala" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1462,7 +1751,8 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1473,7 +1763,8 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1483,13 +1774,15 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>ra bada " "eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1499,11 +1792,27 @@ msgstr "" "dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien " "araberakoa izango da." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "DrakX-rekin Instalazioa" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "2014ko Otsaila" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1578,17 +1887,21 @@ msgstr "Formateatzen" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1597,14 +1910,14 @@ msgstr "" "formateatzeko markatutako partizioetako edozein datu gordeko dira." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten " "dira" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1613,7 +1926,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>Bloke okerrak</emphasis> egiaztatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1626,7 +1939,7 @@ msgstr "" "pantailara itzultzeko. Pantaila honetan zure partizioek dutena ikus dezakzu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2143,6 +2456,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Ondoren, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> jarraitzeko" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Informazio gehiago dago <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:" +"Documentation\">Mageia wikian eskuragarri</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Nonfree)" @@ -2621,6 +2977,30 @@ msgstr "" "daitekeela." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2685,16 +3065,55 @@ msgstr "Aukeratu eta erabili ISOa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Baliabidea" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definizioa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2705,7 +3124,7 @@ msgstr "" "kopiatzen den edozein fisiko sostengatzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2714,24 +3133,24 @@ msgstr "" "\">hemen</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Instalazioa Klasiko baliabidea" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Ezaugarri komunak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" "ISO hauek DrakX deituriko Instalatzaile tradizionalak erabilitzen dituzte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2739,17 +3158,17 @@ msgstr "" "batetatik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2758,23 +3177,23 @@ msgstr "" "Sistema, Memoria Testa, Hardware hautemate tresna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "DVD bakoitzak mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntza asko dauka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "Instalazioan zehar software ez librea gehitzeko aukera izango duzue." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "arkitektura bikoitzeko DVDa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2783,12 +3202,12 @@ msgstr "" "da atzemandako CPU-aren arabera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Xfce mahaigaina soilik erabiltzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2797,17 +3216,17 @@ msgstr "" "pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) EGIAZTAPENAREN ZAIN!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Software ez librea dauka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live baliabidea" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2816,18 +3235,18 @@ msgstr "" "HDD-an instalatzeko erabil daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "ISO bakoitzak mahaigain ingurune bakarra (KDE edo GNOME) dauka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "32 edo 64 biteko arkitektura media ezberdinak." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2838,63 +3257,63 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Software ez librea dute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "KDE-ren Live CDa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "KDE mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Ingelera hizkuntza soilik" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "32 bit soilik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME-ren Live CD-a" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "KDE-ren Live DVD-a" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME-ren Live DVD-a" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Abioko CD baliabidea soilik" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2908,7 +3327,7 @@ msgstr "" "Interneten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2919,12 +3338,12 @@ msgstr "" "gabea edo USB batetik ezin abiarazi dezakeen PC bat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2933,12 +3352,12 @@ msgstr "" "dutenentzat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2947,17 +3366,17 @@ msgstr "" "dauzka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Media Deskargatu eta Egiaztatzen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Deskargatzen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2971,51 +3390,58 @@ msgstr "" "ahal izango duzu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum eta sha1sum ISOaren osotasuna egiaztatzeko tresnak dira. Haietako bat " -"soilik erabili. Hamaseitar zenbaki biak algoritmo batek kalkulatzen ditu " -"deskargatutako fitxategitik. Algoritmo hauei eskatzen diezunean zenbaki hau " -"deskargatutako zure fitxategitik birkalkulatzeko, zenbaki bera duzu eta " -"deskargatutako zure fitxategia zuzena da, edo zenbakia desberdina da eta " -"porrota duzu. Porrot batek deskarga birprobatu behar izango zenukeela " -"ondorioztatzen du. Orduan leiho hau agertzen da:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Egiaztatu Fitxategia Gorde botoia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Deskargatutako baliabide osotasunaren egiaztapena" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum eta sha1sum ISOaren osotasuna egiaztatzeko tresnak dira. Haietako bat " +"soilik erabili. Hamaseitar zenbaki biak algoritmo batek kalkulatzen ditu " +"deskargatutako fitxategitik. Algoritmo hauei eskatzen diezunean zenbaki hau " +"deskargatutako zure fitxategitik birkalkulatzeko, zenbaki bera duzu eta " +"deskargatutako zure fitxategia zuzena da, edo zenbakia desberdina da eta " +"porrota duzu. Porrot batek deskarga birprobatu behar izango zenukeela " +"ondorioztatzen du. Orduan leiho hau agertzen da:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Ireki kontsola bat, ez da root izan beharrik, eta:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3024,7 +3450,7 @@ msgstr "" "image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3033,7 +3459,7 @@ msgstr "" "the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3042,17 +3468,17 @@ msgstr "" "zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Grabatu edo irauli ISOa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3062,12 +3488,12 @@ msgstr "" "baliabide bat egitea da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "ISOa CD/DVDan grabatzen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3081,12 +3507,12 @@ msgstr "" "\">Mageia wikia</link>n." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Irauli ISOa USB baten" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3096,7 +3522,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3107,19 +3533,22 @@ msgstr "" "ahalmena irudiaren tamainara murriztuko da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Jatorrizko ahalmena berreskuratzeko, berriro formateatu behar duzu USB " "makila." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Mageia erabiliz" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3128,18 +3557,57 @@ msgstr "" "IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link> bezalako " "tresna grafiko bat erabil dezakezu" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Zu saiatuko zinateke:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "dd kontsola tresna bezala ere erabil dezakezu:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Kontsola bat ireki" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3147,12 +3615,12 @@ msgstr "" "Bihurtu root komando <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu finalean '-')" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3161,26 +3629,59 @@ msgstr "" "fitxategi kudeatzaile ez ireki hori eskuratu eta irakurri, ezin)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Idatzi <userinput>fdisk-l</userinput> komandoa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Aurkitu zure USB gailuaren izena (bere tamainaren arabera), adibidez /dev/" "sdb goiko irudian, 8Go USB-makila." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3189,12 +3690,12 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Non X=zure dispositiboaren izena adibidez: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3203,62 +3704,15 @@ msgstr "" "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Deskonektatu zure USB, eginda dago" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Windows erabiltzen" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Zu saiatuko zinateke:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "MAgeia Instalazioa" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Urrats hori <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\"> Mageia-ren " -"dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Informazio gehiago dago <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:" -"Documentation\">Mageia wikian eskuragarri</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3441,6 +3895,31 @@ msgstr "" "instalazioan zehar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Teklatua" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Teklatua" @@ -3516,12 +3995,12 @@ msgstr "" "xedapen artean aldatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Aukeratu erabiltzeko hizkuntza bat" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3532,7 +4011,7 @@ msgstr "" "zehar eta instalatutako sisteman." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3545,16 +4024,20 @@ msgstr "" "izan daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3565,7 +4048,7 @@ msgstr "" "hizkuntzatako aukera pantailan markatuta egongo da." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3574,11 +4057,17 @@ msgstr "" "komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia UTF-8 euskarri (Unicode) lehenetsia darabil. \"hainbat hizkuntza\" " "pantailan ezgaitu daiteke zure hizkuntzarekin funtzionatzen ez duela baldin " @@ -3586,10 +4075,11 @@ msgstr "" "hizkuntzatarako." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Zure sistemako hizkuntza alda dezakezu Mageia Kontrol Gunean instalazioa " "egin ondoren --> Sistema --> kudeatu zure sistemaren kokalekua." @@ -3641,12 +4131,12 @@ msgstr "" "konfiguratzen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Gegitu edo Aldatu Abio Menuko Sarrera" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3656,8 +4146,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3667,13 +4162,14 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>Abioko Ezarpen</emphasis>etan eta goian agertzen den leihoan " "aukerak aldatzen." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "<code>Grub 2</code> zure abioko kargatzaile bezala aukeratu baduzu, edo " "Grub2-efi UEFI sistemetarako, tresna hau ezin duzu erabili sarrerak " @@ -3681,8 +4177,8 @@ msgstr "" "code> eskuz editatu edo ordez <code>grub-customizer</code> erabili behar " "duzu." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3692,8 +4188,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3701,15 +4197,15 @@ msgstr "" "Segurtasunez egin daitezkeen gauza batzuk sarrera bati etiketa aldatzea eta " "lehenetsi gisa markatzea." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Bertsio zenbaki egokia, edo izenez erabat sarrerari gehitu diezaiokezu." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3717,22 +4213,59 @@ msgstr "" "Lehenetsitako sarrera da sistemak zuk abioan zehar ez baduzu aukera egiten " "kargatzen duena." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Beste gauza batzuk aldatzeak zure sistema ez abiaraztea egin dezake. Mesedez " "ez egin ezer ere ez, zertan ari zaren jakin gabe." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"<code>Grub 2</code> zure abioko kargatzaile bezala aukeratu baduzu, edo " +"Grub2-efi UEFI sistemetarako, tresna hau ezin duzu erabili sarrerak " +"aldatzeko urrats honetan, sakatu 'Hurrengoa'. <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</" +"code> eskuz editatu edo ordez <code>grub-customizer</code> erabili behar " +"duzu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Abio kargatzailearen aukera nagusiak" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3744,18 +4277,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"UEFI sistema batekin, erabiltzaile interfazearen zertxobait ezberdinak dira, " -"ezin duzu abiarazlea aukeratu (lehen goitibeherako zerrenda) bakarra " -"dagoelako eskuragarri" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3763,8 +4286,8 @@ msgstr "" "Instalatzaileak automatikoki aukeratutako abio kargatzaile ezarpen " "ezberdinak nahiago badituzu, hemen alda ditzakezu." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3774,21 +4297,23 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia zure abio kargatzailera gehitu, edo Mageiari baimendu berri bat " "sortzea erabaki behar duzu." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "The mageia menuak grafikoa politak ditu :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Mageia abio kargatzailea erabiliz" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3796,8 +4321,8 @@ msgstr "" "(Master Boot Record)-an idazten du lehenengoz. Sistema eragile bat baino " "gehiago baduzu, Mageia saiatuko da abio menu berrira gehitzen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3805,19 +4330,20 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia gaur egun GRUB2 eskaintzen du GRUB ondarea eta Lilo gain aukerako " "abioko kargatzailea gisa." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Linux sistemek Grub2 abioko kargatzailea erabiltzerakoan ez daude onartutsa " "GRUB gaitik eta ez du aitortzen lehenetsitako GRUB kargatzailea erabiltzen " "badu." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3825,13 +4351,13 @@ msgstr "" "Instalazioan orrialdean zehar laburpena eskuragarri duen GRUB2 abio " "kargatzailea hemen erabiltzea da konponbiderik onena." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabiliz" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3843,24 +4369,25 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Ezarpen</guibutton> botoia sakatzea, abio kargatzailearen " "instalazio tokia aldatzen utziko dizu." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Ez ezazu aukeratu \"sda\" bezalako gailu bat, edo MBR existentea " "gainidatziko du. Partizio fasean zehar aukeratutako root partizioa aukeratu " "behar duzu, adibidez sda7 bezala." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Argi izan, sda gailu bat da, sda7 gailuaren partizio bat da." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3870,8 +4397,8 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>/</literal> (root) partizioa non dagoen egiaztatzeko. Ctrl+Alt+F7 " "instalatzailera itzuliarazten dizu." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3884,13 +4411,13 @@ msgstr "" "kargatzaile instalazioak antzeman eta gehitu beharko luke. Ikusi kasuko " "sistema eragilearen dokumentazioa." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Abioko kargatzailearen aukera aurreratuak" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3902,6 +4429,43 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>/tmp abio bakoitzean garbitu</guilabel> laukia marka ezazu. Honek " "toki libre apur bat mantentzen laguntzen du." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"UEFI sistema batekin, erabiltzaile interfazearen zertxobait ezberdinak dira, " +"ezin duzu abiarazlea aukeratu (lehen goitibeherako zerrenda) bakarra " +"dagoelako eskuragarri" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4041,21 +4605,22 @@ msgstr "Baieztatzeko formateatu beharreko disko gogorra" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Aurreko</guibutton> ziur ez bazaude zure aukeraz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4065,6 +4630,108 @@ msgstr "" "dituzula." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Live baliabidea" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "MAgeia Instalazioa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Mageia desinstalatzen" @@ -4139,3 +4806,85 @@ msgstr "" "erabili daitezke, hala nola, GParted bezalakoak, Windows eta Linux-en " "eskuragarri daudenak. Beti bezala, partizioak aldatzean, kontu haundiz " "ibili, eta ziurtatu gauza garrantzitsu guztiak babestuta edukitzea." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Mageia erabiliz" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Windows erabiltzen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Urrats hori <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\"> Mageia-ren " +#~ "dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index c2c892cb..89af6f1d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-08 21:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -30,27 +30,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Licence et Notes de version" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Accord de Licence" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" "termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -88,23 +88,25 @@ msgstr "" "redémarrera votre ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Notes de version" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de " "<application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de " "version.</guibutton>" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "fr" @@ -124,9 +126,9 @@ msgid "" "add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" "add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-" -"im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 @@ -184,7 +186,7 @@ msgstr "" "bits nécessaires." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestion de l'Utilisateur et du Superutilisateur" @@ -200,24 +202,27 @@ msgstr "Gestion de l'Utilisateur et du Superutilisateur" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Définir le mot de passe Administrateur (Root) :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -238,7 +243,7 @@ msgstr "" "fait une erreur de saisie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -248,12 +253,12 @@ msgstr "" "autres caractères." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Indiquer un utilisateur" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -265,7 +270,7 @@ msgstr "" "habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -274,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'icône de l'utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -283,7 +288,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -294,11 +299,12 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot " "de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui " @@ -306,7 +312,7 @@ msgstr "" ">)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -317,7 +323,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans les deux champs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -327,7 +333,7 @@ msgstr "" "protégé en écriture." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -338,17 +344,18 @@ msgstr "" "lecture pour les autres utilisateurs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de " "créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel " "utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -359,29 +366,34 @@ msgstr "" "l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "" "Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Gestion avancée de l'Utilisateur" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet " "écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De " "plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -393,7 +405,7 @@ msgstr "" "USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -405,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" "restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -416,7 +428,7 @@ msgstr "" "choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -427,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" "entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -455,17 +467,21 @@ msgstr "Choix des points de montage" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -477,7 +493,7 @@ msgstr "" "montage." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -486,7 +502,7 @@ msgstr "" "partition <literal>/</literal> (appelée la Racine)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -495,7 +511,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Point de montage\", \"Type\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -504,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" "disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -521,7 +537,7 @@ msgstr "" "la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -530,7 +546,7 @@ msgstr "" "champ point de montage en blanc." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -542,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr "" "type et sa taille." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -553,6 +569,217 @@ msgstr "" "formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Démarre uniquement les média de type CD" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Sélection du bureau" @@ -761,25 +988,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Ne modifier quelque chose qu'avec la certitude de bien faire." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configurer le fuseau horaire" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -788,7 +1018,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans le même fuseau." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -797,7 +1027,7 @@ msgstr "" "locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -920,8 +1150,9 @@ msgid "" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -1155,14 +1386,13 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement personnalisé du disque avec DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1175,7 +1405,7 @@ msgstr "" "système ne pourra pas s'amorcer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1187,7 +1417,7 @@ msgstr "" "modifications." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1197,7 +1427,7 @@ msgstr "" "s'ils sont trois." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1206,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" "supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1216,17 +1446,17 @@ msgstr "" "la redimensionner ou la supprimer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Continuer jusqu'à ce que tout soit conforme aux désirs." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton> quand tout est correct.." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1236,24 +1466,24 @@ msgstr "" "montée sur /boot/EFI (voir ci-dessus)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionnement" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1264,7 +1494,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1273,7 +1503,7 @@ msgstr "" "contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1282,12 +1512,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Utiliser les partitions existantes" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1296,12 +1526,12 @@ msgstr "" "ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1310,12 +1540,12 @@ msgstr "" "l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre sur une partition Microsoft Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1324,7 +1554,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'installateur propose de l'utiliser." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1335,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "" "assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1353,12 +1583,13 @@ msgstr "" "préalable." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Avec cette option, l'installeur affiche la partition Windows restante en " "bleu clair et la future partition Mageia en bleu foncé, avec leurs tailles " @@ -1367,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr "" "dessous." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1376,24 +1607,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Effacer et utiliser le disque tout entier" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Cette option utilise le disque complet pour Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. " "Faites attention !" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1404,12 +1635,12 @@ msgstr "" "perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Partitionnement de disque personnalisé" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1417,8 +1648,65 @@ msgstr "" "Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre " "installation sur le(s) disque(s)." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1438,17 +1726,17 @@ msgstr "" "suivante :" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1456,37 +1744,41 @@ msgstr "" "de Mo." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Installation avec DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Ecran d'accueil de l'installation" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Février 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "La documentation officielle de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1497,7 +1789,8 @@ msgstr "" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1508,7 +1801,8 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1518,13 +1812,15 @@ msgstr "" "à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1534,11 +1830,27 @@ msgstr "" "apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que " "vous faites." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Installation avec DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Février 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1614,17 +1926,21 @@ msgstr "Formatage" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1634,14 +1950,14 @@ msgstr "" "préservées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être " "formatées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1651,7 +1967,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1665,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "des partitions." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2198,6 +2514,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Plus d'informations sont disponibles dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki de Mageia</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Sélection des média (Nonfree)" @@ -2685,6 +3044,31 @@ msgstr "" "Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2750,16 +3134,55 @@ msgstr "Sélectionner et utiliser les ISOs" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Média" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Définition" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2770,7 +3193,7 @@ msgstr "" "physique sur lequel le fichier ISO est copié." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2779,23 +3202,23 @@ msgstr "" "\">ici</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Média d'installation classique" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Caractéristiques communes" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Ces images ISOs utilisent l'installeur classique appelé Drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2803,17 +3226,17 @@ msgstr "" "de versions précédentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2822,13 +3245,13 @@ msgstr "" "secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" "Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et plusieurs langues." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2836,12 +3259,12 @@ msgstr "" "libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2850,12 +3273,12 @@ msgstr "" "l'une d'entre elle est réalisé automatiquement selon le CPU détecté." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Utilise le bureau Xfce uniquement." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2864,17 +3287,17 @@ msgstr "" "ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) peuvent être sélectionnées !" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Il contient des logiciels non libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Média \"Live\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2883,19 +3306,19 @@ msgstr "" "disque dur, puis éventuellement l'installer par la suite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" "Chaque image ISO contient un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2906,63 +3329,63 @@ msgstr "" "niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Ils contiennent des logiciels non-libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "CD live KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Environnement de bureau KDE uniquement." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "En anglais uniquement." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "32 bits seulement." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "CD live GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "DVD live KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Toutes les langues sont présentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "DVD Live GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Démarre uniquement les média de type CD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2976,7 +3399,7 @@ msgstr "" "périphérique de stockage, un réseau local ou sur Internet. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2987,12 +3410,12 @@ msgstr "" "pas de lecteur de DVD ou s'il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -3001,12 +3424,12 @@ msgstr "" "d'utiliser des logiciels non-libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -3015,17 +3438,17 @@ msgstr "" "codecs,...) pour les personnes qui en ont besoin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Télécharger et vérifier les média" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Téléchargement" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -3039,51 +3462,58 @@ msgstr "" "(HTTP), vous pouvez également voir quelque chose comme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. " -"Utilisez seulement l'un des deux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été " -"calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous " -"demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du " -"fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtenez le même nombre et votre fichier est " -"correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette " -"fenêtre apparaît alors :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Cochez le bouton radio \"Sauvegarder un fichier\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Vérification de l'intégrité du média téléchargé" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. " +"Utilisez seulement l'un des deux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été " +"calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous " +"demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du " +"fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtenez le même nombre et votre fichier est " +"correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette " +"fenêtre apparaît alors :" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Ouvrir une console, sans être administrateur, et :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3092,7 +3522,7 @@ msgstr "" "vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3101,7 +3531,7 @@ msgstr "" "vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3110,17 +3540,17 @@ msgstr "" "certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Graver ou copier l'ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3130,12 +3560,12 @@ msgstr "" "un moyen de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Graver l'image ISO sur un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3149,12 +3579,12 @@ msgstr "" "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Copier l'image ISO sur une clé USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3164,7 +3594,7 @@ msgstr "" "le système." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3175,18 +3605,21 @@ msgstr "" "perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Pour retrouver la capacité originelle, vous devez reformater la clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "En utilisant Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3195,18 +3628,57 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</" "link>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Vous pouvez essayer :" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Vous pouvez également utiliser l'outil dd dans une console :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Ouvrir une console" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3215,12 +3687,12 @@ msgstr "" "oublier le '-' final)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3230,27 +3702,60 @@ msgstr "" "ou la lire)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Saisissez la commande <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; " "par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé " "USB de 8 Go." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3259,12 +3764,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Où X=le nom de votre périphérique, par exemple : /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3273,62 +3778,15 @@ msgstr "" "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Débranchez votre clé USB, c'est terminé." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "En utilisant Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez essayer :" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Installation de Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/" -"\">la documentation Mageia</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Plus d'informations sont disponibles dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki de Mageia</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3517,6 +3975,31 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Clavier" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Clavier" @@ -3596,12 +4079,12 @@ msgstr "" "passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Veuillez choisir la langue à utiliser" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3612,7 +4095,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'installation et pour le système une fois installé." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3626,16 +4109,20 @@ msgstr "" "langues supplémentaires après l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3646,7 +4133,7 @@ msgstr "" "aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3655,11 +4142,17 @@ msgstr "" "conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela " "est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver " @@ -3667,10 +4160,11 @@ msgstr "" "s'applique à toutes les langues installées." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le " "Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -> Système -> Gérer les paramètres locaux " @@ -3724,12 +4218,12 @@ msgstr "" "à six boutons ou plus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Ajouter ou Modifier une Entrée de Menu de Démarrage" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3739,8 +4233,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3751,13 +4250,14 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de " "la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Si vous avez choisi <code>Grub 2</code> comme chargeur de démarrage ou bien " "Grub2-efi pour des systèmes UEFI, vous ne pouvez pas utilisez cet outil pour " @@ -3765,8 +4265,8 @@ msgstr "" "modifier manuellement le fichier <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou " "utiliser <code>grub-customizer</code> à la place." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3776,8 +4276,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3786,16 +4286,16 @@ msgstr "" "définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de " "risques." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la " "renommer complètement." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3803,23 +4303,60 @@ msgstr "" "L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait " "pendant la phase de démarrage du système." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité " "de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des " "modifications dans ce domaine." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez choisi <code>Grub 2</code> comme chargeur de démarrage ou bien " +"Grub2-efi pour des systèmes UEFI, vous ne pouvez pas utilisez cet outil pour " +"modifier les entrées de menu à cette étape. Pressez \"Suivant\". Vous devrez " +"modifier manuellement le fichier <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou " +"utiliser <code>grub-customizer</code> à la place." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principales options du chargeur de démarrage" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3831,18 +4368,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"Avec un système UEFI, l'interface utilisateur est légèrement différente car " -"vous ne pouvez pas choisir le chargeur de démarrage (la première liste " -"déroulante), un seul étant disponible." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3850,8 +4377,8 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents " "de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3861,21 +4388,23 @@ msgstr "" "cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant " "ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. " -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Les menus graphiques de Mageia sont superbes :) " -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage Mageia" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3884,8 +4413,8 @@ msgstr "" "d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au " "nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3893,19 +4422,20 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en " "plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas " "actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le " "chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3913,13 +4443,13 @@ msgstr "" "La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui " "est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant. " -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3931,26 +4461,27 @@ msgstr "" "résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel " "permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera " "effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la " "phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce " "périphérique." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3960,8 +4491,8 @@ msgstr "" "est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans " "l'écran de l'installateur." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3975,13 +4506,13 @@ msgstr "" "démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. " "Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Option avancée du chargeur de démarrage " -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3994,6 +4525,43 @@ msgstr "" "tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place " "libre." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"Avec un système UEFI, l'interface utilisateur est légèrement différente car " +"vous ne pouvez pas choisir le chargeur de démarrage (la première liste " +"déroulante), un seul étant disponible." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4134,14 +4702,15 @@ msgstr "Confirmer le disque dur à formater" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4150,7 +4719,7 @@ msgstr "" "sélection du bon disque dur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4160,6 +4729,108 @@ msgstr "" "toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Média \"Live\"" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Installation de Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Désinstaller Mageia" @@ -4238,3 +4909,85 @@ msgstr "" "tels que gparted, disponible pour Windows et Linux. Comme toujours, lorsque " "vous modifiez des partitions, soyez très prudent et assurez-vous que toutes " "vos données importantes ont été sauvegardées." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword." +#~ "png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "En utilisant Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "En utilisant Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/" +#~ "doc/\">la documentation Mageia</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/hr.po b/docs/installer/hr.po index 869e3106..dc7b2403 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr.po +++ b/docs/installer/hr.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-21 11:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivica Kolić <ikoli@yahoo.com>\n" "Language-Team: Croatian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/" @@ -23,26 +23,27 @@ msgstr "" "%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Licenca i bilješka o izdanju" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Ugovor o licenci" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "" "pažljivo uvjete licence." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" "distribuciju i moraju biti prihvaćeni prije nego što nastavite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -69,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" "kliknite na <guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -79,22 +80,24 @@ msgstr "" "računalo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Bilješke o izdanju" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Da biste vidjeli što je novo u <application>Mageii</application>, kliknite " "na <guibutton>Bilješka o izdanju</guibutton> dugme." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "hr" @@ -165,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Upravljanje korisnikom i superkorisnikom" @@ -181,25 +184,27 @@ msgstr "Upravljanje korisnikom i superkorisnikom" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Poostavi administratorsku (root) lozinku:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -219,7 +224,7 @@ msgstr "" "lozinku uspoređujući ih." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -228,12 +233,12 @@ msgstr "" "mješavinu slova (velikih i malih), brojeva i ostalih znakova u lozinki." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Unesite korisnika" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -244,7 +249,7 @@ msgstr "" "sve ostalo što prosječan korisnik radi sa svojim računalom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -253,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" "korisnika." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -262,7 +267,7 @@ msgstr "" "polje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -273,18 +278,19 @@ msgstr "" "prijave je osjetljivo na mala i velika slova.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Lozinka</guilabel>: U tekstualno polje trebate uppisati korisničku " "lozinku. Na kraju tekstualnog polja nalazi se štit koji pokazuje snagu " "lozinke.(Također vidi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -295,7 +301,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekstualnom polju." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -304,7 +310,7 @@ msgstr "" "( ali zaštićen za pisanje) osobni direktorij." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -312,14 +318,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -327,28 +333,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Dozvole pristupa također se mogu promjeniti nakon instlacije." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Napredno korisničko upravljanje" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Ako je kliknuto na <guibutton>napredno</guibutton> dugme nudi vam se zaslon " "gdje možete urediti postavke korisnika kojega dodajete. Dodatno, možete " "onemogućiti ili omogućiti račun gosta." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -356,7 +367,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -367,7 +378,7 @@ msgstr "" "ja, ali ima ograničeniji pristup od normalnih korisnika." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -375,7 +386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -383,7 +394,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -408,17 +419,21 @@ msgstr "Odaberite mjesta montiranja" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -429,7 +444,7 @@ msgstr "" "promjeniti točke montiranja." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -438,7 +453,7 @@ msgstr "" "(root) particiju." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -447,14 +462,14 @@ msgstr "" "\"Uređaj\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Točka montiranja\", \"Vrsta\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -471,7 +486,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> particiju cauldron instalacije." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -480,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr "" "montiranja." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -491,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" "zalonu koji će uslijediti, kliknite na particiju da vidite vrstu i veličinu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -502,6 +517,216 @@ msgstr "" "particiju(e) koje sugerira DrakX, ili više." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Odabir radnog okruženja" @@ -684,25 +909,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfigurirajte vremensku zonu" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -711,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "" "istoj vremenskoj zoni." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -720,7 +948,7 @@ msgstr "" "vrijeme ili na GMT, također poznat kao UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1008,12 +1236,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1022,7 +1251,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1030,61 +1259,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Particioniranje" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1092,57 +1321,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Koristi postojeće particije" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Koristi slobodni prostor" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1150,7 +1379,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1161,38 +1390,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Izbriši i koristi cijeli disk." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Ova će opcija koristiti cijeli pogon za Mageiu." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1200,19 +1429,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Prilagođeno" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1224,53 +1510,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instalacija pomoću " +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Instalacijski zaslon dobrodošlice" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Veljača 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Službena dokumentacija za Mageiu" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1278,7 +1568,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1286,31 +1577,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instalacija pomoću " + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Veljača 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1376,34 +1686,37 @@ msgstr "Formatiram" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Uobičajeno je da barem particije koje je odabrao DrakX moraju biti " "formatirane." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1412,7 +1725,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -1812,6 +2125,47 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" @@ -2204,6 +2558,30 @@ msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2258,16 +2636,55 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2275,116 +2692,116 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2392,63 +2809,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2457,7 +2874,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2465,41 +2882,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2508,87 +2925,93 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -2597,19 +3020,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2617,138 +3040,167 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -2883,6 +3335,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Tipkovnica" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Tipkovnica" @@ -2938,12 +3415,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Molim izaberite jezik koji želite koristiti" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -2951,7 +3428,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -2960,14 +3437,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -2975,25 +3457,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3034,77 +3521,112 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Glavne postavke bootloadera" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3113,76 +3635,69 @@ msgid "" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3190,29 +3705,29 @@ msgid "" "bootloader install location." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " "the installer screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3221,13 +3736,13 @@ msgid "" "question." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3235,6 +3750,40 @@ msgid "" "guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -3348,25 +3897,132 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "" @@ -3420,3 +4076,53 @@ msgid "" "windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " "make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/id.po b/docs/installer/id.po index 46c006d8..e3203dbf 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id.po +++ b/docs/installer/id.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-25 04:50+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -23,26 +23,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Lisensi dan Catatan Rilis" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Perjanjian Lisensi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "" "dan ketentuan lisensi dengan seksama." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" "application> dan harus diterima sebelum Anda melanjutkan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -69,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -79,22 +80,24 @@ msgstr "" "menyalakan ulang komputer Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Catatan Rilis" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Untuk melihat apa yang baru di rilis <application>Mageia</application> ini, " "klik pada tombol <guibutton>Catatan Rilis</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "id" @@ -172,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr "" "menemukan paket-paket 32 bit di sana." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Pengelolaan Pengguna dan Pengguna Super" @@ -188,25 +191,27 @@ msgstr "Pengelolaan Pengguna dan Pengguna Super" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Atur Sandi Administrator (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -227,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "" "sandi pada sandi pertama dengan membandingkannya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -236,12 +241,12 @@ msgstr "" "penggabungan huruf (besar dan kecil), nomor dan karakter lain sebagai sandi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Masukkan pengguna" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -253,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" "biasa dilakukan pengguna dengan komputernya" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -262,7 +267,7 @@ msgstr "" "ikon pengguna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -271,7 +276,7 @@ msgstr "" "ini." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -282,18 +287,19 @@ msgstr "" "login berlaku sensitif.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>: Pada kotak teks ini Anda perlu mengetikkan sandi " "pengguna. Terdapat pelindung pada ujung dari kotak teks yang menandakan " "kekuatan sandi. (Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -304,7 +310,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiap kotak teks." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -313,7 +319,7 @@ msgstr "" "direktori home yang terbaca oleh semua (tapi terlindungi dari penulisan)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -324,17 +330,18 @@ msgstr "" "akan memiliki direktori home yang terproteksi pembacaan dan penulisan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Jika Anda tidak ingin direktori home bisa dibaca semua orang, disarankan " "untuk sekarang hanya menambahkan pengguna sementara dan menambahkan yang " "sebenarnya setelah menyalakan ulang komputer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -346,28 +353,33 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Perizinan hak akses juga bisa diubah setelah instalasi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Pengelolaan Pengguna Lanjutan" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Jika tombol <guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton> diklik, akan ditampilkan sebuah " "layar yang memungkinkan Anda mengedit pengaturan pengguna yang Anda " "tambahkan. Sebagai tambahan, Anda bisa mematikan atau menghidupkan akun tamu." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -378,7 +390,7 @@ msgstr "" "menyimpan file pentingnya ke dalam flashdisk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -390,7 +402,7 @@ msgstr "" "normal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -401,7 +413,7 @@ msgstr "" "sebelumnya, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -413,7 +425,7 @@ msgstr "" "sini." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -441,17 +453,21 @@ msgstr "Pilih titik kait" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -462,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr "" "mengubah titik kaitnya." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -471,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -480,7 +496,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Titik kait\", \"Tipe\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -489,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"nomor partisi\" (contohnya, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -506,7 +522,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>/home</literal> instalasi cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -515,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" "kait kosong." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -526,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr "" "berikutnya, Anda bisa mengklik partisi untuk melihat tipe dan ukurannya." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -537,6 +553,215 @@ msgstr "" "disarankan Drakx atau yang lainnya juga." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Media CD hanya-boot" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop" @@ -745,25 +970,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Hanya ubah sesuatu jika Anda sangat mengetahui hal tersebut." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfigurasi Zona Waktu Anda" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -772,7 +1000,7 @@ msgstr "" "dengan Anda dengan zona waktu yang sama." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -781,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr "" "waktu lokal atau GMT, atau disebut juga UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1133,14 +1361,13 @@ msgstr "Menyesuaikan pemartisian disk dengan DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1153,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "" "Anda tidak akan bisa berjalan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1164,7 +1391,7 @@ msgstr "" "melihat apa di dalamnya sebelum Anda memulai." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1173,7 +1400,7 @@ msgstr "" "lainnya, seperti flashdisk. Contohnya sda, sdb dan sdc jika ada tiga." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1182,7 +1409,7 @@ msgstr "" "partisi pada perangkat penyimpanan terpilih" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1191,17 +1418,17 @@ msgstr "" "tampilkan, atau pilih filesystem dan titik kait, ubah ukuran atau bersihkan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Lanjutkan hingga Anda mengatur semua yang Anda inginkan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton> jika sudah siap." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1210,24 +1437,24 @@ msgstr "" "Partition) tersedia dan dimount dengan benar pada /boot/EFI (lihat di atas)" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Pemartisian" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1238,7 +1465,7 @@ msgstr "" "application> akan diinstall." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1247,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "tampilan dan isi perangkat disk Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1256,12 +1483,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Gunakan Partisi yang Tersedia" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1270,12 +1497,12 @@ msgstr "" "ditemukan dan mungkin bisa digunakan untuk instalasi." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Gunakan Ruang Kosong" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1284,12 +1511,12 @@ msgstr "" "ini akan menggunakannya untuk menginstall Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Gunakan Ruang Kosong pada Partisi Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1298,7 +1525,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer akan menawarkan untuk menggunakannya." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1308,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" "beresiko sehingga Anda harus membuat cadangan file penting Anda!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1324,12 +1551,13 @@ msgstr "" "Sangat disarankan untuk membuat cadangan semua file pribadi." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Dengan opsi ini, installer menampilkan partisi Windows yang tersisa dalam " "warna biru cerah dan partisi Mageia nantinya dalam warna biru gelap dengan " @@ -1338,7 +1566,7 @@ msgstr "" "kedua partisi. Lihat gambar di bawah." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1347,24 +1575,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Hapus dan gunakan Seluruh Disk." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Pilihan ini akan menggunakan seluruh perangkat untuk Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Perhatikan! Ini akan menghapus SEMUA data pada harddisk yang dipilih. Hati-" "hati!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1375,20 +1603,77 @@ msgstr "" "gunakan pilihan ini." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Sesuaian" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." msgstr "" "Ini memberi Anda kendali penuh untuk menempatkan instalasi pada harddisk." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1407,53 +1692,57 @@ msgstr "" "berikut:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Selaraskan ke\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Ruang kosong di awal (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "Juga pastikan semua partisi dibuat dengan penomoran megabite." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instalasi dengan DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Layar Selamat Datang untuk Instalasi" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Februari 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Dokumentasi Resmi Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1464,7 +1753,8 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1475,7 +1765,8 @@ msgstr "" "biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1485,13 +1776,15 @@ msgstr "" "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</" "link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1501,11 +1794,27 @@ msgstr "" "manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan " "pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instalasi dengan DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Februari 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1580,17 +1889,21 @@ msgstr "Pemformatan" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1600,12 +1913,12 @@ msgstr "" "tetap tersimpan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "Biasanya, setidaknya partisi yang dipilih oleh DrakX perlu diformat" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1614,7 +1927,7 @@ msgstr "" "Anda periksa dari yang disebut <emphasis>blok rusak</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1628,7 +1941,7 @@ msgstr "" "partisi Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2145,6 +2458,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Lalu tekan <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lengkap ada di <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">wiki Mageia</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Pemilihan Media (Nonfree)" @@ -2616,6 +2972,30 @@ msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." msgstr "Ingat bahwa membiarkan semua (tanpa firewall) akan sangat beresiko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2682,16 +3062,55 @@ msgstr "Pilih dan gunakan ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definisi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2702,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr "" "fisik ke mana berkas ISO disalin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2711,39 +3130,39 @@ msgstr "" "\">di sini</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Media instalasi klasik" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Fitur umum" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "ISO ini menggunakan installer tradisional yang disebut drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "Mereka bisa membuat instalasi baru atau update dari rilis sebelumnya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2752,24 +3171,24 @@ msgstr "" "Pengujian Memori, Peralatan Pendeteksi Perangkat Keras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Setiap DVD berisi banyak lingkungan desktop dan bahasa yang tersedia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" "Anda akan diberikan untuk memilih perangkat lunak non free saat instalasi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2778,12 +3197,12 @@ msgstr "" "berdasarkan CPU yang terdeteksi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Hanya menggunakan desktop Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2792,17 +3211,17 @@ msgstr "" "ru, sv, uk) UNTUK DIPILIH!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Ini berisi perangkat lunak non free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Media live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2811,18 +3230,18 @@ msgstr "" "opsi untuk menginstall Mageia pada HDD Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Setiap ISO hanya berisi satu lingkungan desktop (KDE atau GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2833,63 +3252,63 @@ msgstr "" "sebelumnya.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Mereka berisi perangkat lunak non free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Hanya lingkungan desktop KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Hanya bahasa Inggris." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Hanya 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Hanya lingkungan desktop GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Menyediakan semua bahasa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Media CD hanya-boot" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2903,7 +3322,7 @@ msgstr "" "drive lokal, jaringan lokal atau Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2914,12 +3333,12 @@ msgstr "" "bisa boot dari USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2928,12 +3347,12 @@ msgstr "" "menggunakan perangkat lunak tidak bebas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2942,17 +3361,17 @@ msgstr "" "untuk orang-orang yang membutuhkannya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Mengunduh dan Memeriksa Media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Mengunduh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2965,51 +3384,58 @@ msgstr "" "terlalu lambat. Jika http dipilih, Anda juga mungkin melihat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum dan sha1sum adalah alat untuk memeriksa keabsahan ISO. Gunakan salah " -"satunya. Kedua nomor heksadesimal telah dihitung dengan algoritma dari " -"berkas yang diunduh. Ketika Anda meminta algoritma untuk menghitung ulang " -"nomor dari berkas yang diunduh ini, apakah Anda mendapatkan nomor yang sama " -"dan berkas yang diunduh adalah benar, atau nomor yang berbeda dan Anda " -"mendapatkan yang salah. Jika salah berarti Anda harus mencoba kembali " -"mengunduh. Lalu jendela ini akan muncul:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Centang tombol Simpan Berkas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Memeriksa keabsahan media yang diunduh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum dan sha1sum adalah alat untuk memeriksa keabsahan ISO. Gunakan salah " +"satunya. Kedua nomor heksadesimal telah dihitung dengan algoritma dari " +"berkas yang diunduh. Ketika Anda meminta algoritma untuk menghitung ulang " +"nomor dari berkas yang diunduh ini, apakah Anda mendapatkan nomor yang sama " +"dan berkas yang diunduh adalah benar, atau nomor yang berbeda dan Anda " +"mendapatkan yang salah. Jika salah berarti Anda harus mencoba kembali " +"mengunduh. Lalu jendela ini akan muncul:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Buka konsol, tidak perlu menjadi root, dan:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3018,7 +3444,7 @@ msgstr "" "to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3027,7 +3453,7 @@ msgstr "" "to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3036,17 +3462,17 @@ msgstr "" "menunggu beberapa saat) dengan nomor yang diberikan oleh Mageia. Contoh:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Bakar atau salin ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3056,12 +3482,12 @@ msgstr "" "bertujuan untuk membuat media yang dapat diboot." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Membakar ISO ke CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3074,12 +3500,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">wiki Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Salin ISO ke flashdisk" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3088,7 +3514,7 @@ msgstr "" "flashdisk lalu menggunakannya untuk memboot dan menginstall sistem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3099,18 +3525,21 @@ msgstr "" "menjadi sebesar ukuran image." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Untuk mengembalikan ke ukuran asli, Anda harus memformat ulang flashdisk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Menggunakan Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3118,18 +3547,57 @@ msgstr "" "Anda bisa menggunakan peralatan seperti <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." "org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Anda bisa mencoba:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Anda juga bisa menggunakan dd dari konsol:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Buka konsol" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3138,12 +3606,12 @@ msgstr "" "'-' di akhir)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3152,26 +3620,59 @@ msgstr "" "manajer berkas apapun yang bisa membuka atau membacanya)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Masukkan perintah <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Temukan nama perangkat flashdisk Anda (berdasarkan ukuran), contohnya /dev/" "sdb pada gambar di atas, ini adalah flashdisk 8GB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3180,12 +3681,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Dimana X=nama perangkat Anda misal: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3194,62 +3695,15 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Masukkan perintah: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Lepas flashdisk, selesai" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Menggunakan Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Anda bisa mencoba:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Instalasi Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Langkah ini dirinci di <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/id/doc/" -"\">dokumentasi Mageia</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Informasi lebih lengkap ada di <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">wiki Mageia</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3432,6 +3886,31 @@ msgstr "" "ini saat sedang menginstall." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Keyboard" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Keyboard" @@ -3508,12 +3987,12 @@ msgstr "" "pergantian layout keyboard di antara Latin dan bukan Latin" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Silakan pilih bahasa yang akan digunakan" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3524,7 +4003,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalasi dan pada sistem yang sudah terinstall." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3537,16 +4016,20 @@ msgstr "" "menambahkan dukungan bahasa tambahan setelah instalasi selesai." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3557,7 +4040,7 @@ msgstr "" "tersebut juga akan ditandai sudah dipilih di layar banyak bahasa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3566,21 +4049,28 @@ msgstr "" "disarankan untuk menginstall bahasa dari keyboard yang digunakan juga." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia menggunakan dukungan UTF-8 (Unicode) sebagai bawaan. Ini bisa " "dimatikan di layar \"banyak bahasa\" jika tidak sesuai dengan bahasa Anda. " "Mematikan UTF-8 akan berpengaruh pada bahasa-bahasa yang diinstall." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Anda bisa mengubah bahasa komputer Anda setelah instalasi selesai di Pusat " "Kendali Mageia -> Sistem -> Kelola lokalisasi untuk sistem Anda." @@ -3632,12 +4122,12 @@ msgstr "" "tombol atau lebih." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Tambah atau Modifikasi Entri Menu Boot" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3647,8 +4137,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3658,13 +4153,14 @@ msgstr "" "tombol yang sesuai di layar <emphasis>Konfigurasi Bootloader</emphasis> dan " "mengedit layar yang muncul di atasnya." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Jika Anda telah memilih <code>Grub 2</code> sebagai bootloader, atau Grub2-" "efi untuk sistem UEFI, Anda tidak bisa menggunakan alat ini untuk mengedit " @@ -3672,8 +4168,8 @@ msgstr "" "manual <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> atau menggunakan <code>grub-" "customizer</code> saja." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3683,8 +4179,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3692,15 +4188,15 @@ msgstr "" "Beberapa hal yang bisa dilakukan tanpa resiko adalah mengubah label entri " "dan memilih kotak untuk membuat entri menjadi bawaan." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Anda bisa menambah nomor versi entri yang tepat, atau mengganti namanya." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3708,22 +4204,59 @@ msgstr "" "Entri bawaan adalah entri yang dipilih sistem untuk dijalankan jika Anda " "tidak memilih saat mulai berjalan." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Mengedit lainnya bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak berjalan. Jangan lakukan " "apapun yang Anda tidak mengerti." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda telah memilih <code>Grub 2</code> sebagai bootloader, atau Grub2-" +"efi untuk sistem UEFI, Anda tidak bisa menggunakan alat ini untuk mengedit " +"daftar pada langkah ini, tekan 'Berikutnya'. Anda perlu mengedit secara " +"manual <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> atau menggunakan <code>grub-" +"customizer</code> saja." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Pilihan utama Bootloader" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3735,18 +4268,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"Dengan sistem UEFI, antarmuka pengguna sangat berbeda karena Anda tidak bisa " -"memilih boot loader (daftar tarik ulur pertama) karena hanya satu yang " -"tersedia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3754,8 +4277,8 @@ msgstr "" "Jika Anda lebih suka pengaturan bootloader yang berbeda yang akan dipilih " "secara otomatis oleh installer, Anda bisa mengubahnya di sini." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3765,21 +4288,23 @@ msgstr "" "Anda harus memilih untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada, " "atau membiarkan Mageia membuatnya." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Menu grafis Mageia sangat cantik :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Gunakan bootloader Mageia" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3788,8 +4313,8 @@ msgstr "" "yang terinstall, Mageia akan berusaha menambahkannya ke menu boot Mageia " "baru." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3797,18 +4322,19 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia sekarang juga menawarkan GRUB2 sebagai bootloader pilihan sebagai " "tambahan GRUB legacy dan Lilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Sistem Linux yang menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 tidak didukung oleh GRUB " "(legacy) dan tidak akan dikenali jika bootloader GRUB bawaan digunakan." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3816,13 +4342,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solusi terbaik adalah menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 yang tersedia di halaman " "Ringkasan selama instalasi." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Gunakan bootloader yang ada" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3834,26 +4360,27 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Bootloader, yang memungkinkan Anda " "mengubah lokasi instalasi bootloader." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Jangan memilih perangkat seperti \"sda\", atau Anda akan menghapus MBR yang " "sudah ada. Anda harus memilih partisi root yang Anda pilih di bagian " "pemartisian sebelumnya, misalnya sda7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Supaya jelas, sda adalah perangkat, sda7 adalah partisi pada perangkat " "tersebut." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3863,8 +4390,8 @@ msgstr "" "memeriksa di mana partisi <literal>/</literal> (root) berada. Ctrl+Alt+F7 " "akan membawa Anda kembali ke layar installer." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3877,13 +4404,13 @@ msgstr "" "menjalankan program intalasi bootloader yang sesuai yang akan mendeteksi dan " "menambahkan secara otomatis. Lihat pada dokumentasi sistem operasi." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Pilihan lanjutan bootloader" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3895,6 +4422,43 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> lalu centang kotak <guilabel>Bersihkan /tmp setiap komputer " "dijalankan ulang</guilabel>. Ini akan membantu menjaga ruang kosong." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"Dengan sistem UEFI, antarmuka pengguna sangat berbeda karena Anda tidak bisa " +"memilih boot loader (daftar tarik ulur pertama) karena hanya satu yang " +"tersedia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4033,14 +4597,15 @@ msgstr "Konfirmasi harddisk yang akan diformat" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4049,7 +4614,7 @@ msgstr "" "Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4059,6 +4624,108 @@ msgstr "" "tersebut." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Media live" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Instalasi Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Uninstall Mageia" @@ -4134,3 +4801,85 @@ msgstr "" "alat pemartisi lain yang bisa digunakan, seperti gparted, tersedia untuk " "windows dan linux. Seperti biasa, ketika mengubah partisi, sangat hati-hati, " "dan pastikan semua yang penting telah dibackup." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Menggunakan Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Menggunakan Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Langkah ini dirinci di <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/id/doc/" +#~ "\">dokumentasi Mageia</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/it.po b/docs/installer/it.po index 75266567..662ea8bf 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it.po +++ b/docs/installer/it.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-12 20:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Albano <randyichinose@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -29,26 +29,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Note di rilascio" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Accordo di licenza" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ msgstr "" "cautela i termini e le condizioni della licenza." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "" "proseguire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" "clicca su <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -85,22 +86,24 @@ msgstr "" "provato. Cliccando <guibutton>Esci</guibutton> riavvierà il tuo computer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Note di rilascio" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Per vedere le novità in questa release di <application>Mageia</application> " "premi sul bottone <guibutton>Note di rilascio</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "it" @@ -168,7 +171,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestione dell'utente e del superuser" @@ -184,25 +187,27 @@ msgstr "Gestione dell'utente e del superuser" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Imposta la password dell'amministratore (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -215,7 +220,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -225,12 +230,12 @@ msgstr "" "e altri caratteri." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Inserisci un utente" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -238,7 +243,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -247,7 +252,7 @@ msgstr "" "utente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -256,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" "spazio." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -264,15 +269,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -280,14 +285,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -295,14 +300,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -310,29 +315,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "" "I permessi di accesso possono anche essere cambiati dopo l'installazione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Gestione Avanzata Utenti" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Se il bottone <guibutton>avanzato</guibutton> è premuto ti sarà offerta una " "schermata che vi permetterà di modificare le impostazioni per l'utente che " "stai aggiungendo. In più potrai disabilitare o abilitare un guest account." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -340,7 +350,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -352,7 +362,7 @@ msgstr "" "rispetto a un utente normale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -360,7 +370,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -371,7 +381,7 @@ msgstr "" "vuoto nel caso in cui tu non sappia cosa fare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -399,17 +409,21 @@ msgstr "Scegli i punti di mount" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -417,7 +431,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -426,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -435,14 +449,14 @@ msgstr "" "\"Mount point\", \"Tipo\")" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -453,7 +467,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -462,7 +476,7 @@ msgstr "" "vuoto nel punto di mount." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -470,7 +484,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -478,6 +492,215 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Boot-only CD media" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Selezione Desktop" @@ -658,25 +881,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Cambia le cose solo quando sai veramente bene cosa stai facendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configura il tuo fuso orario" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -685,7 +911,7 @@ msgstr "" "tua nella stessa zone." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -694,7 +920,7 @@ msgstr "" "hardware con l'ora locale o GMT (anche conosciuto come UTC)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -990,16 +1216,14 @@ msgstr "Partizionamento personalizzato con DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1012,7 +1236,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> NON deve essere impostata, altrimenti il sistema non sarà avviabile." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " @@ -1024,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" "anche, prima di partire, di vederne il contenuto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1034,7 +1258,7 @@ msgstr "" "sono tre." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1043,7 +1267,7 @@ msgstr "" "partizioni sul dispositivo di storage selezionato." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1053,41 +1277,41 @@ msgstr "" "oppure cancellala." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Continua sino a quando non avrai impostato tutto come desideri." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Quando hai completato premi <guibutton>Finito</guibutton> " #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partizionamento" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1095,14 +1319,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1111,12 +1335,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Utilizza le partizioni esistenti" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1125,12 +1349,12 @@ msgstr "" "Linux compatibili e potrebbero essere usate per l'installazione." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Utilizza lo spazio libero" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1139,12 +1363,12 @@ msgstr "" "per la tua nuova installazione di Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Usa lo spazio libero di una partizione Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1153,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'installer potrebbe offrirti di utilizzarla." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1161,7 +1385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1172,40 +1396,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Formatta e utilizza tutto il disco" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Questa opzione userà l'intero disco per Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Nota bene! Questo cancellerà TUTTI i dati sull'hard drive selezionato. Fai " "attenzione!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1213,19 +1437,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizzato" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1237,17 +1518,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1255,37 +1536,41 @@ msgstr "" "megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Installazione con DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Schermata di benvenuto dell'installazione" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Febbraio 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "La documentazione ufficiale di Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1296,7 +1581,8 @@ msgstr "" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1307,7 +1593,8 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1317,24 +1604,42 @@ msgstr "" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</" "link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Installazione con DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Febbraio 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1405,17 +1710,21 @@ msgstr "Formattazione in corso" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1425,12 +1734,12 @@ msgstr "" "verrà salvato." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1439,7 +1748,7 @@ msgstr "" "desideri controllare per i cosiddetti <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1448,7 +1757,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -1899,6 +2208,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Poi premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per continuare" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Ulteriori informazioni sono disponibili nella <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">wiki</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selezione media (Nonfree)" @@ -2336,6 +2688,30 @@ msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2401,16 +2777,55 @@ msgstr "Seleziona e utilizza dei file ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definizione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2418,7 +2833,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2427,23 +2842,23 @@ msgstr "" "link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Media di installazione classico" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Funzioni comuni" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Queste ISO usano l'installer tradizionale chiamato drakx" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2451,17 +2866,17 @@ msgstr "" "precedente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Media diversi per le architetture a 32 o 64 bits." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2470,12 +2885,12 @@ msgstr "" "Sistema, Test della Memoria, Strumento di Identificazione Hardware." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Ogni DVD contiene diversi desktop environments e lingue." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2483,12 +2898,12 @@ msgstr "" "non free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2497,12 +2912,12 @@ msgstr "" "automatico in base alla CPU identificata." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Usa solo Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2511,17 +2926,17 @@ msgstr "" "pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) DA ESSERE CONTROLLATE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Contiene del software non libero" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Media live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2530,18 +2945,18 @@ msgstr "" "installarla su di un HDD avendo comunque la possibilità di farlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Ogni ISO contiene un solo desktop environment (KDE o GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Diversi media per architetture a 32 o 64 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2552,63 +2967,63 @@ msgstr "" "precedente release.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Contengono del software non libero." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "CD Live con KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Solamente l'ambiente KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Solamente la lingua inglese." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "solo 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "CD Live con GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Solamente l'ambiente GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "DVD Live con KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Sono presenti tutte le lingue." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "DVD Live con GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Boot-only CD media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2622,7 +3037,7 @@ msgstr "" "network locale o su internet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2633,12 +3048,12 @@ msgstr "" "senza DVD o un PC che non può eseguire il boot da una chiavetta USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2647,12 +3062,12 @@ msgstr "" "software proprietario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2661,17 +3076,17 @@ msgstr "" "persone che ne hanno bisogno." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Scaricando e controllando il media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Download in corso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2684,44 +3099,50 @@ msgstr "" "bassa. Se è stato scelto http potreste inoltre vedere qualcosa come" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Controllando l'integrità del media scaricato." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Aprire la console, senza obbligo di essere root, e:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2730,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr "" "image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2739,7 +3160,7 @@ msgstr "" "the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -2748,17 +3169,17 @@ msgstr "" "attendere un poco) a quello dato da Mageia. Per esempio:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Masterizza o esegui un dump dell'ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -2768,12 +3189,12 @@ msgstr "" "creare un media avviabile." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Masterizzando la ISO su di un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -2787,12 +3208,12 @@ msgstr "" "Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">wiki di Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Esegui il dump di una ISO su di una chiavetta USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -2801,7 +3222,7 @@ msgstr "" "una chiavetta USB e usarle per avviare e installare il sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2812,18 +3233,21 @@ msgstr "" "partizione ridotta alla grandezza dell'immagine del disco." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Per recuperare la capacità originale devi riformattare la chiavetta USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Utilizzare Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -2831,18 +3255,57 @@ msgstr "" "Puoi usare uno strumento grafico come <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." "org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Potresti provare:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Puoi anche usare il tool dd in una console:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Apri una console" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -2851,12 +3314,12 @@ msgstr "" "'-' finale)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -2865,27 +3328,60 @@ msgstr "" "aprire alcuna applicazione o file manager che può averne accesso o leggerla)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Inserisci il comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Trova il nome del dispositivo della tua chiavetta USB (dalla sua " "dimensione). Per esempio /dev/sdb nell'immagine sopra è una chiavetta USB da " "8GB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -2894,12 +3390,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Dove X = nome del tuo dispositivo esempio: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -2908,62 +3404,15 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Inserire il comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Togli la tua chiavetta USB, hai concluso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Usando Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Potresti provare:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Installazione di Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Questo step è spiegato nella <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">documentazione di Mageia</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Ulteriori informazioni sono disponibili nella <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">wiki</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3132,6 +3581,31 @@ msgstr "" "farlo successivamente durante l'installazione." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Tastiera" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Tastiera" @@ -3207,12 +3681,12 @@ msgstr "" "caratteri latini e non-latini." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Scegli una lingua da utilizzare" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3220,7 +3694,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3229,16 +3703,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3246,25 +3724,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3314,12 +3797,12 @@ msgstr "" "pulsanti." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Aggiungi o modifica una Boot Menu Entry" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3329,25 +3812,30 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3357,42 +3845,71 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Cambiare altre cose può lasciare un sistema non avviabile. Per favore non " "provare nulla senza conoscere esattamente cosa si sta facendo." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opzioni principali del bootloader" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 #, fuzzy @@ -3405,15 +3922,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3421,8 +3931,8 @@ msgstr "" "Se preferisci impostazioni del bootloader diverse da quelle scelte in " "automatico dall'installer puoi modificare da qua." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3432,27 +3942,28 @@ msgstr "" "decidere se aggiungere Mageia al tuo bootloader esistente o permettere a " "Mageia di crearne uno nuovo." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "I menù grafici di Mageia sono belli :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3460,19 +3971,20 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia adesso offre GRUB2 come bootloader opzionale oltre a GRUB legacy e " "Lilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "I sistemi Linux che usano GRUB2 come bootloader non sono attualmente " "supportati da GRUB (legacy) e non verranno riconosciuti se il bootloader di " "default è GRUB." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3480,13 +3992,13 @@ msgstr "" "La migliore soluzione è utilizzare GRUB 2 che è disponibile durante " "l'installazione." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Usare un bootloader esistente" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3494,34 +4006,35 @@ msgid "" "bootloader install location." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Non selezionare un dispositivo esempio: \"sda\" o cancellerai la tua " "esistente MBR. Devi selezionare la partizione di root che hai scelto durante " "la precedente fase di partizionamento esempio: sda7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Per essere chiari, sda è il dispositivo, sda7 la partizione su quel " "dispositivo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " "the installer screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3530,13 +4043,13 @@ msgid "" "question." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Opzioni avanzate del Bootloader" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3544,6 +4057,38 @@ msgid "" "guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -3667,12 +4212,15 @@ msgstr "Conferma l'hard disk per essere formattato." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -3681,7 +4229,7 @@ msgstr "" "scelta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -3690,6 +4238,108 @@ msgstr "" "ogni partizione, ogni sistema operativo e ogni file da quell'hard disk." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Media live" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Installazione di Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Disinstallare Mageia" @@ -3751,3 +4401,79 @@ msgid "" "windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " "make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Utilizzare Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Usando Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Questo step è spiegato nella <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/" +#~ "doc/\">documentazione di Mageia</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po index e3220ec1..c6f5ab42 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl.po +++ b/docs/installer/nl.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-08 17:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -21,26 +21,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Licentie en uitgave-opmerkingen" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licentie-overeenkomst" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ msgstr "" "<application>Mageia</application> installeert." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" "gaan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om ze te aanvaarden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -78,22 +79,24 @@ msgstr "" "zal uw computer opnieuw opstarten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Uitgave-opmerkingen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Klik op de <guibutton>Uitgave-opmerkingen</guibutton> knop om te zien wat er " "nieuw is in deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "nl" @@ -171,7 +174,7 @@ msgstr "" "daar opgehaald." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer" @@ -187,25 +190,27 @@ msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Beheerderswachtwoord (root) instellen:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -226,7 +231,7 @@ msgstr "" "sluiten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -236,12 +241,12 @@ msgstr "" "en andere tekens." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Voer een gebruiker in" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -253,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" "normaal mens zijn computer voor gebruikt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -261,7 +266,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Pictogram</guibutton>: klik op het pictogram om het te veranderen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -270,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" "gebruiker in." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -281,18 +286,19 @@ msgstr "" "volledige naam. <emphasis>De aanmeldnaam is hoofdlettergevoelig.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Type hier het wachtwoord van de gebruiker. " "Aan het eind van het tekstvak is een schild dat de sterkte van het " "wachtwoord weergeeft. (Zie ook <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -302,7 +308,7 @@ msgstr "" "in dit tekstvak en DrakX zal controleren of beide wachtwoorden gelijk zijn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -312,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr "" "schrijven)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -323,17 +329,18 @@ msgstr "" "toevoegt, een homedirectory hebben die tegen lezen en schrijven beschermd is." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Als u voor niemand een homedirectory wilt die door iedereen gelezen kan " "worden, wordt aangeraden nu alleen een tijdelijke gebruiker toe te voegen en " "de echte pas na het herstarten van uw computer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -345,28 +352,33 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>Gebruikersbeheer</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "De toegangsrechten kunnen na het installeren ook nog veranderd worden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Geavanceerd gebruikersbeheer" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Door op de <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop te klikken krijgt u een " "scherm waar u instellingen kunt bewerken voor de gebruiker die toegevoegd " "wordt. Daarnaast kunt u een gastaccount activeren of deactiveren." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -377,7 +389,7 @@ msgstr "" "belangrijke gegevens kan hij het beste op een USB pen zetten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -389,7 +401,7 @@ msgstr "" "gebruiker." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -400,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" "wordt. De mogelijkheden zijn Bash, Dash and Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -411,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" "dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -439,17 +451,21 @@ msgstr "Kies de koppelpunten" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -460,7 +476,7 @@ msgstr "" "application> voorstelt, kunt u ze veranderen." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -469,7 +485,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> (root) partitie heeft." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -478,7 +494,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Koppelpunt\", \"Type\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -487,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"(letter)], \"partitienummer\" (bijvoorbeeld, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -504,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> partitie van een cauldron installatie." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -513,7 +529,7 @@ msgstr "" "nodig hebt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -526,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr "" "staat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -537,6 +553,215 @@ msgstr "" "formatteren die DrakX voorstelt, of meer." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Enkel-opstart CD-media" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Werkomgevingselectie" @@ -745,25 +970,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Verander alleen iets als u heel goed weet wat u doet." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configureer uw tijdzone" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -772,7 +1000,7 @@ msgstr "" "dezelfde tijdzone bevindt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -781,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr "" "stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1134,14 +1362,13 @@ msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering met DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1154,7 +1381,7 @@ msgstr "" "uw systeem niet opstarten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1165,7 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "" "partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1175,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "als er drie zijn." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1184,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" "geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1194,17 +1421,17 @@ msgstr "" "aan of verwijder haar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Ga verder totdat alles naar uw wensen is aangepast." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Klik dan op <guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1213,24 +1440,24 @@ msgstr "" "SysteemPartitie) beschikbaar is en aangekoppeld op /boot/EFI (zie boven)" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionering" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1241,7 +1468,7 @@ msgstr "" "<application>Mageia</application> te installeren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1250,7 +1477,7 @@ msgstr "" "van de indeling en de inhoud van uw specifieke harde schijf (schijven)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1259,12 +1486,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Huidige partities gebruiken" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1273,12 +1500,12 @@ msgstr "" "gevonden die gebruikt kunnen worden voor het installeren." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Vrije ruimte gebruiken" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1287,12 +1514,12 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia-installatie wilt gebruiken, kies dan deze optie." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Gebruik vrije ruimte op een Windows Partitie" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1301,7 +1528,7 @@ msgstr "" "gebruiken." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1312,7 +1539,7 @@ msgstr "" "van al uw belangrijke bestanden een reservekopie heeft!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1330,12 +1557,13 @@ msgstr "" "uw persoonlijke bestanden te maken op een andere schijf of lokatie." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Bij deze optie is de resterende Windowspartitie lichtblauw en de nieuwe " "Mageiapartitie donkerblauw. Eronder ziet u hun voorgestelde groottes. U kunt " @@ -1343,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" "links of rechts te slepen. Zie de schermafbeelding hieronder." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1352,24 +1580,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Volledige harde schijf wissen en gebruiken." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Met deze optie zal de gehele schijf voor Mageia gebruikt worden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Let op! Hierdoor zullen ALLE gegevens op de geselecteerde harde schijf " "gewist worden. Wees voorzichtig!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1380,12 +1608,12 @@ msgstr "" "verliezen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1393,8 +1621,65 @@ msgstr "" "Hiermee krijgt u volledige controle over het plaatsen van de installatie op " "uw harde schijf of schijven." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1413,17 +1698,17 @@ msgstr "" "gparted, te partitioneren en de volgende instellingen te gebruiken:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Uitlijnen met\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Vrije ruimte links (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1431,37 +1716,41 @@ msgstr "" "aantal megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Installeren met DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Allereerste installatiewelkomsscherm" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Februari 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "De Officiële Documentatie voor Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1472,7 +1761,8 @@ msgstr "" "by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1483,7 +1773,8 @@ msgstr "" "href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1494,13 +1785,15 @@ msgstr "" "\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te " "verbeteren." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1510,11 +1803,27 @@ msgstr "" "worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die " "u tijdens het installeren maakt." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Installeren met DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Februari 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1588,17 +1897,21 @@ msgstr "Formatteren" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1607,14 +1920,14 @@ msgstr "" "partities die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> gekozen zijn, zullen bewaard blijven." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Gewoonlijk moeten tenminste de partities die DrakX selecteerde, " "geformatteerd worden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1623,7 +1936,7 @@ msgstr "" "wilt controleren op zogenoemde <emphasis>slechte blokken</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1637,7 +1950,7 @@ msgstr "" "de rechterkolom kiezen om die te bekijken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2153,6 +2466,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Klik daarna op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om verder te gaan." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Meer informatie is beschikbaar in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation\">de Mageia wiki</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Mediaselectie (Nonfree)" @@ -2634,6 +2990,30 @@ msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." msgstr "Denk eraan dat alles toestaan (geen firewall) erg riskant kan zijn." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2701,16 +3081,55 @@ msgstr "Selecteer en gebruik ISO's" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definitie" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2721,7 +3140,7 @@ msgstr "" "ISO-bestand op gekopieerd is." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2730,23 +3149,23 @@ msgstr "" "vinden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Klassieke installatiemedia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Algemene eigenschappen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Deze ISO's gebruiken het traditionele installatieprogramma, drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2754,17 +3173,17 @@ msgstr "" "actualiseren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "dvd" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Verschillende media voor 32- en 64-bits architectuur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2773,12 +3192,12 @@ msgstr "" "Test, Hardware Detection Tool." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Elke DVD bevat veel beschikbare bureaubladomgevingen en talen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2786,12 +3205,12 @@ msgstr "" "voegen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "Dual arch DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2800,12 +3219,12 @@ msgstr "" "automatisch gemaakt overeenkomstig de gedetecteerde CPU." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Enkel XFCE-werkomgeving" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2814,17 +3233,17 @@ msgstr "" "pt, ru, sv, uk) NOG CHECKEN!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Het bevat niet-vrije software." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2833,18 +3252,18 @@ msgstr "" "schijf te installeren. Indien gewenst is installeren wel mogelijk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Elke ISO bevat slechts één werkomgeving (KDE of GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Vershillende media voor 32- en 64-bits architectuur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2855,63 +3274,63 @@ msgstr "" "mee bij te werken.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Ze bevatten niet-vrije software." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "KDE Live CD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Enkel KDE-werkomgeving." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Enkel de Engelse taal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Enkel 32 bits" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME Live CD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Enkel GNOME werkomgeving." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "KDE Live DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Alle talen zijn aanwezig." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME Live DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Enkel-opstart CD-media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2925,7 +3344,7 @@ msgstr "" "station, lokaal netwerk of op internet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2936,12 +3355,12 @@ msgstr "" "een pc die niet van een USB-stick kan booten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2950,12 +3369,12 @@ msgstr "" "gebruiken." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2964,17 +3383,17 @@ msgstr "" "nodig hebben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Een medium downloaden en checken" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Downloaden" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2987,49 +3406,56 @@ msgstr "" "laag is. Als http werd gekozen, kun u ook iets zien zoals:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum en sha1sum zijn tools om de ISO-integriteit te controleren. Gebruik " -"één van beide. Allebei de hexadecimale getallen zijn door een algoritme " -"berekend voor de ISO. Als u hetzelfde getal krijgt, is uw gedownloade ISO " -"goed. Krijgt u een ander getal dan is het een mislukt exemplaar en kunt u de " -"download beter overdoen. Dit venster verschijnt dan:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Vink het selectierondje 'Bestand opslaan' aan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "De integriteit van het gedownloade ISO controleren" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum en sha1sum zijn tools om de ISO-integriteit te controleren. Gebruik " +"één van beide. Allebei de hexadecimale getallen zijn door een algoritme " +"berekend voor de ISO. Als u hetzelfde getal krijgt, is uw gedownloade ISO " +"goed. Krijgt u een ander getal dan is het een mislukt exemplaar en kunt u de " +"download beter overdoen. Dit venster verschijnt dan:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Open een terminal (niet als root), en:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3038,7 +3464,7 @@ msgstr "" "het/image/bestand.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3047,7 +3473,7 @@ msgstr "" "het/image/bestand.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3056,17 +3482,17 @@ msgstr "" "voor het verschijnt) met het getal dat door Mageia gegeven werd. Voorbeeld:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Brand of dump het ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3076,12 +3502,12 @@ msgstr "" "zorgt wel dat een opstartbaar medium gemaakt wordt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "De ISO op een CD/DVD branden" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3095,12 +3521,12 @@ msgstr "" "link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Dump de ISO op een USB-stick" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3109,7 +3535,7 @@ msgstr "" "'dumpen' en dan van die USB-stick op kunt starten en installeren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3120,19 +3546,22 @@ msgstr "" "capaciteit zal worden gereduceerd tot de grootte van het beeldbestand." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Om de oorspronkelijke capaciteit te herstellen, moet u de USB-stick opnieuw " "formatteren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Met behulp van Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3140,18 +3569,57 @@ msgstr "" "U kunt een grafische tool gebruiken, zoals <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Probeer bijv.:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "U kunt ook de dd tool gebruiken in een terminal:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Open een terminal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3160,12 +3628,12 @@ msgstr "" "het eind niet)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3174,26 +3642,59 @@ msgstr "" "bestandsmanager openen die hem zou kunnen bekijken of lezen)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Voer het commando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> in" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Vind de naam van uw USB-stick (d.m.v. zijn grootte), bijv. /dev/sdb in " "bovenstaande schermafbeelding. Het is een 8GB USB-stick." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3202,12 +3703,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Waar X=apparaatnaam, bijv: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3216,62 +3717,15 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Geef het commando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Verwijder uw USB-stick, hij is gereed" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Met behulp van Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Probeer bijv.:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Mageia installatie" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Deze stap wordt uitgelegd in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">de Mageia documentatie</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Meer informatie is beschikbaar in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation\">de Mageia wiki</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3454,6 +3908,31 @@ msgstr "" "Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Toetsenbord" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Toetsenbord" @@ -3530,12 +4009,12 @@ msgstr "" "de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Taalkeuze" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3547,7 +4026,7 @@ msgstr "" "computer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3560,16 +4039,20 @@ msgstr "" "talen toe te voegen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3580,7 +4063,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Meerdere talen\" scherm. ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3589,11 +4072,17 @@ msgstr "" "later tijdens de installatie." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia gebruikt UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning, dat gewoonlijk goed werkt. " "Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij " @@ -3602,10 +4091,11 @@ msgstr "" "talen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in één van de andere " "geïnstalleerde talen in het Mageia Configuratiecentrum onder \"Systeem -> " @@ -3658,12 +4148,12 @@ msgstr "" "of meer knoppen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Wijzig een opstartmenu-ingang of voeg er een toe" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3673,8 +4163,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3685,21 +4180,22 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>Configuratie van Opstartlader</emphasis> scherm en bewerk de " "gegevens in het scherm dat zich op de voorgrond opent." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Als u <code>Grub 2</code> als opstartlader heeft gekozen, of Grub2-efi voor " "UEFI-systemen, kunt u deze tool niet gebruiken om ingangen aan te passen. " "Klik op 'Volgende'. U kunt wel handmatig <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> " "bewerken of de tool <code>grub-customizer</code> gebruiken." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3709,8 +4205,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3719,16 +4215,16 @@ msgstr "" "van een menu-ingang veranderen en het hokje aanvinken waarmee een waarde de " "standaard ingang wordt." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "U kunt het juiste versienummer van een ingang toevoegen of deze helemaal " "hernoemen." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3736,22 +4232,58 @@ msgstr "" "De Standaard waarde of ingang, is die die gestart wordt als u geen keuze " "maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Door andere dingen te veranderen kan het gebeuren dat u uw systeem niet meer " "kunt opstarten. Probeer alstublieft niets zonder precies te weten wat u doet." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Als u <code>Grub 2</code> als opstartlader heeft gekozen, of Grub2-efi voor " +"UEFI-systemen, kunt u deze tool niet gebruiken om ingangen aan te passen. " +"Klik op 'Volgende'. U kunt wel handmatig <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> " +"bewerken of de tool <code>grub-customizer</code> gebruiken." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Algemene opties voor de opstartlader" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3763,17 +4295,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"Bij een UEFI-systeem kunt u geen opstartlader kiezen, omdat er slechts één " -"beschikbaar is. De eerste uitvouwlijst vervalt dan" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3781,8 +4304,8 @@ msgstr "" "Als u liever andere opstartladerinstellingen heeft dan DrakX koos, kunt u ze " "hier veranderen." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3792,21 +4315,23 @@ msgstr "" "moet u besluiten of u Mageia aan uw bestaande opstartlader wilt toevoegen, " "of dat u Mageia toestaat een nieuwe te creëren." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "De Mageia grafische menu's zijn mooi :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3814,8 +4339,8 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Record) van uw eerste harde schijf. Als u al andere besturingssystemen " "heeft, probeert Mageia ze aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu toe te voegen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3823,19 +4348,20 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia biedt nu, naast de mogelijkheid om GRUB legacy of Lilo als " "opstartlader te nemen, ook GRUB2 als keuze aan." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Linux systemen die de GRUB2 opstartlader gebruiken worden nog niet door GRUB " "legacy ondersteund en zullen niet herkend worden als de standaard GRUB " "opstartlader gebruikt wordt." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3843,13 +4369,13 @@ msgstr "" "De beste oplossing hiervoor is de GRUB2 opstartlader te gebruiken, die " "tijdens het installeren in de Overzichtspagina beschikbaar is." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3861,24 +4387,25 @@ msgstr "" "Opstartlader <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> knop te klikken, waarna u " "de locatie kunt veranderen waar de opstartlader geplaatst wordt." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Kies geen apparaat zoals \"sda\", anders overschrijft u uw bestaande MBR. U " "moet de root partitie selecteren die u eerder tijdens de installatie koos, " "bijvoorbeeld \"sda7\"." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Ter verduidelijking, sda is een apparaat, sda7 is een partitie." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3888,8 +4415,8 @@ msgstr "" "waar uw <literal>/</literal> (root) partitie is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 brengt u terug " "naar het installatiescherm." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3903,13 +4430,13 @@ msgstr "" "gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de " "documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Geavanceerde optie voor de opstartlader" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3921,6 +4448,42 @@ msgstr "" "en zet een vinkje voor <guilabel>Elke keer bij opstarten /tmp legen</" "guilabel>. Dit helpt om wat vrije ruimte te behouden." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"Bij een UEFI-systeem kunt u geen opstartlader kiezen, omdat er slechts één " +"beschikbaar is. De eerste uitvouwlijst vervalt dan" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4057,14 +4620,15 @@ msgstr "Bevestig het formatteren van de harde schijf" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4072,7 +4636,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4082,6 +4646,108 @@ msgstr "" "wissen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Live media" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Mageia installatie" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Mageia deïnstalleren" @@ -4157,6 +4823,88 @@ msgstr "" "als Linux. Zoals altijd, wees zeer voorzichtig bij het wijzigen van " "partities en zorg dat alle belangrijke dingen een backup hebben." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Met behulp van Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Met behulp van Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Deze stap wordt uitgelegd in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/" +#~ "doc/\">de Mageia documentatie</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + #~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dit is het default verwelkomingsscherm wanneer een Mageia-dvd gebruikt " @@ -4164,6 +4912,3 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." #~ msgstr "Voeg kernelopties toe door op F6 te klikken." - -#~ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po index bb1b6d3b..f1174d01 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl.po +++ b/docs/installer/pl.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-18 14:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/" @@ -24,26 +24,27 @@ msgstr "" "|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Licencja oraz informacje o wydaniu" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Umowa licencyjna" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -52,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "" "uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" "kontynuacją instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -81,22 +82,24 @@ msgstr "" "uruchomienie komputera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Informacje o wydaniu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, " "Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "pl" @@ -170,7 +173,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Zarządzanie użytkownikami" @@ -186,25 +189,27 @@ msgstr "Zarządzanie użytkownikami" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Ustawienie hasła administratora (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -223,7 +228,7 @@ msgstr "" "poniżej." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -232,12 +237,12 @@ msgstr "" "hasła zawierającego litery (duże i małe), numery oraz inne znaki." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Dodaj użytkownika" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -249,7 +254,7 @@ msgstr "" "które wykonuje na swoim komputerze przeciętny użytkownik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -257,7 +262,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -266,7 +271,7 @@ msgstr "" "pola tekstowego" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -278,18 +283,19 @@ msgstr "" "ma znaczenie.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w " "nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend=" "\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -299,7 +305,7 @@ msgstr "" "tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -309,7 +315,7 @@ msgstr "" "danego użytkownika)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -320,17 +326,18 @@ msgstr "" "domowe zabezpieczone przed odczytem oraz zapisem przez innych użytkowników." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Jeśli nie chcesz tworzyć użytkowników z katalogami domowymi możliwymi do " "odczytu przez innych, zaleca się utworzenie tylko tymczasowego użytkownika " "podczas instalacji i dodanie prawdziwych użytkowników po restarcie systemu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -338,28 +345,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Ustawienia dostępu mogą być również zmienione po instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Zaawansowane Zarządzanie Użytkownikami" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Po kliknięciu na przycisk <guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton> będziesz miał " "możliwość edycji ustawień dla użytkownika którego dodajesz. Dodatkowo, " "możesz aktywować lub deaktywować konto gościa." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -369,7 +381,7 @@ msgstr "" "wykasowane po jego wylogowaniu. Gość musi zapisywać ważne pliki na USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -380,7 +392,7 @@ msgstr "" "przez gości, ale posiada mniejsze uprawnienia niż zwykły użytkownik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -390,7 +402,7 @@ msgstr "" "przez użytkownika, którego dodajesz, do wyboru Bash, Dash oraz Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -398,7 +410,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -423,17 +435,21 @@ msgstr "Wybierz punkty montowania" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -444,7 +460,7 @@ msgstr "" "DrakX</application>, możesz zmienić punkty montowania." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -453,7 +469,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -462,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr "" "montowania\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -471,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"numer partycji\" (dla przykładu: \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -487,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> dla partycji na której chcesz przechowywać swoje filmy." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -496,7 +512,7 @@ msgstr "" "mieć dostępu." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -507,7 +523,7 @@ msgstr "" "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -517,6 +533,216 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>, by zdecydować które partycje sformatować." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Wybór pulpitu" @@ -714,25 +940,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguruj strefę czasową" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -741,14 +970,14 @@ msgstr "" "pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1037,12 +1266,13 @@ msgstr "Zaawansowany podział na partycje za pomocą DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1055,7 +1285,7 @@ msgstr "" "to uruchomienie systemu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1063,7 +1293,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1073,7 +1303,7 @@ msgstr "" "urządzenia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1082,7 +1312,7 @@ msgstr "" "partycje znajdujące się na wybranym dysku." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1092,43 +1322,43 @@ msgstr "" "ją usunąć." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" "Kontynuuj aż do momentu gdy skonfigurujesz wszystko zgodnie ze swoimi " "preferencjami." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" "Jeśli wszystko zostało już ustawione kliknij <guibutton>Gotowe</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partycjonowanie" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1138,7 +1368,7 @@ msgstr "" "propozycje instalatora dotyczące instalacji <application>Magei</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1147,19 +1377,19 @@ msgstr "" "twardego oraz jego zawartości." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Użyj istniejących partycji" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1168,12 +1398,12 @@ msgstr "" "linuksowe i mogą być użyte do instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1182,12 +1412,12 @@ msgstr "" "wykorzystane do instalacji Magei." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce na partycji Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1196,7 +1426,7 @@ msgstr "" "zaproponuje, aby je wykorzystać." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1207,7 +1437,7 @@ msgstr "" "kopię zapasową ważnych plików!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1224,38 +1454,38 @@ msgstr "" "wskazane jest zrobienie kopii zapasowej ważnych plików." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Wymaż i wykorzystaj cały dysk" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Ta opcja użyje całego dysku dla Magei." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "Zauważ! WSZYSTKIE dane z wybranego dysku zostaną wymazane. Uważaj!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1265,20 +1495,77 @@ msgstr "" "dysku dane, których nie chcesz stracić, nie używaj tej opcji." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Własne" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." msgstr "" "Ta opcja daje Ci całkowitą kontrolę nad sposobem przeprowadzenia instalacji." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1295,17 +1582,17 @@ msgstr "" "pomocą innego narzędzia jak np. gparted. przy użyciu następujących ustawień:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1313,37 +1600,39 @@ msgstr "" "liczbę megabajtów." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instalacja za pomocą DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1354,7 +1643,8 @@ msgstr "" "org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1365,7 +1655,8 @@ msgstr "" "www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1375,13 +1666,15 @@ msgstr "" "chcesz pomóc poprawić dokumentację skontaktuj się z <link ns6:href=\"https://" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Zespołem Dokumentacji</link>, " -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1391,11 +1684,27 @@ msgstr "" "To które ekrany zobaczysz zależy od tego jaki posiadasz sprzęt oraz jakich " "wyborów dokonasz podczas instalacji." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instalacja za pomocą DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1466,17 +1775,21 @@ msgstr "Formatowanie" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1486,14 +1799,14 @@ msgstr "" "zachowane." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Zazwyczaj przynajmniej te partycje, które zaznaczył instalator, powinny być " "sformatowane" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1502,7 +1815,7 @@ msgstr "" "mają zostać sprawdzone na obecnoś tzw. <emphasis>bad bloków</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1516,7 +1829,7 @@ msgstr "" "partycjach." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -1977,6 +2290,47 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> aby kontynuować" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Wybór nośników (Nonfree)" @@ -2400,6 +2754,30 @@ msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2457,16 +2835,55 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Nośnik" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2474,116 +2891,116 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2591,63 +3008,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2656,7 +3073,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2664,41 +3081,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2707,87 +3124,93 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -2796,19 +3219,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2816,138 +3239,167 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3108,6 +3560,31 @@ msgstr "" "podczas dalszych etapów instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Klawiatura" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Klawiatura" @@ -3177,12 +3654,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Wybór języka" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3193,7 +3670,7 @@ msgstr "" "podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3205,16 +3682,20 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> aby je teraz dodać. " #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3225,7 +3706,7 @@ msgstr "" "również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3235,11 +3716,17 @@ msgstr "" "klawiatury." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to " "kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie " @@ -3247,10 +3734,11 @@ msgstr "" "zainstalowanych języków." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą " "Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu" @@ -3295,77 +3783,112 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3374,76 +3897,69 @@ msgid "" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3451,29 +3967,29 @@ msgid "" "bootloader install location." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " "the installer screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3482,13 +3998,13 @@ msgid "" "question." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3496,6 +4012,40 @@ msgid "" "guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -3618,14 +4168,15 @@ msgstr "Formatowanie twardego dysku" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -3633,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kliknij <guibutton>Wstecz</guibutton> jeśli nie jesteś pewien swojego wyboru." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -3642,6 +4193,111 @@ msgstr "" "każdą partycję, każdy system operacyjny oraz wszystkie dane z twardego dysku." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Etapy instalacji" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "" @@ -3695,3 +4351,67 @@ msgid "" "windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " "make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index ed87b95c..c39c172c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-08 23:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" @@ -23,27 +23,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Licenças e Notas de Lançamento" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acordo de Licença" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "" "termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" "application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" "clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -79,22 +79,24 @@ msgstr "" "Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Notas de Lançamento" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, " "clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" @@ -173,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr "" "irá encontrar os pacotes necessários 32 bits lá." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gerenciador de Usuário e Superusuário" @@ -189,25 +191,27 @@ msgstr "Gerenciador de Usuário e Superusuário" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Definir senha do administrador (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -228,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "" "digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -238,12 +242,12 @@ msgstr "" "minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Digite um usuário" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -255,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" "usuário médio faz com o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -264,7 +268,7 @@ msgstr "" "de usuários." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -273,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "" "texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -284,18 +288,19 @@ msgstr "" "login é \"case sensitive\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha " "do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força " "da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -306,7 +311,7 @@ msgstr "" "caixas de texto de senha do usuário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -315,7 +320,7 @@ msgstr "" "legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -326,17 +331,18 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-" "se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a " "reinicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -348,30 +354,35 @@ msgstr "" "de Usuário </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "" "As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Gerenciamento Avançado de Usuários" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma " "tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está " "adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de " "convidado." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -383,7 +394,7 @@ msgstr "" "importantes em um pendrive USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -395,7 +406,7 @@ msgstr "" "usuários normais." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -406,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" "opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -417,7 +428,7 @@ msgstr "" "Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -445,17 +456,21 @@ msgstr "Escolha os pontos de montagem" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -466,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" "pode alterar os pontos de montagem." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -475,7 +490,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -484,7 +499,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -493,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "" "\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -511,7 +526,7 @@ msgstr "" "de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -520,7 +535,7 @@ msgstr "" "ponto de montagem em branco." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -532,7 +547,7 @@ msgstr "" "uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -543,6 +558,217 @@ msgstr "" "partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Mídia em CD apenas para boot." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho" @@ -751,25 +977,28 @@ msgstr "" "Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure o seu fuso horário" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -778,7 +1007,7 @@ msgstr "" "no mesmo fuso horário." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -787,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" "ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1142,14 +1371,13 @@ msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1162,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1173,7 +1401,7 @@ msgstr "" "mesmo ver o que está neles antes de começar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1183,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" "deles." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1192,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr "" "no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1202,17 +1430,17 @@ msgstr "" "montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Continue até que você ajustar tudo como desejar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Click <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> quando estiver pronto." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1222,24 +1450,24 @@ msgstr "" "(veja acima)" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamento" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1250,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1259,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" "conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1268,12 +1496,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Utilizar as partições existentes" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1282,12 +1510,12 @@ msgstr "" "o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Usar o espaço livre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1296,12 +1524,12 @@ msgstr "" "usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Use o espaço livre na partição do Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1310,7 +1538,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1321,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" "ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1338,12 +1566,13 @@ msgstr "" "altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Com esta opção, o instalador exibe a partição restante do Windows em azul " "claro e o futura partição Mageia em azul escuro com seus tamanhos destinados " @@ -1351,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "" "arrastando entre as duas partições. Veja abaixo a captura de tela." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1360,24 +1589,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Apagar e utilizar o Disco Inteiro." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Esta opção utilizará a unidade completa para a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. " "Tenha cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1388,12 +1617,12 @@ msgstr "" "opção." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1401,8 +1630,65 @@ msgstr "" "Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) " "rígido(s)." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1421,17 +1707,17 @@ msgstr "" "alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Arredondar para\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Espaço livre Antes (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1439,37 +1725,41 @@ msgstr "" "número par de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instalando com DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Primeira Tela da Instalação" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Fevereiro 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "A documentação oficial para Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1480,7 +1770,8 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1491,7 +1782,8 @@ msgstr "" "biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1501,13 +1793,15 @@ msgstr "" "<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de " "Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1517,11 +1811,27 @@ msgstr "" "telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz " "durante a instalação." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instalando com DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Fevereiro 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1596,17 +1906,21 @@ msgstr "Formatação" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1616,14 +1930,14 @@ msgstr "" "salvos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser " "formatadas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1632,7 +1946,7 @@ msgstr "" "você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1646,7 +1960,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2168,6 +2482,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Em seguida, pressione <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Mais informações estão disponíveis em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)" @@ -2655,6 +3012,31 @@ msgstr "" "Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2720,16 +3102,55 @@ msgstr "Selecionar e usar ISOs" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "mídia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "definição" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2740,7 +3161,7 @@ msgstr "" "físico do arquivo ISO é copiado para." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2749,23 +3170,23 @@ msgstr "" "\">aqui</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Classical installation media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "características comuns" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Estas ISOs usar o instalador tradicional chamado DrakX." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2773,17 +3194,17 @@ msgstr "" "anteriores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Diferentes meios para arquitetura de 32 ou 64 bits." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2792,12 +3213,12 @@ msgstr "" "Sistema, teste de memória, hardware ferramenta de detecção." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Cada DVD contém muitos ambientes de trabalho disponíveis e idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2805,12 +3226,12 @@ msgstr "" "free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2819,12 +3240,12 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente de acordo com a CPU detectada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Usa apenas a área de trabalho Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2833,17 +3254,17 @@ msgstr "" "PL, PT, ru, sv, uk) que serão verificados!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Contém software non free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Mídia Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2852,18 +3273,18 @@ msgstr "" "rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu HDD." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Cada ISO contém apenas um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2874,63 +3295,63 @@ msgstr "" "anteriores.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Contém software não-livre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Ambiente de desktop KDE apenas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Idioma Inglês apenas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Apenas 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Todas as línguas estão presente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Mídia em CD apenas para boot." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2944,7 +3365,7 @@ msgstr "" "local, em uma rede local ou na Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2955,12 +3376,12 @@ msgstr "" "drive de DVD ou um PC que não pode arrancar a partir de um stick USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2968,12 +3389,12 @@ msgstr "" "Contém apenas software livre, para aqueles que rejeitam software não-livre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2982,17 +3403,17 @@ msgstr "" "precisa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Baixando e verificando mídia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Downloading" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -3005,51 +3426,58 @@ msgstr "" "http for escolhido, você também pode ver algo como" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum e sha1sum são ferramentas para verificar a integridade ISO. Usar " -"apenas uma delas. Ambos os números hexadecimais foram calculadas por um " -"algoritmo do arquivo a ser baixado. Quando você pergunta a esses algoritmos " -"para recalcular esse número com o arquivo baixado, ou você tem o mesmo " -"número e seu arquivo baixado está correto, ou o número é diferente e você " -"tem uma falha. Uma falha infere que você deve repetir a download.Then esta " -"janela será exibida:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Marque Salvar arquivo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Verificando a integridade de mídia baixada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum e sha1sum são ferramentas para verificar a integridade ISO. Usar " +"apenas uma delas. Ambos os números hexadecimais foram calculadas por um " +"algoritmo do arquivo a ser baixado. Quando você pergunta a esses algoritmos " +"para recalcular esse número com o arquivo baixado, ou você tem o mesmo " +"número e seu arquivo baixado está correto, ou o número é diferente e você " +"tem uma falha. Uma falha infere que você deve repetir a download.Then esta " +"janela será exibida:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Abra um console, não há necessidade de ser root, e:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3058,7 +3486,7 @@ msgstr "" "para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3067,7 +3495,7 @@ msgstr "" "para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3076,17 +3504,17 @@ msgstr "" "um tempo) com o número dado pelo Mageia. exemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Queimar ou despejar a ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3096,12 +3524,12 @@ msgstr "" "de inicialização-poder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Gravando a ISO para o CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3115,12 +3543,12 @@ msgstr "" "da Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Despejar a ISO para um pendrive USB " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3129,7 +3557,7 @@ msgstr "" "los para um stick USB e usá-lo para inicializar e instalar o sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3140,18 +3568,21 @@ msgstr "" "capacidade de separação irá ser reduzida ao tamanho da imagem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Para recuperar a capacidade original, você deve re-formatar o pendrive USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Usando Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3159,18 +3590,57 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode usar uma ferramenta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Você poderia tentar:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Você também pode usar a ferramenta dd em um console:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Abra um console" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3179,12 +3649,12 @@ msgstr "" "final '-')" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3193,26 +3663,59 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer aplicativo ou gerenciador de arquivos que podem acessar ou lê-lo)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Digite o comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Encontre o nome do dispositivo para o seu pendrive USB (pelo seu tamanho), " "por exemplo, /dev/sdb na imagem acima, é um pendrive USB de 8Gb." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3221,12 +3724,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Onde X= nome do dispositivo, por exemplo: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3235,62 +3738,15 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Digite o comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Desplugue o seu pendrive USB, depois de feito" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "usando o Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Você poderia tentar:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Instalação Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Este passo é descrito em <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">a " -"documentação Mageia</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Mais informações estão disponíveis em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." -"org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3476,6 +3932,31 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Teclado" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Teclado" @@ -3551,12 +4032,12 @@ msgstr "" "layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Por favor, escolha um idioma para usar" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3567,7 +4048,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3580,16 +4061,20 @@ msgstr "" "difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3600,7 +4085,7 @@ msgstr "" "marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3609,21 +4094,28 @@ msgstr "" "aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela " "\"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A " "desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de " "Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." @@ -3676,12 +4168,12 @@ msgstr "" "botões." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3691,8 +4183,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3702,13 +4199,14 @@ msgstr "" "pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do " "Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Se você tiver escolhido <code>Grub 2</code> como seu gerenciador de " "inicialização, ou Grub2-efi para os sistemas UEFI, você não pode usar essa " @@ -3716,8 +4214,8 @@ msgstr "" "precisa editar manualmente <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou utilizar " "<code>grub-personalizador</code> em seu lugar." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3727,8 +4225,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3736,16 +4234,16 @@ msgstr "" "Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo " "de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la " "completamente." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3753,22 +4251,59 @@ msgstr "" "A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha " "durante a inicialização." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não " "tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver escolhido <code>Grub 2</code> como seu gerenciador de " +"inicialização, ou Grub2-efi para os sistemas UEFI, você não pode usar essa " +"ferramenta para editar entradas neste passo, pressione 'Proximo'. Você " +"precisa editar manualmente <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou utilizar " +"<code>grub-personalizador</code> em seu lugar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3780,18 +4315,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"Com um sistema UEFI, a interface do usuário é um pouco diferente porque você " -"não pode escolher o carregador de boot (primeira lista drop-down) uma vez " -"que apenas um está disponível" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3800,8 +4325,8 @@ msgstr "" "(bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo " "instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3811,21 +4336,23 @@ msgstr "" "precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de " "inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "O menu gráfico da Mageia é ótimo :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Usando o Gerenciador de Inicialização da Mageia" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3834,8 +4361,8 @@ msgstr "" "tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los " "ao seu novo menu de inicialização." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3843,19 +4370,20 @@ msgstr "" "A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização " "opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, " "atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos " "se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3863,13 +4391,13 @@ msgstr "" "A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 " "que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Usando um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3882,24 +4410,25 @@ msgstr "" "Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do " "Gerenciador de Inicialização." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir " "sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante " "a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Para ficar claro, sda é um dispositivo, sda7 é uma partição." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3909,8 +4438,8 @@ msgstr "" "onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de " "volta para a tela do instalador." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3925,13 +4454,13 @@ msgstr "" "lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em " "questão." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Opções Avançadas do Gerenciador de Inicialização" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3944,6 +4473,43 @@ msgstr "" "cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre " "adicional." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"Com um sistema UEFI, a interface do usuário é um pouco diferente porque você " +"não pode escolher o carregador de boot (primeira lista drop-down) uma vez " +"que apenas um está disponível" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4084,14 +4650,15 @@ msgstr "Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4100,7 +4667,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4110,6 +4677,108 @@ msgstr "" "rígido." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Mídia Live" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Instalação Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Desinstalando Mageia" @@ -4186,3 +4855,86 @@ msgstr "" "disponível para Windows e Linux. Como sempre, ao alterar partições, tenha " "muito cuidado, e certificar-se de todas as coisas importantes foram " "incluídos no backup." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Usando Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "usando o Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Este passo é descrito em <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">a documentação Mageia</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po index c8bef6ce..7fcc1426 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro.po +++ b/docs/installer/ro.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-14 14:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -26,26 +26,27 @@ msgstr "" "2:1));\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Licența și Notele ediției" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Contract de licență" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -54,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr "" "cu atenție contractul de licență." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "" "application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -82,22 +83,24 @@ msgstr "" "reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Nota ediției" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</" "application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "ro" @@ -175,7 +178,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalatorul va găsi acolo pachetele necesare pe 32 de biți." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestionare utilizatori și administratori" @@ -191,25 +194,27 @@ msgstr "Gestionare utilizatori și administratori" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Definiți parola administratorului (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -229,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "" "două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -239,12 +244,12 @@ msgstr "" "caractere speciale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Introduceți un utilizator" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -256,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" "ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -265,7 +270,7 @@ msgstr "" "pictograma utilizatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -274,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilizatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -286,18 +291,19 @@ msgstr "" "majuscule.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul " "căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și " "<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -307,7 +313,7 @@ msgstr "" "și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -317,7 +323,7 @@ msgstr "" "protejat la scriere)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -328,17 +334,18 @@ msgstr "" "protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este " "recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe " "cei adevărați după repornire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -350,28 +357,33 @@ msgstr "" "utilizatori</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Drepturile de acces pot fi modificate și după instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Gestionare avansată utilizatori" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un " "ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care " "îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -383,7 +395,7 @@ msgstr "" "importante pe o cheie USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -395,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" "restrînse decît un utilizator normal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -406,7 +418,7 @@ msgstr "" "iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -417,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "" "despre ce este vorba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -445,17 +457,21 @@ msgstr "Alegeți punctele de montare" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -466,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "" "application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -475,7 +491,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> (rădăcină)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -484,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "" "„Punct de montare”, „Tip”)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -493,7 +509,7 @@ msgstr "" "dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -510,7 +526,7 @@ msgstr "" "home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -519,7 +535,7 @@ msgstr "" "nevoie să le accesați." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -531,7 +547,7 @@ msgstr "" "mărimea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -542,6 +558,215 @@ msgstr "" "sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "CD-uri doar pentru demarat" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Selectarea biroului" @@ -750,25 +975,28 @@ msgstr "" "Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configurați fusul orar" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -777,7 +1005,7 @@ msgstr "" "orar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -786,7 +1014,7 @@ msgstr "" "GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1140,14 +1368,13 @@ msgstr "Partiționare de disc personalizată cu DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1160,7 +1387,7 @@ msgstr "" "putea demara." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1171,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "dimensiunea și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1180,7 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "" "de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1189,7 +1416,7 @@ msgstr "" "toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1199,17 +1426,17 @@ msgstr "" "redimensiona sau chiar șterge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Continuați pînă cînd ajustați totul așa cum doriți." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Gata</guibutton> cînd sînteți pregătit." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1218,24 +1445,24 @@ msgstr "" "EFI (ESP) este prezentă și montată corect în /boot/EFI (a se vedea mai sus)" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partiționare" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1246,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr "" "<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1255,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "" "partiționare și conținutul discurilor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1264,12 +1491,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Utilizează partițiile existente" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1278,12 +1505,12 @@ msgstr "" "compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1292,12 +1519,12 @@ msgstr "" "utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber de pe o partiție Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1306,7 +1533,7 @@ msgstr "" "vă poate propune să-l utilizeze." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1317,7 +1544,7 @@ msgstr "" "că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1334,12 +1561,13 @@ msgstr "" "Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Cu această opțiune, instalatorul afișează partițiile Windows rămase cu " "albastru deschis și viitoarele partiții Mageia cu albastru închis, împreună " @@ -1348,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr "" "imaginea de mai jos." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1357,24 +1585,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Șterge și utilizează tot discul." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Această opțiune va utiliza tot discul pentru Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți " "grijă!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1385,12 +1613,12 @@ msgstr "" "această opțiune." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizat" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1398,8 +1626,65 @@ msgstr "" "Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile " "dure." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1418,17 +1703,17 @@ msgstr "" "gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Aliniază la\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Spațiu liber precedent (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1436,37 +1721,41 @@ msgstr "" "megaocteți." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instalare cu DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Ecranul de bun venit al instalării" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Februarie 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Documentația oficială pentru Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1477,7 +1766,8 @@ msgstr "" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1488,7 +1778,8 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1499,13 +1790,15 @@ msgstr "" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</" "link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1515,11 +1808,27 @@ msgstr "" "de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul " "instalării." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instalare cu DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Februarie 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1595,17 +1904,21 @@ msgstr "Formatare în curs" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1614,12 +1927,12 @@ msgstr "" "partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "În general trebuiesc formatate cel puțin partițiile selectate de DralX" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1628,7 +1941,7 @@ msgstr "" "doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1641,7 +1954,7 @@ msgstr "" "principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2161,6 +2474,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selectare medii (Nonfree)" @@ -2646,6 +3002,30 @@ msgstr "" "Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2711,16 +3091,55 @@ msgstr "Selectați și utilizați imaginile ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medii" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definiție" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2731,7 +3150,7 @@ msgstr "" "care poate fi copiat fișierul ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2740,23 +3159,23 @@ msgstr "" "link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Mediile de instalare clasice" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Caracteristici comune" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Aceste imagini ISO utilizează instalatorul tradițional numit drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2764,17 +3183,17 @@ msgstr "" "o versiune precedentă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2783,12 +3202,12 @@ msgstr "" "Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Fiecare DVD conține multe medii de birou și limbi disponibile." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2796,12 +3215,12 @@ msgstr "" "proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD arhitectură duală" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2810,12 +3229,12 @@ msgstr "" "automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Utilizează doar mediul de birou Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2824,17 +3243,17 @@ msgstr "" "pt, ru, sv, uk) DE VERIFICAT!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Mediile Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2843,18 +3262,18 @@ msgstr "" "și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Fiecare imagine ISO conține numai un mediu de birou (KDE sau GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2865,63 +3284,63 @@ msgstr "" "versiunile precedente.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "LiveCD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Doar mediul de birou KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Doar limba engleză." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Doar 32 de biți." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "LiveCD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Doar mediul de birou GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "LiveDVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Toate limbile sînt prezente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "LiveDVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "CD-uri doar pentru demarat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2935,7 +3354,7 @@ msgstr "" "pe Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2947,12 +3366,12 @@ msgstr "" "calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2961,12 +3380,12 @@ msgstr "" "proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2975,17 +3394,17 @@ msgstr "" "persoanele care au nevoie de ele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Descărcarea și verificarea mediilor" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Descărcare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2998,51 +3417,58 @@ msgstr "" "este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum și sha1sum sînt utilitare pentru a verifica integritatea fișierului " -"ISO. Utilizați doar unul din ele. Ambele numere hexazecimale au fost " -"calculate de un algoritm cu fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Dacă îi cereți din " -"nou algoritmului să calculeze acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați " -"descărcat, ori obțineți același număr și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, " -"ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit un eșec. În caz de eșec trebuie să " -"încercați să-l mai descărcați odată. Apoi va apărea această fereastră:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Bifați butonul radio „Salvează fișierul”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Se verifică integritatea mediului descărcat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum și sha1sum sînt utilitare pentru a verifica integritatea fișierului " +"ISO. Utilizați doar unul din ele. Ambele numere hexazecimale au fost " +"calculate de un algoritm cu fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Dacă îi cereți din " +"nou algoritmului să calculeze acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați " +"descărcat, ori obțineți același număr și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, " +"ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit un eșec. În caz de eșec trebuie să " +"încercați să-l mai descărcați odată. Apoi va apărea această fereastră:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Deschideți o consolă, trebuie să fiți root, și:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3051,7 +3477,7 @@ msgstr "" "to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3060,7 +3486,7 @@ msgstr "" "path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3069,17 +3495,17 @@ msgstr "" "cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Inscripționați sau copiați imaginea ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3089,12 +3515,12 @@ msgstr "" "producă medie de pe care se poate demara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Inscripționarea imaginii ISO pe un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3108,12 +3534,12 @@ msgstr "" "Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Puneți imaginea ISO pe o cheie USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3122,7 +3548,7 @@ msgstr "" "cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3133,18 +3559,21 @@ msgstr "" "pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să reformatați cheia USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Utilizînd Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3152,18 +3581,57 @@ msgstr "" "Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Puteți încerca:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Puteți utiliza utilitarul dd într-o consolă:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Deschideți o consolă" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3172,12 +3640,12 @@ msgstr "" "la final '-' )" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3186,26 +3654,59 @@ msgstr "" "gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Introduceți comanda <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu /dev/sdb în imaginea de " "mai sus este o cheie USB de 8 Go." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3214,12 +3715,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Unde X=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3228,62 +3729,15 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Deconectați cheia USB, ați terminat." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Utilizînd Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Puteți încerca:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Instalarea Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Această etapă este detaliată în <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/" -"doc/\">documentația Mageia</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3467,6 +3921,31 @@ msgstr "" "faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Tastatură" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Tastatură" @@ -3544,12 +4023,12 @@ msgstr "" "dispunerea latină și non-latină." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Alegeți limba ce va fi utilizată" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3560,7 +4039,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3574,16 +4053,20 @@ msgstr "" "instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3594,7 +4077,7 @@ msgstr "" "indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3603,11 +4086,17 @@ msgstr "" "recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi " "dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii " @@ -3615,10 +4104,11 @@ msgstr "" "instalate." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control " "Mageia -> Sistem -> Gestionați localizarea sistemului." @@ -3670,12 +4160,12 @@ msgstr "" "șase sau mai multe butoane." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Adăugați sau modificați o intrare din meniul de demaraj" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3685,8 +4175,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3697,13 +4192,14 @@ msgstr "" "sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în " "acel moment." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Dacă ați ales <code>Grub 2</code> ca încărcător de sistem, sau Grub2-efi " "pentru sistemele UEFI, nu puteți utiliza această unealtă pentru a edita " @@ -3711,8 +4207,8 @@ msgstr "" "<code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> sau să utilizați <code>grub-customizer</" "code>." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3722,8 +4218,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3731,16 +4227,16 @@ msgstr "" "Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca " "intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o " "puteți redenumi în întregime." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3748,22 +4244,59 @@ msgstr "" "Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici " "o alegere la pornire." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu " "încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați ales <code>Grub 2</code> ca încărcător de sistem, sau Grub2-efi " +"pentru sistemele UEFI, nu puteți utiliza această unealtă pentru a edita " +"intrările în această etapă, apăsați „Înainte”. Va trebui să editați manual " +"<code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> sau să utilizați <code>grub-customizer</" +"code>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opțiunile principale ale încărcătorului de sistem" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3775,18 +4308,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"Pe un sistem UEFI interfața utilizator este un pic diferită deoarece nu " -"puteți alege încărcătorul de sistem (prima listă derulantă) din moment ce " -"numai unul singur este disponibil." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3794,8 +4317,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor " "aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3805,21 +4328,23 @@ msgstr "" "caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem " "existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Meniurile grafice Mageia sînt frumoase :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Se utilizează un încărcător de sistem Mageia" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3828,8 +4353,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le " "adauge în noul meniu de demaraj." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3837,19 +4362,20 @@ msgstr "" "De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus " "de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. " -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt " "suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute " "dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3857,13 +4383,13 @@ msgstr "" "Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 " "care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Se utilizează încărcătorul de sistem existent" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3876,27 +4402,28 @@ msgstr "" "încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a " "încărcătorului de sistem. " -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie " "sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția " "rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de " "exemplu: sda7)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel " "dispozitiv." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3906,8 +4433,8 @@ msgstr "" "ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl" "+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3921,13 +4448,13 @@ msgstr "" "încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul " "sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Opțiunile avansate ale încărcătorului de sistem" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3939,6 +4466,43 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</" "guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"Pe un sistem UEFI interfața utilizator este un pic diferită deoarece nu " +"puteți alege încărcătorul de sistem (prima listă derulantă) din moment ce " +"numai unul singur este disponibil." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4077,14 +4641,15 @@ msgstr "Confirmați formatarea discului dur" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4093,7 +4658,7 @@ msgstr "" "alegere." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4102,6 +4667,108 @@ msgstr "" "toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Mediile Live" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Instalarea Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Dezinstalare Mageia" @@ -4178,3 +4845,85 @@ msgstr "" "disponibil pentru Windows și Linux. Ca de obicei, fiți foarte atenți cînd " "modificați partițiile și asigurați-vă că ați făcut o copie de siguranță " "pentru lucrurile importante." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Utilizînd Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Utilizînd Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Această etapă este detaliată în <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/" +#~ "doc/\">documentația Mageia</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index d08e0a42..88fc50ed 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>, 2013 # angry_snake <inactive+angry_snake@transifex.com>, 2014 @@ -17,111 +17,137 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-14 14:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Valentin XliN Saikov <saikov.vb@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ru/)\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"ru/)\n" +"Language: ru\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n" +"%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Условия лицензирования и заметки о выпуске" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Лицензионное соглашение" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Перед установкой <application>Mageia</application> ознакомьтесь с условиями лицензирования." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Перед установкой <application>Mageia</application> ознакомьтесь с условиями " +"лицензирования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Эти условия лицензирования касаются всего дистрибутива <application>Mageia</application>. Вам следует принять эти условия, иначе установка будет невозможна." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Эти условия лицензирования касаются всего дистрибутива <application>Mageia</" +"application>. Вам следует принять эти условия, иначе установка будет " +"невозможна." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Чтобы согласиться с условиями, отметьте пункт <guilabel>Принять</guilabel>, а потом нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы согласиться с условиями, отметьте пункт <guilabel>Принять</guilabel>, " +"а потом нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Если вы не согласны с условиями лицензионного соглашения, мы будем благодарны за то, что вы обратили внимание на наш дистрибутив. После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> ваш компьютер будет перезагружен." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не согласны с условиями лицензионного соглашения, мы будем " +"благодарны за то, что вы обратили внимание на наш дистрибутив. После нажатия " +"кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> ваш компьютер будет перезагружен." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Заметки о выпуске" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Чтобы ознакомиться со списком нововведений в <application>Mageia</application>, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Заметки о выпуске</guibutton>." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы ознакомиться со списком нововведений в <application>Mageia</" +"application>, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Заметки о выпуске</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "ru" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)" +msgstr "" +"Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "На этой странице будет представлен список определенных репозиториев пакетов. Вы сможете добавить другие источники пакетов, в частности оптический носитель или удаленный сервер сети. Набор указанных репозиториев определяет, какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах." +msgstr "" +"На этой странице будет представлен список определенных репозиториев пакетов. " +"Вы сможете добавить другие источники пакетов, в частности оптический " +"носитель или удаленный сервер сети. Набор указанных репозиториев определяет, " +"какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "Чтобы добавить сетевой источник, необходимо выполнить два следующих шага:" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить сетевой источник, необходимо выполнить два следующих шага:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 @@ -136,7 +162,13 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Выбор зеркала или определение URL-адреса (первая запись). После выбора зеркала вы получите доступ к выбору всех репозиториев, которые используются в Mageia, в частности к репозиторию несвободных пакетов, к репозиторию пакетов с ограничениями в лицензировании и к репозиторию обновлений. С помощью URL-адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов или развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему." +msgstr "" +"Выбор зеркала или определение URL-адреса (первая запись). После выбора " +"зеркала вы получите доступ к выбору всех репозиториев, которые используются " +"в Mageia, в частности к репозиторию несвободных пакетов, к репозиторию " +"пакетов с ограничениями в лицензировании и к репозиторию обновлений. С " +"помощью URL-адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов " +"или развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 @@ -147,292 +179,613 @@ msgid "" "64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " "packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " "needed 32 bit packages there." -msgstr "Если вы обновляете 64-битную версию системы, где могут содержаться какие-то 32-битные пакеты, вам стоит воспользоваться этой страницей для добавления хранилища пакетов: обозначьте один из протоколов сети. DVD с 64-битной версией содержит только 64-битные пакеты и пакеты без определенной архитектуры. С его помощью нельзя обновить 32-битные пакеты. Впрочем, после добавления интернет-хранилища, средство установки может обнаружить нужные для обновления 32-битные пакеты." +msgstr "" +"Если вы обновляете 64-битную версию системы, где могут содержаться какие-то " +"32-битные пакеты, вам стоит воспользоваться этой страницей для добавления " +"хранилища пакетов: обозначьте один из протоколов сети. DVD с 64-битной " +"версией содержит только 64-битные пакеты и пакеты без определенной " +"архитектуры. С его помощью нельзя обновить 32-битные пакеты. Впрочем, после " +"добавления интернет-хранилища, средство установки может обнаружить нужные " +"для обновления 32-битные пакеты." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Управление учётными записями пользователя и администратора" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot #. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Восстановление пароля администратора (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "В каждой установленной системе <application>Mageia</application> следует определить пароль суперпользователя или администратора. Такой пароль в Linux обычно называется <emphasis>пароль root</emphasis>. При вводе пароля цвет отметки защищенности должны меняться с красного на жёлтый, а затем на зелёный в зависимости от сложности пароля. Зелёный цвет соответствует достаточно сложным паролям. Вам также следует повторить ввод пароля в поле, расположенном ниже, чтобы удостовериться, что пароль был введён без ошибок." +msgstr "" +"В каждой установленной системе <application>Mageia</application> следует " +"определить пароль суперпользователя или администратора. Такой пароль в Linux " +"обычно называется <emphasis>пароль root</emphasis>. При вводе пароля цвет " +"отметки защищенности должны меняться с красного на жёлтый, а затем на " +"зелёный в зависимости от сложности пароля. Зелёный цвет соответствует " +"достаточно сложным паролям. Вам также следует повторить ввод пароля в поле, " +"расположенном ниже, чтобы удостовериться, что пароль был введён без ошибок." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Все пароли следует указывать с учетом регистра. Лучше использовать в пароле смесь букв (большие и маленькие), цифры и другие символы." +msgstr "" +"Все пароли следует указывать с учетом регистра. Лучше использовать в пароле " +"смесь букв (большие и маленькие), цифры и другие символы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Введите пользователя" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "С помощью этой панели вы можете добавить пользователей. Каждый пользователь имеет меньшие права доступа, чем суперпользователь (root), но достаточно прав для просмотра интернета, пользования офисными программами, для игр и любых других задач, которые выполняются обычным пользователем за компьютером." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой панели вы можете добавить пользователей. Каждый пользователь " +"имеет меньшие права доступа, чем суперпользователь (root), но достаточно " +"прав для просмотра интернета, пользования офисными программами, для игр и " +"любых других задач, которые выполняются обычным пользователем за компьютером." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Иконка</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить значок пользователя." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Иконка</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить значок " +"пользователя." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Имя</guilabel>: в этом поле следует указать настоящее имя пользователя." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Имя</guilabel>: в этом поле следует указать настоящее имя " +"пользователя." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Имя пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете ввести регистрационное имя пользователя или предоставить возможность drakx использовать определенную версию настоящего имени. <emphasis>Имя пользователя чувствительно к регистру.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Имя пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете ввести " +"регистрационное имя пользователя или предоставить возможность drakx " +"использовать определенную версию настоящего имени. <emphasis>Имя " +"пользователя чувствительно к регистру.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: в этом поле вам следует указать пароль. Цвет отметки защищенности рядом с полем соответствует сложности пароля (см. также <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: в этом поле вам следует указать пароль. Цвет " +"отметки защищенности рядом с полем соответствует сложности пароля (см. также " +"<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Пароль (еще раз)</guilabel>: повторите ввод пароля в этом поле. DrakX проверит, совпадает ли введенный повторно пароль с его первоначальным вариантом." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Пароль (еще раз)</guilabel>: повторите ввод пароля в этом поле. " +"DrakX проверит, совпадает ли введенный повторно пароль с его первоначальным " +"вариантом." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Содержание домашних каталогов всех пользователей, учетные записи которых будут созданы при установке Mageia, сможет читать любой пользователь (но не записывать в эти каталоги данные)." +msgstr "" +"Содержание домашних каталогов всех пользователей, учетные записи которых " +"будут созданы при установке Mageia, сможет читать любой пользователь (но не " +"записывать в эти каталоги данные)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Впрочем, после установки домашние каталоги пользователей, учетные записи которых будут добавлены через <emphasis> Центр управления Mageia - Система - Управление пользователями </emphasis>, будут защищены как от чтения, так и от записи." +msgstr "" +"Впрочем, после установки домашние каталоги пользователей, учетные записи " +"которых будут добавлены через <emphasis> Центр управления Mageia - Система - " +"Управление пользователями </emphasis>, будут защищены как от чтения, так и " +"от записи." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Если вы хотите защитить ваш домашний каталог от чтения для конкретного пользователя, то вам стоит на этапе установки создать временного пользователя, а настоящего создать уже после завершения установки и перезагрузки системы." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите защитить ваш домашний каталог от чтения для конкретного " +"пользователя, то вам стоит на этапе установки создать временного " +"пользователя, а настоящего создать уже после завершения установки и " +"перезагрузки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Если вы предпочитаете домашние каталоги пользователей, содержание которых будет доступно всем другим пользователям, то вам стоит добавить всех будущих пользователей системы на шаге <emphasis> Настройки - Резюме </emphasis> при установке системы. Для управления записями выберите <emphasis> Управление пользователями </emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Если вы предпочитаете домашние каталоги пользователей, содержание которых " +"будет доступно всем другим пользователям, то вам стоит добавить всех будущих " +"пользователей системы на шаге <emphasis> Настройки - Резюме </emphasis> при " +"установке системы. Для управления записями выберите <emphasis> Управление " +"пользователями </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "Права доступа к домашним каталогам, конечно же, можно изменить и после завершения установки системы." +msgstr "" +"Права доступа к домашним каталогам, конечно же, можно изменить и после " +"завершения установки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Дополнительные возможности управления учетными записями пользователей" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Если вы нажмете кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, то программа откроет диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете изменить параметры учетной записи, которую вы добавляете. Кроме того, с помощью этого диалогового окна можно отключить или включить гостевой аккаунт." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." +msgstr "" +"Если вы нажмете кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, то программа " +"откроет диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете изменить параметры " +"учетной записи, которую вы добавляете. Кроме того, с помощью этого " +"диалогового окна можно отключить или включить гостевой аккаунт." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Любые данные, которые будут записаны с гостевого аккаунта <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> в соответствующий каталог в /home, будут потеряны при выходе из системы. Пользователю гостевого аккаунта следует позаботиться о сохранении важных файлов на портативный носитель данных." +msgstr "" +"Любые данные, которые будут записаны с гостевого аккаунта <emphasis>rbash</" +"emphasis> в соответствующий каталог в /home, будут потеряны при выходе из " +"системы. Пользователю гостевого аккаунта следует позаботиться о сохранении " +"важных файлов на портативный носитель данных." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Включить гостевой аккаунт</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно включить или отключить гостевой аккаунт. Пользователь гостевого аккаунта сможет войти в систему, пользоваться компьютером, но будет иметь ограниченные права доступа даже по сравнению с обычными пользователями." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Включить гостевой аккаунт</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно " +"включить или отключить гостевой аккаунт. Пользователь гостевого аккаунта " +"сможет войти в систему, пользоваться компьютером, но будет иметь " +"ограниченные права доступа даже по сравнению с обычными пользователями." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Командная оболочка</guilabel>: с помощью этого раскрывающегося списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться для работы пользователя. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Командная оболочка</guilabel>: с помощью этого раскрывающегося " +"списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться " +"для работы пользователя. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Код пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код (идентификатор) пользователя, имя которого было добавлено с помощью предыдущего окна. Следует указать номер аккаунта. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Код пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код " +"(идентификатор) пользователя, имя которого было добавлено с помощью " +"предыдущего окна. Следует указать номер аккаунта. Не заполняйте это поле, " +"если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Код группы</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код (идентификатор) группы пользователя. Следует указать номер, обычно тот же, что и для учетной записи пользователя. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Код группы</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код " +"(идентификатор) группы пользователя. Следует указать номер, обычно тот же, " +"что и для учетной записи пользователя. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам " +"неизвестны последствия ваших действий." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Выберете точки монтированния" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть список разделов Linux на вашем компьютере. Если вы не согласны с предложениями <application>DrakX</application>, вы можете заменить точки монтирования." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть список разделов Linux на вашем " +"компьютере. Если вы не согласны с предложениями <application>DrakX</" +"application>, вы можете заменить точки монтирования." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "В случае внесения изменений не забудьте, что среди разделов обязательно должен быть корневой раздел <literal>/</literal>." +msgstr "" +"В случае внесения изменений не забудьте, что среди разделов обязательно " +"должен быть корневой раздел <literal>/</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Для каждого из разделов будут показаны такие данные: «Устройство» («Ёмкость», «Точка монтированния», «Тип»)." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Для каждого из разделов будут показаны такие данные: " +"«Устройство» («Ёмкость», «Точка монтированния», «Тип»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "Для пункта «Устройство» будет показано следующее: «жесткий диск», [«номер жесткого диска» (буква)], «номер раздела» (например, «sda5»)." +msgstr "" +"Для пункта «Устройство» будет показано следующее: «жесткий диск», [«номер " +"жесткого диска» (буква)], «номер раздела» (например, «sda5»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Если в системе много разделов, с помощью выпадающего меню вы сможете выбрать для них разные точки монтирования, в частности такие: <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> и <literal>/var</literal>. Кроме того, вы можете создать собственные точки монтирования, например <literal>/video</literal> раздела, на котором будут храниться ваши видео файлы или <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> для раздела <literal>/home</literal> установленной тестовой версии (cauldron)." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Если в системе много разделов, с помощью выпадающего меню вы сможете выбрать " +"для них разные точки монтирования, в частности такие: <literal>/</literal>, " +"<literal>/home</literal> и <literal>/var</literal>. Кроме того, вы можете " +"создать собственные точки монтирования, например <literal>/video</literal> " +"раздела, на котором будут храниться ваши видео файлы или <literal>/cauldron-" +"home</literal> для раздела <literal>/home</literal> установленной тестовой " +"версии (cauldron)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Для разделов, доступ к которым в установленной системе не будет осуществляться, вы можете не указывать точку монтирования." +msgstr "" +"Для разделов, доступ к которым в установленной системе не будет " +"осуществляться, вы можете не указывать точку монтирования." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены с выбором. Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Специальное разбиение диска</guilabel>. В окне, которое будет открыто в ответ, вы сможете выбрать область раздела, чтобы просмотреть данные по типу и размеру раздела." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены с выбором. " +"Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Специальное разбиение диска</guilabel>. В окне, " +"которое будет открыто в ответ, вы сможете выбрать область раздела, чтобы " +"просмотреть данные по типу и размеру раздела." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Если вы уверены, что точки монтирования определены правильно, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> и определитесь с тем, следует ли только форматировать разделы согласно предложению DrakX или следует выполнить дополнительные действия." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Если вы уверены, что точки монтирования определены правильно, нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton> и определитесь с тем, следует ли только " +"форматировать разделы согласно предложению DrakX или следует выполнить " +"дополнительные действия." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Носители CD только для загрузки" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -442,9 +795,12 @@ msgstr "Выбор рабочего стола" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, " +"программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные " +"возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -452,14 +808,18 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Подробности</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить " +"показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Подробности</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -471,21 +831,30 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, <application>KDE</application> или <application>Gnome</application>. Эти среды объединяют полноценные наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну из этих сред, намерены использовать обе или хотите выбрать какой-то особый перечень программного обеспечения для этих сред. Рабочая среда <application>LXDE</application> является менее требовательным к ресурсам, чем первые две среды, но выглядит не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше полезных программ." +msgstr "" +"Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, <application>KDE</application> " +"или <application>Gnome</application>. Эти среды объединяют полноценные " +"наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</" +"guilabel>, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну из этих сред, намерены " +"использовать обе или хотите выбрать какой-то особый перечень программного " +"обеспечения для этих сред. Рабочая среда <application>LXDE</application> " +"является менее требовательным к ресурсам, чем первые две среды, но выглядит " +"не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше полезных программ." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Выбор групп пакетов" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -494,7 +863,11 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на группы. Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете получить подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение указателя мыши на пункт группы в списке." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на группы. " +"Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете получить " +"подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение указателя мыши " +"на пункт группы в списке." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -516,74 +889,93 @@ msgstr "Графическая среда." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления или удаления пакетов вручную." +msgstr "" +"Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления " +"или удаления пакетов вручную." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install (without or with X & IceWM)." -msgstr "Ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>, где изложены инструкции относительно установки минимальной системы (без или с графическим сервером и IceWM)." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install (without or with X & IceWM)." +msgstr "" +"Ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>, где " +"изложены инструкции относительно установки минимальной системы (без или с " +"графическим сервером и IceWM)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Выбор индивидуальных пакетов" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "С помощью этого варианта можно выбрать дополнительные пакеты, которые дополнят установленную вами систему, или удалить пакеты, являющиеся частью типового набора." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого варианта можно выбрать дополнительные пакеты, которые " +"дополнят установленную вами систему, или удалить пакеты, являющиеся частью " +"типового набора." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Как только выбор будет сделан, вы сможете нажать <guibutton>значок дискеты</guibutton> в нижней части страницы, чтобы сохранить список пакетов (данные можно сохранить на флэш-носителе USB). После этого сохраненным файлом можно будет воспользоваться для установки системы на другие компьютеры: достаточно нажать эту кнопку еще раз при установке и загрузить сохраненный файл." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Как только выбор будет сделан, вы сможете нажать <guibutton>значок дискеты</" +"guibutton> в нижней части страницы, чтобы сохранить список пакетов (данные " +"можно сохранить на флэш-носителе USB). После этого сохраненным файлом можно " +"будет воспользоваться для установки системы на другие компьютеры: достаточно " +"нажать эту кнопку еще раз при установке и загрузить сохраненный файл." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Настройка ваших служб" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете определить, какие службы будут запускаться, а какие нет, при загрузке вашей системы." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы вы можете определить, какие службы будут " +"запускаться, а какие нет, при загрузке вашей системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Предусмотрено четыре группы служб. Чтобы развернуть список каждой из групп, нажмите кнопку с изображением треугольника перед пунктом группы." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Предусмотрено четыре группы служб. Чтобы развернуть список каждой из групп, " +"нажмите кнопку с изображением треугольника перед пунктом группы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -595,48 +987,66 @@ msgstr "Обычно необходимости в изменении настр msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "После обозначения пункта службы, программа покажет дополнительные данные о службе на панели под списком." +msgstr "" +"После обозначения пункта службы, программа покажет дополнительные данные о " +"службе на панели под списком." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Вносите изменения только если вам хорошо известны последствия ваших действий." +msgstr "" +"Вносите изменения только если вам хорошо известны последствия ваших действий." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Выберите ваш часовой пояс. Для этого достаточно выбрать вашу страну или какой-то город рядом с вашим местом пребывания так, чтобы этот город был расположен в том же часовом поясе." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Выберите ваш часовой пояс. Для этого достаточно выбрать вашу страну или " +"какой-то город рядом с вашим местом пребывания так, чтобы этот город был " +"расположен в том же часовом поясе." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "С помощью следующего раздела вы можете указать режим работы системных часов компьютера: использование местного времени или времени по Гринвичу (GMT), также известного как Всемирное время (UTC)." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"С помощью следующего раздела вы можете указать режим работы системных часов " +"компьютера: использование местного времени или времени по Гринвичу (GMT), " +"также известного как Всемирное время (UTC)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Если на компьютере установлено несколько операционных систем, убедитесь, что во всех этих системах используется местное время или Всемирное время (UTC/GMT)." +msgstr "" +"Если на компьютере установлено несколько операционных систем, убедитесь, что " +"во всех этих системах используется местное время или Всемирное время (UTC/" +"GMT)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -646,24 +1056,32 @@ msgstr "Выбор графического сервера (настройки #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных графических карт. Обычно, программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер." +msgstr "" +"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных графических карт. Обычно, " +"программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить вашу графическую карту, и вам известно название этой карты, вы можете выбрать ее из иерархического списка по следующим критериям:" +msgstr "" +"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить вашу графическую " +"карту, и вам известно название этой карты, вы можете выбрать ее из " +"иерархического списка по следующим критериям:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -686,7 +1104,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Если вашей карты нет в списке карт по производителям (поскольку она еще не успела попасть в базы данных или слишком старая), вы можете найти соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg»." +msgstr "" +"Если вашей карты нет в списке карт по производителям (поскольку она еще не " +"успела попасть в базы данных или слишком старая), вы можете найти " +"соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -694,14 +1115,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых драйверов с открытым кодом для видеокарт. Если вам все же не удастся найти драйвер по названию, вы можете воспользоваться драйвером \"vesa\". Этот драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео." +msgstr "" +"В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых " +"драйверов с открытым кодом для видеокарт. Если вам все же не удастся найти " +"драйвер по названию, вы можете воспользоваться драйвером \"vesa\". Этот " +"драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Будьте внимательны: если драйвер будет выбран ошибочно, вы сможете получить доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки." +msgstr "" +"Будьте внимательны: если драйвер будет выбран ошибочно, вы сможете получить " +"доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -709,30 +1136,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые) драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей карт." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые) " +"драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью " +"репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей карт." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы иметь к ним доступ. Сделать это можно и позднее - после первой перезагрузки системы." +msgstr "" +"Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы иметь к ним " +"доступ. Сделать это можно и позднее - после первой перезагрузки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Настройки графической карты и монитора" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -741,19 +1174,31 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Безразлично, какая графическая среда (или рабочая среда) была выбрана во время установки <application>Mageia</application>, все эти среды основаны на графическом интерфейсе, который называется <acronym>X Window System</acronym> или просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Следовательно, чтобы <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> или любая другая графическая среда работала должным образом, указанные ниже параметры работы сервера <acronym>X</acronym> должны быть определены правильно. Изменять значения параметров следует, если заметно, что <application>DrakX</application> сделал ошибочный выбор, или если вам кажется, что этот выбор является ошибочным." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Безразлично, какая графическая среда (или рабочая среда) была выбрана во " +"время установки <application>Mageia</application>, все эти среды основаны на " +"графическом интерфейсе, который называется <acronym>X Window System</" +"acronym> или просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Следовательно, чтобы <acronym>KDE</" +"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> или любая другая " +"графическая среда работала должным образом, указанные ниже параметры работы " +"сервера <acronym>X</acronym> должны быть определены правильно. Изменять " +"значения параметров следует, если заметно, что <application>DrakX</" +"application> сделал ошибочный выбор, или если вам кажется, что этот выбор " +"является ошибочным." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Графическая карта</guibutton></emphasis>: если нужно, выберите установленную на компьютере графическую карту из списка." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Графическая карта</guibutton></emphasis>: если нужно, " +"выберите установленную на компьютере графическую карту из списка." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -763,19 +1208,29 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Монитор</guibutton></emphasis>: вы можете выбрать <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> если считаете, что это правильно, или выбрать пункт вашего монитора из списка <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> или <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>. Выберете пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, если хотите вручную указать частоту обновления изображения по вертикали и горизонтали для вашего монитора." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Монитор</guibutton></emphasis>: вы можете выбрать " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> если считаете, что это правильно, или " +"выбрать пункт вашего монитора из списка <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> " +"или <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>. Выберете пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</" +"guilabel>, если хотите вручную указать частоту обновления изображения по " +"вертикали и горизонтали для вашего монитора." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "Ошибочно указанные частоты обновления изображения могут привести к повреждению монитора." +msgstr "" +"Ошибочно указанные частоты обновления изображения могут привести к " +"повреждению монитора." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Разрешение</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого пункта можно выбрать желаемое разрешение и глубину цвета на вашем мониторе." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Разрешение</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого " +"пункта можно выбрать желаемое разрешение и глубину цвета на вашем мониторе." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -783,19 +1238,30 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Проверить</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка проверки при установке недоступна. Если кнопка доступна, посредством ее нажатия вы можете проверить, правильно ли указаны параметры. В ответ на вопрос о правильности параметров вы можете ответить «да», чтобы сохранить указанные параметры. Если же изображения на мониторе нет, то система через некоторое время вернет вас к окну настройки, с помощью которого вы сможете исправить настройки, пока не будет достигнут желаемый результат. <emphasis>Если кнопка проверки недоступна, вам следует самостоятельно позаботиться о том, чтобы указанные параметры были безопасными.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Проверить</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка проверки при " +"установке недоступна. Если кнопка доступна, посредством ее нажатия вы можете " +"проверить, правильно ли указаны параметры. В ответ на вопрос о правильности " +"параметров вы можете ответить «да», чтобы сохранить указанные параметры. " +"Если же изображения на мониторе нет, то система через некоторое время вернет " +"вас к окну настройки, с помощью которого вы сможете исправить настройки, " +"пока не будет достигнут желаемый результат. <emphasis>Если кнопка проверки " +"недоступна, вам следует самостоятельно позаботиться о том, чтобы указанные " +"параметры были безопасными.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Параметры</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого пункта вы можете включить или отключить различные параметры." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Параметры</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого " +"пункта вы можете включить или отключить различные параметры." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -807,7 +1273,9 @@ msgstr "Выбор монитора" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных мониторов. Обычно, программа может правильно определить ваш монитор." +msgstr "" +"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных мониторов. Обычно, программа " +"может правильно определить ваш монитор." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -816,15 +1284,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Выбор пункта монитора с другими аппаратными характеристиками может привести к повреждению монитора или видеоаппаратуры. Пожалуйста, подумайте над вашим выбором.</emphasis> Если есть определенные сомнения, обратитесь к документации вашего монитора." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Выбор пункта монитора с другими аппаратными характеристиками может " +"привести к повреждению монитора или видеоаппаратуры. Пожалуйста, подумайте " +"над вашим выбором.</emphasis> Если есть определенные сомнения, обратитесь к " +"документации вашего монитора." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -835,10 +1310,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Дополнительно</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "С помощью этого пункта вы можете установить значение двух критических параметров: вертикальной частоты обновления и горизонтальной частоты синхронизации. Частота обновления определяет частоту, с которой обновляется изображение на экране, а частота синхронизации является частотой, с которой будут показаны линии изображения." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого пункта вы можете установить значение двух критических " +"параметров: вертикальной частоты обновления и горизонтальной частоты " +"синхронизации. Частота обновления определяет частоту, с которой обновляется " +"изображение на экране, а частота синхронизации является частотой, с которой " +"будут показаны линии изображения." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -847,7 +1327,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "<emphasis>ОЧЕНЬ ВАЖНО</emphasis> не указать тип монитора, возможности которого превышают возможности вашего, иначе вы можете повредите монитор. Если сомневаетесь, выберите минимальные параметры и внимательно ознакомьтесь с документацией к вашему монитору." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>ОЧЕНЬ ВАЖНО</emphasis> не указать тип монитора, возможности " +"которого превышают возможности вашего, иначе вы можете повредите монитор. " +"Если сомневаетесь, выберите минимальные параметры и внимательно ознакомьтесь " +"с документацией к вашему монитору." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -859,7 +1343,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Это дефолтный вариант: программа пытается определить тип вашего монитора по базе данных мониторов." +msgstr "" +"Это дефолтный вариант: программа пытается определить тип вашего монитора по " +"базе данных мониторов." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -871,7 +1357,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Производитель</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить ваш монитор, и вам известно название этого монитора, вы можете выбрать его из иерархического списка по следующим критериям:" +msgstr "" +"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить ваш монитор, и вам " +"известно название этого монитора, вы можете выбрать его из иерархического " +"списка по следующим критериям:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -892,11 +1381,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Общий</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "Если вы выберете эту группу, будет открыт список из около 30 типовых настроек дисплеев, подобных 1024x768@60 Гц, в который включены параметры плоских панелей дисплеев для ноутбуков. Обычно, этой группой стоит пользоваться, если у вас возникла необходимость использовать драйвер «Vesa» для вашей карты, то есть вашу видеокарту не удалось определить автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете эту группу, будет открыт список из около 30 типовых " +"настроек дисплеев, подобных 1024x768@60 Гц, в который включены параметры " +"плоских панелей дисплеев для ноутбуков. Обычно, этой группой стоит " +"пользоваться, если у вас возникла необходимость использовать драйвер «Vesa» " +"для вашей карты, то есть вашу видеокарту не удалось определить " +"автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:20 @@ -906,148 +1401,191 @@ msgstr "Ручное разделение диска на разделы с по #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Если на вашем разделе <literal>/</literal> вы хотите воспользоваться шифрованием, то каталог <literal>/boot</literal> следует хранить на отдельном разделе. Не следует шифровать каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной." +msgstr "" +"Если на вашем разделе <literal>/</literal> вы хотите воспользоваться " +"шифрованием, то каталог <literal>/boot</literal> следует хранить на " +"отдельном разделе. Не следует шифровать каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, " +"иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " -"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even" -" view what is in them before you start." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновку разделов(ла) в вашей системе. С ее помощью можно извлекать и создавать разделы, менять файловые системы на разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое разделов до внесения изменений." +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновку разделов(ла) в вашей " +"системе. С ее помощью можно извлекать и создавать разделы, менять файловые " +"системы на разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое " +"разделов до внесения изменений." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc, если будет обнаружено три диска." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в " +"частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc, " +"если будет обнаружено три диска." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton>, чтобы все разделы на выбранном носителе данных были очищены." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton>, чтобы все разделы на " +"выбранном носителе данных были очищены." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала отметьте область соответствующего раздела. Затем просмотрите данные по разделу, измените его файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто удалите все разделы." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала отметьте область " +"соответствующего раздела. Затем просмотрите данные по разделу, измените его " +"файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто удалите все " +"разделы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не станет так, как вы хотите." +msgstr "" +"Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не " +"станет так, как вы хотите." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут завершены." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут " +"завершены." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" -msgstr "Если вы устанавливаете Mageia в систему с UEFI, убедитесь, что существует ESP (EFI System Partition) и она смонтирована в /boot/EFI (см. Выше)." +msgstr "" +"Если вы устанавливаете Mageia в систему с UEFI, убедитесь, что существует " +"ESP (EFI System Partition) и она смонтирована в /boot/EFI (см. Выше)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Разбиение на разделы" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть содержимое всех дисков компьютера и ознакомиться с предложениями мастера разбиения на разделы DrakX о месте установки <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть содержимое всех дисков " +"компьютера и ознакомиться с предложениями мастера разбиения на разделы DrakX " +"о месте установки <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Перечень пунктов в приведённом ниже списке зависит от комплектации компьютера и содержимого дисков." +msgstr "" +"Перечень пунктов в приведённом ниже списке зависит от комплектации " +"компьютера и содержимого дисков." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Использовать существующие разделы" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на диске будут обнаружены совместимые с Linux разделы, которыми можно воспользоваться для установки системы." +msgstr "" +"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на диске будут обнаружены " +"совместимые с Linux разделы, которыми можно воспользоваться для установки " +"системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Использовать свободное место" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на вашем диске есть свободное место, достаточное для установки новой системы Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на вашем диске есть " +"свободное место, достаточное для установки новой системы Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Использовать свободное место на разделе Microsoft Windows®" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на уже созданных разделах Windows достаточно свободного места для установки новой операционной системы." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на уже созданных разделах " +"Windows достаточно свободного места для установки новой операционной системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Этот вариант получения места для установки Mageia может быть полезным, но в случае его использования вы рискуете потерей данных, поэтому вам следует предварительно создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов!" +msgstr "" +"Этот вариант получения места для установки Mageia может быть полезным, но в " +"случае его использования вы рискуете потерей данных, поэтому вам следует " +"предварительно создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1055,197 +1593,333 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Заметьте, что размер раздела Windows будет уменьшен. Раздел должен быть «очищен», то есть работа Windows должна быть завершена в штатном режиме во время последнего сеанса, когда вы пользовались этой операционной системой. Кроме того, раздел должен быть дефрагментирован, хотя дефрагментация и не гарантирует полного передвижения файлов с одного места на другое на диске, который будет использован для Mageia. Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов." +msgstr "" +"Заметьте, что размер раздела Windows будет уменьшен. Раздел должен быть " +"«очищен», то есть работа Windows должна быть завершена в штатном режиме во " +"время последнего сеанса, когда вы пользовались этой операционной системой. " +"Кроме того, раздел должен быть дефрагментирован, хотя дефрагментация и не " +"гарантирует полного передвижения файлов с одного места на другое на диске, " +"который будет использован для Mageia. Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам " +"создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." -msgstr "Если будет выбран этот вариант, средство установки покажет остальные раздела Windows голубым цветом, а будущий раздел с Mageia - темно-синим. Размеры разделов будут указаны под ними. Вы можете изменить эти разделы перетаскиванием риски между ними с помощью указателя мыши. См. приведенный ниже снимок экрана." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" +"Если будет выбран этот вариант, средство установки покажет остальные раздела " +"Windows голубым цветом, а будущий раздел с Mageia - темно-синим. Размеры " +"разделов будут указаны под ними. Вы можете изменить эти разделы " +"перетаскиванием риски между ними с помощью указателя мыши. См. приведенный " +"ниже снимок экрана." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Стереть и использовать весь диск" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." -msgstr "При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь диск." +msgstr "" +"При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь " +"диск." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте осторожны!" +msgstr "" +"Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте " +"осторожны!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Если часть диска будет впоследствии использована для хранения каких-то данных или на диске уже хранятся какие-то важные данные, не пользуйтесь этим вариантом." +msgstr "" +"Если часть диска будет впоследствии использована для хранения каких-то " +"данных или на диске уже хранятся какие-то важные данные, не пользуйтесь этим " +"вариантом." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Вручную" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +msgid "" +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого варианта вы можете получить полный доступ к расположению " +"разделов на вашем диске в соответствии с вашими предпочтениями." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "С помощью этого варианта вы можете получить полный доступ к расположению разделов на вашем диске в соответствии с вашими предпочтениями." +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "В некоторых новых дисках используются логические сектора в 4096 байт вместо предыдущего стандарта в 512 байт на логический сектор. Так как у разработчиков нет достаточного доступа к соответствующему оборудованию, надлежащее тестирование программы для разделения диска на разделы на таких дисках не выполнялось. Советуем вам выполнить разделение такого диска на разделы с помощью альтернативной специализированной программы, например gparted с такими параметрами:" +msgstr "" +"В некоторых новых дисках используются логические сектора в 4096 байт вместо " +"предыдущего стандарта в 512 байт на логический сектор. Так как у " +"разработчиков нет достаточного доступа к соответствующему оборудованию, " +"надлежащее тестирование программы для разделения диска на разделы на таких " +"дисках не выполнялось. Советуем вам выполнить разделение такого диска на " +"разделы с помощью альтернативной специализированной программы, например " +"gparted с такими параметрами:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "«Выровнять по» «МиБ»" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "«Свободное место до (МиБ)» «2»" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "Также следует создавать разделы только с чётным размером в мегабайтах." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Установка с помощью DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Приветственное окно программы установки" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Февраль 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Официальная документация для Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с " +"условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" +"\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь улучшить данное руководство." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы время. " +"Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь " +"улучшить данное руководство." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и выбранного вами варианта установки." +msgstr "" +"Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор " +"страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и " +"выбранного вами варианта установки." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Установка с помощью DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Февраль 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Поздравляем" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Теперь <application>Mageia</application> установлена и настроена, можно извлекать носитель для установки системы и перезагружать компьютер." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Теперь <application>Mageia</application> установлена и настроена, можно " +"извлекать носитель для установки системы и перезагружать компьютер." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "После перезагрузки с помощью экрана загрузки вы сможете выбрать одну из операционных систем, установленных на вашем компьютере (если установлено несколько систем)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"После перезагрузки с помощью экрана загрузки вы сможете выбрать одну из " +"операционных систем, установленных на вашем компьютере (если установлено " +"несколько систем)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Если вы не скорректируете параметры загрузчика, тогда автоматически запустится установленная вами операционная система Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не скорректируете параметры загрузчика, тогда автоматически " +"запустится установленная вами операционная система Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1257,59 +1931,81 @@ msgstr "Приятной работы!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Посетите www.mageia.org, если хотите узнать больше об участии в сообществе Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Посетите www.mageia.org, если хотите узнать больше об участии в сообществе " +"Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Форматирование" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " "</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете определиться с тем, какие разделы следует форматировать. Все данные на разделах, которые <emphasis>не</emphasis> отмечены для форматирования, будут сохранены." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы вы можете определиться с тем, какие разделы следует " +"форматировать. Все данные на разделах, которые <emphasis>не</emphasis> " +"отмечены для форматирования, будут сохранены." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Обычно форматирование нужно по крайней мере для разделов, выбранных DrakX." +msgstr "" +"Обычно форматирование нужно по крайней мере для разделов, выбранных DrakX." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы выбрать разделы, которые следует проверить на так называемые <emphasis>поврежденные блоки</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы выбрать разделы, " +"которые следует проверить на так называемые <emphasis>поврежденные блоки</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Если вы не уверены в правильности своего выбора, вы можете нажать кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, еще раз <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, а потом кнопку <guibutton>Вручную</guibutton>, чтобы вернуться к основной странице. С помощью основной страницы можно просмотреть текущие параметры разделов." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не уверены в правильности своего выбора, вы можете нажать кнопку " +"<guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, еще раз <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, а потом " +"кнопку <guibutton>Вручную</guibutton>, чтобы вернуться к основной странице. " +"С помощью основной страницы можно просмотреть текущие параметры разделов." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Если вы уверены в своем выборе, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы продолжить работу с программой." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Если вы уверены в своем выборе, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, " +"чтобы продолжить работу с программой." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1322,14 +2018,20 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Неважно, есть у вас опыт использования GNU-Linux или нет, программа для установки Mageia разработана таким образом, чтобы установка или обновление системы прошло как можно проще для вас." +msgstr "" +"Неважно, есть у вас опыт использования GNU-Linux или нет, программа для " +"установки Mageia разработана таким образом, чтобы установка или обновление " +"системы прошло как можно проще для вас." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "На начальном окне меню установки вы увидите пункты вариантов действий. Типичным будет пункт запуска программы для установки системы. Обычно, это именно тот пункт, который вам нужен." +msgstr "" +"На начальном окне меню установки вы увидите пункты вариантов действий. " +"Типичным будет пункт запуска программы для установки системы. Обычно, это " +"именно тот пункт, который вам нужен." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1346,22 +2048,27 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "" "Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " "with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" -msgstr "Ниже приведены стандартные окна приветствия DVD Mageia. Первое из них соответствует устаревшей версии системы, второе - системе с UEFI:" +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведены стандартные окна приветствия DVD Mageia. Первое из них " +"соответствует устаревшей версии системы, второе - системе с UEFI:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:54 @@ -1374,56 +2081,74 @@ msgstr "С помощью первой страницы можно указат msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" -msgstr "Язык (на время установки, в системе может быть выбран совсем другой язык) можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2 (только в устаревшем режиме)." +msgstr "" +"Язык (на время установки, в системе может быть выбран совсем другой язык) " +"можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2 (только в устаревшем режиме)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:66 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и нажмите клавишу Enter." +msgstr "" +"Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и " +"нажмите клавишу Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Ниже приведён пример окна приветствия в Live DVD/CD. Заметьте, что в меню Live DVD/CD нет таких пунктов: <guilabel>Восстановление системы</guilabel>, <guilabel>Тест памяти</guilabel> и <guilabel>Инструмент поиска оборудования</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведён пример окна приветствия в Live DVD/CD. Заметьте, что в меню " +"Live DVD/CD нет таких пунктов: <guilabel>Восстановление системы</guilabel>, " +"<guilabel>Тест памяти</guilabel> и <guilabel>Инструмент поиска оборудования</" +"guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "" -"Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." -msgstr "Изменить разрешение экрана можно с помощью нажатия клавиши F3 (только в устаревшем режиме)." +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." +msgstr "" +"Изменить разрешение экрана можно с помощью нажатия клавиши F3 (только в " +"устаревшем режиме)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:95 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" -"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." -msgstr "Добавить параметры работы ядра можно нажатием клавиши <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> в режиме устаревшей системы или клавиши <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> в режиме UEFI." +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" +"Добавить параметры работы ядра можно нажатием клавиши <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">F6</emphasis> в режиме устаревшей системы или клавиши <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">e</emphasis> в режиме UEFI." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:104 @@ -1431,7 +2156,12 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Если программе установки не удаётся выполнить свое назначение должным образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными возможностями. В меню, которое можно вызвать нажатием клавиши F6, будет показан новый пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:" +msgstr "" +"Если программе установки не удаётся выполнить свое назначение должным " +"образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными " +"возможностями. В меню, которое можно вызвать нажатием клавиши F6, будет " +"показан новый пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметры " +"загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:109 @@ -1443,28 +2173,37 @@ msgstr "- Default (по умолчанию), не менять ничего в msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Safe Settings (безопасные параметры), преимущество параметров безопасности над быстродействием." +msgstr "" +"- Safe Settings (безопасные параметры), преимущество параметров безопасности " +"над быстродействием." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- No ACPI (без расширенного интерфейса настройки и управления питанием), не принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием." +msgstr "" +"- No ACPI (без расширенного интерфейса настройки и управления питанием), не " +"принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- No Local APIC (без локального расширенного контроллера прерываний с возможностью программирования), этот вариант связан с прерываниями работы центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки." +msgstr "" +"- No Local APIC (без локального расширенного контроллера прерываний с " +"возможностью программирования), этот вариант связан с прерываниями работы " +"центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Выбор одного из пунктов приводит к внесению изменений в параметры по умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Выбор одного из пунктов приводит к внесению изменений в параметры по " +"умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:126 @@ -1472,19 +2211,26 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "В некоторых релизах Mageia параметры, выбранные с помощью F6, не появляются в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>. Однако, эти параметры будут учтены при загрузке." +msgstr "" +"В некоторых релизах Mageia параметры, выбранные с помощью F6, не появляются " +"в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>. Однако, эти параметры " +"будут учтены при загрузке." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:133 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:140 msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." -msgstr "Дополнительные параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F1 (только в устаревшем режиме)." +msgstr "" +"Дополнительные параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F1 " +"(только в устаревшем режиме)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:143 @@ -1492,14 +2238,20 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Нажатие клавиши F1 открывает новое окно со списком пунктов. Выберите один из пунктов с помощью клавиш со стрелками и нажмите клавишу Enter, чтобы получить подробную справку, или нажмите клавишу Esc, чтобы вернуться к окну приветствия." +msgstr "" +"Нажатие клавиши F1 открывает новое окно со списком пунктов. Выберите один из " +"пунктов с помощью клавиш со стрелками и нажмите клавишу Enter, чтобы " +"получить подробную справку, или нажмите клавишу Esc, чтобы вернуться к окну " +"приветствия." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:150 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:157 @@ -1508,44 +2260,61 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "Ниже приведён снимок окна с подробным описанием параметров окна приветствия системы. Нажмите клавишу Esc или выберите <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> (Вернуться к Параметрам загрузки), чтобы вернуться к списку параметров. Описанные в окне параметры можно добавить вручную в строку <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведён снимок окна с подробным описанием параметров окна приветствия " +"системы. Нажмите клавишу Esc или выберите <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</" +"guilabel> (Вернуться к Параметрам загрузки), чтобы вернуться к списку " +"параметров. Описанные в окне параметры можно добавить вручную в строку " +"<guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:163 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия клавиши F2." +msgstr "" +"Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия " +"клавиши F2." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" -msgstr "Подробное описание параметров ядра в устаревших системах и системах с UEFI можно найти <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">здесь</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" +"Подробное описание параметров ядра в устаревших системах и системах с UEFI " +"можно найти <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">здесь</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Ниже приведено окно приветствия по умолчанию образа для установки по сети (названия - Boot.iso или Boot-Nonfree.iso):" +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведено окно приветствия по умолчанию образа для установки по сети " +"(названия - Boot.iso или Boot-Nonfree.iso):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Здесь нельзя изменить язык. Список доступных параметров приведён на экране. Подробное описание использования образа для установки по сети приведено в <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Вики Mageia</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Здесь нельзя изменить язык. Список доступных параметров приведён на экране. " +"Подробное описание использования образа для установки по сети приведено в " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Вики Mageia</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 @@ -1555,9 +2324,11 @@ msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры соответствует ам #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1567,24 +2338,32 @@ msgstr "Шаги установки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Установка разделена на последовательность шагов, перечень которых будет показан на боковой панели экрана." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Установка разделена на последовательность шагов, перечень которых будет " +"показан на боковой панели экрана." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "На каждом шаге вам будут показаны одна или несколько страниц, на которых вы можете увидеть кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>. С помощью этой кнопки осуществляется доступ к дополнительным параметрам, которыми пользуются не так часто, как основными." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"На каждом шаге вам будут показаны одна или несколько страниц, на которых вы " +"можете увидеть кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>. С помощью этой " +"кнопки осуществляется доступ к дополнительным параметрам, которыми " +"пользуются не так часто, как основными." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "На большинстве страниц вы также увидите кнопку <guibutton>Справка</guibutton>, с помощью которой можно получить дополнительные объяснения относительно текущего шага." +msgstr "" +"На большинстве страниц вы также увидите кнопку <guibutton>Справка</" +"guibutton>, с помощью которой можно получить дополнительные объяснения " +"относительно текущего шага." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:214 @@ -1594,10 +2373,19 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, тогда вы можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый терминал нажатием комбинации клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." +msgstr "" +"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, тогда вы " +"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши " +"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки " +"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка " +"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим " +"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый " +"терминал нажатием комбинации клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> " +"одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:228 @@ -1615,7 +2403,11 @@ msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "После начальной страницы не открывается страница выбора языка. Такое может случиться в системах с некоторыми графическими картами и в устаревших системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса." +msgstr "" +"После начальной страницы не открывается страница выбора языка. Такое может " +"случиться в системах с некоторыми графическими картами и в устаревших " +"системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого " +"впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:246 @@ -1623,9 +2415,15 @@ msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Если компьютер является очень старым, то установка в графическом режиме может быть просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться текстовым режимом. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, когда будет показан первый экран приветствия, и подтвердите выполнение действия нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code>, увидев строку \"boot:\", и нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Если компьютер является очень старым, то установка в графическом режиме " +"может быть просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться текстовым " +"режимом. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, когда " +"будет показан первый экран приветствия, и подтвердите выполнение действия " +"нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code>, увидев строку \"boot:\", " +"и нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:258 @@ -1640,7 +2438,13 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Если при установке система перестает отвечать на ваши запросы, вероятно, возникла проблема с определением характеристик оборудования. В таком случае можно обойти автоматическое определение характеристик оборудования и выполнить его настройку позже. Чтобы перевести установку системы в соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса команду <code>noauto</code>. При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с вышеуказанными командами." +msgstr "" +"Если при установке система перестает отвечать на ваши запросы, вероятно, " +"возникла проблема с определением характеристик оборудования. В таком случае " +"можно обойти автоматическое определение характеристик оборудования и " +"выполнить его настройку позже. Чтобы перевести установку системы в " +"соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса команду <code>noauto</code>. " +"При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с вышеуказанными командами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:270 @@ -1652,9 +2456,15 @@ msgstr "Проблемы с RAM (оперативной памятью)" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых случаях компьютер может сообщать инсталлятору ложные данные относительно объема оперативной памяти. Чтобы указать объем оперативной памяти вручную, воспользуйтесь командой <code>mem=xxxM</code>, где xxx правильное значение оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ оперативной памяти." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых " +"случаях компьютер может сообщать инсталлятору ложные данные относительно " +"объема оперативной памяти. Чтобы указать объем оперативной памяти вручную, " +"воспользуйтесь командой <code>mem=xxxM</code>, где xxx правильное значение " +"оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ " +"оперативной памяти." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:281 @@ -1667,39 +2477,43 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Если Вы преобразовали свой диск из \"базового\" формата в \"динамический\" формат Microsoft Windows, то Вы должны знать, что невозможно установить Mageia на этот диск. Вернитесь к базовому диску, посмотрите документацию Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Если Вы преобразовали свой диск из \"базового\" формата в \"динамический\" " +"формат Microsoft Windows, то Вы должны знать, что невозможно установить " +"Mageia на этот диск. Вернитесь к базовому диску, посмотрите документацию " +"Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315." +"aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Обновления" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Со времени выпуска этой версии <application>Mageia</application> некоторые пакеты могли быть обновлены или улучшены." +msgstr "" +"Со времени выпуска этой версии <application>Mageia</application> некоторые " +"пакеты могли быть обновлены или улучшены." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1707,67 +2521,135 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Да</guilabel>, если вы хотите получить и установить эти пакеты, или выберите <guilabel>нет</guilabel>, если вы не хотите делать этого сейчас или ваш компьютер не подключен к интернету." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Да</guilabel>, если вы хотите получить и установить " +"эти пакеты, или выберите <guilabel>нет</guilabel>, если вы не хотите делать " +"этого сейчас или ваш компьютер не подключен к интернету." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" -msgstr "Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы продолжить работу с программой." +msgstr "" +"Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, " +"чтобы продолжить работу с программой." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Ещё больше информации доступно в <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">вики Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Выбор источника (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Здесь вы видите список доступных репозиториев. Не все репозитории доступны. Список доступных репозиториев зависит от носителя, которым вы воспользовались для установки. Набор репозиториев определяет, какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы видите список доступных репозиториев. Не все репозитории доступны. " +"Список доступных репозиториев зависит от носителя, которым вы " +"воспользовались для установки. Набор репозиториев определяет, какие из " +"пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "Репозиторий <emphasis>Core</emphasis> нельзя выключать, поскольку в нем содержатся основные пакеты дистрибутива." +msgstr "" +"Репозиторий <emphasis>Core</emphasis> нельзя выключать, поскольку в нем " +"содержатся основные пакеты дистрибутива." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "В репозиторий <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включены пакеты, которые являются бесплатными, то есть Mageia может распространять их, но в них содержится программное обеспечение с закрытым кодом (отсюда и название - Nonfree). В этом репозитории, например, содержатся пакеты закрытых драйверов к графическим картам nVidia и ATI, прошивки для различных карт WiFi и т. п." +msgstr "" +"В репозиторий <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включены пакеты, которые являются " +"бесплатными, то есть Mageia может распространять их, но в них содержится " +"программное обеспечение с закрытым кодом (отсюда и название - Nonfree). В " +"этом репозитории, например, содержатся пакеты закрытых драйверов к " +"графическим картам nVidia и ATI, прошивки для различных карт WiFi и т. п." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "В репозитории <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> хранятся пакеты, выпущенные в соответствии со свободными лицензионными соглашениями. Основным критерием для включения пакетов в этот репозиторий является то, что их распространение ограничивается патентным законодательством и законами об авторских и смежных правах некоторых стран. В этот репозиторий в частности включены мультимедийные кодеки, необходимые для воспроизведения различных звуковых и видео файлов; пакеты, необходимые для воспроизведения коммерческих видео-DVD и т. п." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"В репозитории <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> хранятся пакеты, выпущенные в " +"соответствии со свободными лицензионными соглашениями. Основным критерием " +"для включения пакетов в этот репозиторий является то, что их распространение " +"ограничивается патентным законодательством и законами об авторских и смежных " +"правах некоторых стран. В этот репозиторий в частности включены " +"мультимедийные кодеки, необходимые для воспроизведения различных звуковых и " +"видео файлов; пакеты, необходимые для воспроизведения коммерческих видео-DVD " +"и т. п." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:12 @@ -1778,16 +2660,21 @@ msgstr "Минимальная установка" #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Вы можете выбрать «Минимальная установка» снятием отметок по всем пунктам в списке выбора групп пакетов, см. раздел <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать «Минимальная установка» снятием отметок по всем пунктам в " +"списке выбора групп пакетов, см. раздел <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups" +"\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:22 msgid "" "If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" " "option in the same screen." -msgstr "Если нужно, вы можете выбрать дополнительно опцию «Индивидуальный выбор пакетов» на той же странице." +msgstr "" +"Если нужно, вы можете выбрать дополнительно опцию «Индивидуальный выбор " +"пакетов» на той же странице." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:24 @@ -1797,32 +2684,47 @@ msgid "" "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the " "\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your " "installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "Минимальный режим предназначен для тех, кто намерен использовать <application>Mageia</application> с какой то узкоспециализированной целью, в частности как сервер или рабочую станцию узкого направления. Вам стоит пользоваться этим вариантом в сочетании с пунктом «Индивидуальный выбор пакетов», упомянутый выше, для более точной настройки списка установленных пакетов см. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"> </xref>." +msgstr "" +"Минимальный режим предназначен для тех, кто намерен использовать " +"<application>Mageia</application> с какой то узкоспециализированной целью, в " +"частности как сервер или рабочую станцию узкого направления. Вам стоит " +"пользоваться этим вариантом в сочетании с пунктом «Индивидуальный выбор " +"пакетов», упомянутый выше, для более точной настройки списка установленных " +"пакетов см. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"> </xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:29 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Если вы выберете этот вариант установки, на следующей странице программы вам будет предложено установить полезные дополнения системы, в частности документацию и графический сервер." +msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете этот вариант установки, на следующей странице программы вам " +"будет предложено установить полезные дополнения системы, в частности " +"документацию и графический сервер." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:31 msgid "" "If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop " "environment." -msgstr "При выборе, в категории «Вместе с X» будет также пункт IceWM, легковесная рабочая среда." +msgstr "" +"При выборе, в категории «Вместе с X» будет также пункт IceWM, легковесная " +"рабочая среда." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:33 msgid "" "The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages. It " -"contains the man pages from the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation " -"Project</link> and the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU " -"coreutils</link> info pages." -msgstr "Базовая документация предоставляется в формате страниц man и info. В ней содержатся страницы man с <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\"> Проект документирования Linux</link> и страницы info с <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils </link>." +"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/" +"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:" +"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> " +"info pages." +msgstr "" +"Базовая документация предоставляется в формате страниц man и info. В ней " +"содержатся страницы man с <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/" +"man.html\"> Проект документирования Linux</link> и страницы info с <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils </" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:41 @@ -1830,34 +2732,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Резюме относительно других параметров" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1866,7 +2771,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX пытается правильно определить настройки вашей системы согласно сделанного вами выбора и выявленного через DrakX оборудования. Вы можете ознакомиться с выбранными параметрами и, если нужно, изменить: для этого достаточно нажать кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX пытается правильно определить настройки вашей системы согласно " +"сделанного вами выбора и выявленного через DrakX оборудования. Вы можете " +"ознакомиться с выбранными параметрами и, если нужно, изменить: для этого " +"достаточно нажать кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1882,9 +2791,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Часовой пояс</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX выбирает часовой пояс на основе указанного вами желаемого языка. При необходимости вы можете изменить часовой пояс. См. также <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX выбирает часовой пояс на основе указанного вами желаемого языка. При " +"необходимости вы можете изменить часовой пояс. См. также <xref linkend=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1896,7 +2808,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Страна / Регион</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Если вы находитесь не в той стране, которая была выбрана автоматически, очень важно исправить значение этого параметра. См. <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Если вы находитесь не в той стране, которая была выбрана автоматически, " +"очень важно исправить значение этого параметра. См. <xref linkend=" +"\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1912,12 +2827,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX автоматически выбирает соответству #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "Не вносите никаких изменений, если вы не являетесь знатоком в настройках Grub и/или Lilo" +msgstr "" +"Не вносите никаких изменений, если вы не являетесь знатоком в настройках " +"Grub и/или Lilo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -1927,9 +2845,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Управление учетными записями</guilab #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете добавить учетные записи пользователей. У каждого пользователя будет свой каталог <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы вы можете добавить учетные записи пользователей. У " +"каждого пользователя будет свой каталог <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1941,19 +2861,26 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Службы</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Системными службами называются те небольшие программы, которые работают в фоновом режиме (фоновые службы). С помощью этого инструмента вы сможете включить или отключить некоторые из этих служб." +msgstr "" +"Системными службами называются те небольшие программы, которые работают в " +"фоновом режиме (фоновые службы). С помощью этого инструмента вы сможете " +"включить или отключить некоторые из этих служб." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Вам следует быть осторожными в выборе: ошибки могут привести к ухудшению работы компьютера." +msgstr "" +"Вам следует быть осторожными в выборе: ошибки могут привести к ухудшению " +"работы компьютера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureServices" +"\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1970,7 +2897,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Клавиатура</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "С помощью этого раздела можно настроить или изменить раскладку клавиатуры, параметры которой будут зависеть от места вашего расположения, языка и типа клавиатуры." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого раздела можно настроить или изменить раскладку клавиатуры, " +"параметры которой будут зависеть от места вашего расположения, языка и типа " +"клавиатуры." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1982,7 +2912,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Мышь</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "С помощью этого раздела можно настроить координатные устройства, планшеты, шаровые манипуляторы и т.д." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого раздела можно настроить координатные устройства, планшеты, " +"шаровые манипуляторы и т.д." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1992,10 +2924,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Звуковая плата</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом дефолтный. Опция выбора другого драйвера предоставлена только когда у вас более одного драйвера для вашей карты, но ни один из них не является дефолтным." +msgstr "" +"Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом " +"дефолтный. Опция выбора другого драйвера предоставлена только когда у вас " +"более одного драйвера для вашей карты, но ни один из них не является " +"дефолтным." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2004,22 +2940,26 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Графический интерфейс</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить параметры работы ваших графических карт и дисплеев." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить параметры работы ваших " +"графических карт и дисплеев." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser" +"\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2038,14 +2978,21 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "В этом разделе вы можете настроить сеть. Впрочем, если вы используете закрытые драйвера для сетевой карты, то лучше сделать настройку после установки системы в <application>Центре управления Mageia</application>, после включения репозиториев закрытых (nonfree) пакетов, если вы не сделали это на предыдущем шаге." +msgstr "" +"В этом разделе вы можете настроить сеть. Впрочем, если вы используете " +"закрытые драйвера для сетевой карты, то лучше сделать настройку после " +"установки системы в <application>Центре управления Mageia</application>, " +"после включения репозиториев закрытых (nonfree) пакетов, если вы не сделали " +"это на предыдущем шаге." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "При добавлении сетевой карты не забудьте вместе с ней настроить брандмауэр (сетевой экран), который будет следить за соответствующим интерфейсом." +msgstr "" +"При добавлении сетевой карты не забудьте вместе с ней настроить брандмауэр " +"(сетевой экран), который будет следить за соответствующим интерфейсом." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2058,14 +3005,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Прокси-сервер является промежуточным звеном между компьютером и интернетом. С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить компьютер на использование служб прокси-сервера." +msgstr "" +"Прокси-сервер является промежуточным звеном между компьютером и интернетом. " +"С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить компьютер на использование служб " +"прокси-сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Вам стоит посоветоваться с вашим системным администратором, чтобы узнать больше о значении параметров, которые следует указать в этом разделе." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Вам стоит посоветоваться с вашим системным администратором, чтобы узнать " +"больше о значении параметров, которые следует указать в этом разделе." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2080,14 +3032,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Уровень безопасности</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "С помощью этого раздела вы можете определить уровень защиты вашего компьютера. В основном, дефолтный вариант (Стандартный) предоставит вашему компьютеру достаточную защиту." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого раздела вы можете определить уровень защиты вашего " +"компьютера. В основном, дефолтный вариант (Стандартный) предоставит вашему " +"компьютеру достаточную защиту." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "Выберите тот из вариантов, который лучше всего соответствует вашему образу использования системы." +msgstr "" +"Выберите тот из вариантов, который лучше всего соответствует вашему образу " +"использования системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -2099,68 +3056,113 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Файервол</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Файервол или сетевой экран является барьером, который защищает важные данные от доступа к ним мошенников из интернета, пытающихся похитить и воспользоваться этими данными." +msgstr "" +"Файервол или сетевой экран является барьером, который защищает важные данные " +"от доступа к ним мошенников из интернета, пытающихся похитить и " +"воспользоваться этими данными." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Выберите службы, которым доступ к вашей системе должен быть разрешен. Выбор служб зависит от назначения компьютера, на котором работает операционная система." +msgstr "" +"Выберите службы, которым доступ к вашей системе должен быть разрешен. Выбор " +"служб зависит от назначения компьютера, на котором работает операционная " +"система." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Помните, что включение доступа без ограничений (выключение файервола) может значительно снизить уровень защиты вашей системы." +msgstr "" +"Помните, что включение доступа без ограничений (выключение файервола) может " +"значительно снизить уровень защиты вашей системы." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Изменение размеров раздела <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" +msgstr "" +"Изменение размеров раздела <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"В вашей системе несколько разделов <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application>. Выберите один из них, тот, который следует " +"уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить достаточно места для установки " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "В вашей системе несколько разделов <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Выберите один из них, тот, который следует уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить достаточно места для установки <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Уровень безопасности" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете изменить уровень защиты вашей системы." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы вы можете изменить уровень защиты вашей системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Если вы не уверены в нужных для вас параметрах, лучше не меняйте их дефолтные значения." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не уверены в нужных для вас параметрах, лучше не меняйте их " +"дефолтные значения." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "После установки вы всегда сможете изменить параметры защиты с помощью модуля <guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia." +msgstr "" +"После установки вы всегда сможете изменить параметры защиты с помощью модуля " +"<guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 @@ -2169,550 +3171,676 @@ msgstr "Выбор и использование образов ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Носитель" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Определение" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Здесь мы называем носителем данных файл образа ISO, с помощью которого можно установить и/или обновить Mageia, а также любой физический носитель, на котором хранятся данные файла ISO." +msgstr "" +"Здесь мы называем носителем данных файл образа ISO, с помощью которого можно " +"установить и/или обновить Mageia, а также любой физический носитель, на " +"котором хранятся данные файла ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Вы можете найти их <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/ru/downloads/\">здесь</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти их <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/ru/downloads/" +"\">здесь</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Классический носитель для установки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Типичные возможности" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Эти ISO используют традиционный инсталлятор, называемый drakx." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "Они пригодны для установки «с нуля» или для обновления предыдущих выпусков." +msgstr "" +"Они пригодны для установки «с нуля» или для обновления предыдущих выпусков." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Доступ к некоторым из инструментов можно получить в экране приветствия: система восстановления, тест памяти, инструмент обнаружения оборудования." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к некоторым из инструментов можно получить в экране приветствия: " +"система восстановления, тест памяти, инструмент обнаружения оборудования." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Каждый DVD содержит многие доступные рабочие среды и языки." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "При установке у Вас будет возможность добавить источники несвободного программного обеспечения." +msgstr "" +"При установке у Вас будет возможность добавить источники несвободного " +"программного обеспечения." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD двойственной архитектуры" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Пакеты обеих архитектур присутствуют на одном носителе данных, выбор архитектуры будет сделан автоматически на основе данных об обнаруженном процессоре." +msgstr "" +"Пакеты обеих архитектур присутствуют на одном носителе данных, выбор " +"архитектуры будет сделан автоматически на основе данных об обнаруженном " +"процессоре." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Только рабочий стол XFCE." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Только некоторые языки (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!" +msgstr "" +"Только некоторые языки (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, " +"uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Он содержит несвободное программное обеспечение." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live носитель" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Можно воспользоваться для ознакомления с дистрибутивом без установки его на жёсткий диск и опционально установить Mageia на ваш жёсткий диск." +msgstr "" +"Можно воспользоваться для ознакомления с дистрибутивом без установки его на " +"жёсткий диск и опционально установить Mageia на ваш жёсткий диск." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Каждый ISO содержит только одну рабочую среду (KDE или GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live образами ISO можно пользоваться только для установки системы «с нуля». Они непригодны для обновления системы с предыдущих выпусков.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live образами ISO можно пользоваться только для " +"установки системы «с нуля». Они непригодны для обновления системы с " +"предыдущих выпусков.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Они содержат несвободное программное обеспечение." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Только рабочая среда KDE." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Только английский язык." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Только 32 бит." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Только рабочая среда GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Присутствуют все языки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Носители CD только для загрузки" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Каждый из таких малых образов содержит минимум данных, необходимых для работы инсталлятора drakx и поиска drakx-installer-stage2, и другие пакеты, которые нужны для продолжения и завершения установки. Такие пакеты могут находиться на жёстком диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети или в интернете." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Каждый из таких малых образов содержит минимум данных, необходимых для " +"работы инсталлятора drakx и поиска drakx-installer-stage2, и другие пакеты, " +"которые нужны для продолжения и завершения установки. Такие пакеты могут " +"находиться на жёстком диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети " +"или в интернете." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Такие носители очень маленькие (менее 100 МБ). Ими удобно пользоваться, если канал связи в сети слишком узкий для загрузки полноценного образа DVD, на компьютерах без привода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать систему с флэш-диска USB." +msgstr "" +"Такие носители очень маленькие (менее 100 МБ). Ими удобно пользоваться, если " +"канал связи в сети слишком узкий для загрузки полноценного образа DVD, на " +"компьютерах без привода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать " +"систему с флэш-диска USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Содержит только свободное программное обеспечение. Предназначен для пользователей, которые не желают пользоваться несвободными пакетами." +msgstr "" +"Содержит только свободное программное обеспечение. Предназначен для " +"пользователей, которые не желают пользоваться несвободными пакетами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Содержит несвободное ПО (в основном драйверы, кодеки и т.д.). Предназначен для тех, кто нуждается в этих компонентах системы." +msgstr "" +"Содержит несвободное ПО (в основном драйверы, кодеки и т.д.). Предназначен " +"для тех, кто нуждается в этих компонентах системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Загрузка и проверка носителя данных" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Загрузка" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "Как только вами будет выбран нужный вам файл ISO, вы можете получить его или с помощью протокола http, или с помощью BitTorrent. В обоих случаях в окне будет показана определенная информация относительно источника данных и предоставлена возможность изменить его, если скорость получения данных слишком мала. Если будет выбрано http, вы увидите нечто:" +msgstr "" +"Как только вами будет выбран нужный вам файл ISO, вы можете получить его или " +"с помощью протокола http, или с помощью BitTorrent. В обоих случаях в окне " +"будет показана определенная информация относительно источника данных и " +"предоставлена возможность изменить его, если скорость получения данных " +"слишком мала. Если будет выбрано http, вы увидите нечто:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" -msgstr "Программы md5sum и sha1sum предназначены для проверки целостности данных вашего образа ISO. Для выполнения проверки достаточно воспользоваться одной из этих программ. Оба шестнадцатеричных числа вычислены с помощью определённого алгоритма на основе файла, который должен быть загружен. Если вы попросите соответствующую программу снова вычислить шестнадцатеричное число на основе загруженного файла, то будет получено то же число (это означает что данные были загружены должным образом) или другое число (следовательно, данные были загружены с ошибками). При несовпадении чисел вам следует заново скачать образ. Вы увидите нечто:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Отметьте пункт «Сохранить файл»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Проверка целостности загруженных данных" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"Программы md5sum и sha1sum предназначены для проверки целостности данных " +"вашего образа ISO. Для выполнения проверки достаточно воспользоваться одной " +"из этих программ. Оба шестнадцатеричных числа вычислены с помощью " +"определённого алгоритма на основе файла, который должен быть загружен. Если " +"вы попросите соответствующую программу снова вычислить шестнадцатеричное " +"число на основе загруженного файла, то будет получено то же число (это " +"означает что данные были загружены должным образом) или другое число " +"(следовательно, данные были загружены с ошибками). При несовпадении чисел " +"вам следует заново скачать образ. Вы увидите нечто:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" -msgstr "Откройте консоль (от имени обычного пользователя) и дайте следующую команду:" +msgstr "" +"Откройте консоль (от имени обычного пользователя) и дайте следующую команду:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- При использовании md5sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum путь/до/файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- При использовании md5sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum путь/до/файла/" +"образа/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- При использовании sha1sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum путь/до/файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- При использовании sha1sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum путь/до/" +"файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "и сравните полученное числовое значение (для его получения потребуется определённое время) с числом, указанным на странице Mageia. Пример:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"и сравните полученное числовое значение (для его получения потребуется " +"определённое время) с числом, указанным на странице Mageia. Пример:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Запись образа ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "Проверенный образ ISO можно записать на компакт-диск, DVD или флешку USB. Действие записи не является простым копированием, - она предназначена для создания загрузочного носителя." +msgstr "" +"Проверенный образ ISO можно записать на компакт-диск, DVD или флешку USB. " +"Действие записи не является простым копированием, - она предназначена для " +"создания загрузочного носителя." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Записать ISO на CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Воспользуйтесь любым устройством для записи, но его необходимо настроить на <emphasis role=\"bold\">запись образа</emphasis>. Просто записать данные или файлы недостаточно. Подробнее об этом можно узнать из <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">вики Mageia</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Воспользуйтесь любым устройством для записи, но его необходимо настроить на " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">запись образа</emphasis>. Просто записать данные или " +"файлы недостаточно. Подробнее об этом можно узнать из <link ns4:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">вики Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Запись образа ISO на USB флешку" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Все образы ISO Mageia являются гибридными, т.е. вы можете записывать их на USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки и установки системы." +msgstr "" +"Все образы ISO Mageia являются гибридными, т.е. вы можете записывать их на " +"USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки и установки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "В результате «записи» образа на диск USB (флешку) все данные файловой системы на ней будут уничтожены. Доступ ко всем данным, которые не будут уничтожены, будут потеряны. Размер диска будет уменьшен на размер образа." +msgstr "" +"В результате «записи» образа на диск USB (флешку) все данные файловой " +"системы на ней будут уничтожены. Доступ ко всем данным, которые не будут " +"уничтожены, будут потеряны. Размер диска будет уменьшен на размер образа." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Для восстановления первоначальной ёмкости диска USB вам впоследствии придётся его форматировать." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." +msgstr "" +"Для восстановления первоначальной ёмкости диска USB вам впоследствии " +"придётся его форматировать." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"Вы можете воспользоваться инструментом с графическим интерфейсом, например " +"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Использование Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Вы можете попробовать:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "Вы можете воспользоваться инструментом с графическим интерфейсом, например <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Вы также можете воспользоваться консольной программой dd:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Откройте окно консоли" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Получите права пользователя root с помощью команды <userinput>su -</userinput> (не забудьте «-» в конце команды)" +msgstr "" +"Получите права пользователя root с помощью команды <userinput>su -</" +"userinput> (не забудьте «-» в конце команды)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Соедините с компьютером ваш диск USB (не монтируйте его, т.е. не открывайте содержимое диска в любой программе, в частности в программе для управления файлами)" +msgstr "" +"Соедините с компьютером ваш диск USB (не монтируйте его, т.е. не открывайте " +"содержимое диска в любой программе, в частности в программе для управления " +"файлами)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Введите команду <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Имя можно определить по размеру. Например, на приведенном выше снимке /dev/sdb - это устройство ёмкостью 8 ГБ, это флешка USB." +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." +msgstr "" +"Имя можно определить по размеру. Например, на приведенном выше снимке /dev/" +"sdb - это устройство ёмкостью 8 ГБ, это флешка USB." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Введите команду: # <userinput>dd if=путь/до/файла/образа/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Введите команду: # <userinput>dd if=путь/до/файла/образа/file of=/dev/sdX " +"bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Где X=имя вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Например: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Например: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Введите команду: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Извлеките флешку USB. Запись завершена." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Использование Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Вы можете попробовать:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Установка Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Этот шаг детализирован в <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">документации Mageia</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Ещё больше информации доступно в <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">вики Mageia</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Выбор страны и региона" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2720,14 +3848,20 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления беспроводной связью. Ложный выбор может привести к невозможности использования беспроводной связи." +msgstr "" +"Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров " +"локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления " +"беспроводной связью. Ложный выбор может привести к невозможности " +"использования беспроводной связи." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет открыто." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Другие страны</" +"guilabel> и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет открыто." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2736,7 +3870,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого списка. Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш правильный выбор." +msgstr "" +"Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке <guilabel>Другие страны</" +"guilabel> может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого списка. " +"Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш правильный " +"выбор." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2747,14 +3885,24 @@ msgstr "Способ ввода" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "С помощью окна <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы можете выбрать способ ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Способы ввода дают возможность пользователям вводить символы разных восточных языков (китайского, японского, корейского и т.п.). Типичным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и портативных образах системы для Африки/Индии и Азии есть IBus. Для локалей азиатских и африканских стран IBus будет определен типичным способом ввода, следовательно пользователям не придется настраивать ничего вручную. Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME т.п.), которые предоставляют пользователям подобные возможности, можно установить, если перед выбором пакетов были добавлены репозитории пакетов HTTP/FTP." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"С помощью окна <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы можете выбрать способ " +"ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Способы ввода дают возможность " +"пользователям вводить символы разных восточных языков (китайского, " +"японского, корейского и т.п.). Типичным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и " +"портативных образах системы для Африки/Индии и Азии есть IBus. Для локалей " +"азиатских и африканских стран IBus будет определен типичным способом ввода, " +"следовательно пользователям не придется настраивать ничего вручную. Другие " +"способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME т.п.), которые предоставляют пользователям " +"подобные возможности, можно установить, если перед выбором пакетов были " +"добавлены репозитории пакетов HTTP/FTP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2762,7 +3910,11 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Если вы пропустили настройки ввода во время установки, вы можете получить доступ к ним после загрузки установленной системы в меню «Настроить компьютер» -> «Система» или запустите localedrake от имени пользователя root." +msgstr "" +"Если вы пропустили настройки ввода во время установки, вы можете получить " +"доступ к ним после загрузки установленной системы в меню «Настроить " +"компьютер» -> «Система» или запустите localedrake от имени пользователя " +"root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2772,9 +3924,11 @@ msgstr "Установка или обновление" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2785,7 +3939,9 @@ msgstr "Установка" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Этим вариантом следует воспользоваться, если вы хотите установить <application>Mageia</application> с нуля." +msgstr "" +"Этим вариантом следует воспользоваться, если вы хотите установить " +"<application>Mageia</application> с нуля." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2798,7 +3954,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Если на компьютере установлена одна или несколько предыдущих версий <application>Mageia</application>, то программа установки предоставит вам возможность обновить одну из установленных систем до последней версии." +msgstr "" +"Если на компьютере установлена одна или несколько предыдущих версий " +"<application>Mageia</application>, то программа установки предоставит вам " +"возможность обновить одну из установленных систем до последней версии." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2806,31 +3965,74 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Было тщательно проверено только обновление с предыдущей версии Mageia, которая <emphasis>всё ещё поддерживалась</emphasis>, когда эта версия инсталлятора была выпущена. Если вы хотите обновить версию Mageia, которая уже больше не поддерживается,\t то лучше выполнить чистую установку, сохранив только раздел <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Было тщательно проверено только обновление с предыдущей версии Mageia, " +"которая <emphasis>всё ещё поддерживалась</emphasis>, когда эта версия " +"инсталлятора была выпущена. Если вы хотите обновить версию Mageia, которая " +"уже больше не поддерживается,\t то лучше выполнить чистую установку, " +"сохранив только раздел <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, то вы можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, то вы " +"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши " +"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки " +"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка " +"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим " +"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый " +"терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guilabel> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guilabel>Alt " +"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Если вы обнаружите, что забыли установить пакет дополнительного языка, вы можете вернуться со страницы «Установка или обновление» на страницу выбора языка нажатием комбинации клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Не</emphasis> делайте этого во время следующих шагов установки." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Если вы обнаружите, что забыли установить пакет дополнительного языка, вы " +"можете вернуться со страницы «Установка или обновление» на страницу выбора " +"языка нажатием комбинации клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " +"<emphasis>Не</emphasis> делайте этого во время следующих шагов установки." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Клавиатура" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2842,43 +4044,63 @@ msgstr "Клавиатура" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующую раскладку клавиатуры с выбранным вами языком. Если в списке не окажется соответствующей раскладки, будет использована типичная американская раскладка US." +msgstr "" +"DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующую раскладку клавиатуры с " +"выбранным вами языком. Если в списке не окажется соответствующей раскладки, " +"будет использована типичная американская раскладка US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Убедитесь, что программа сделала правильный выбор, или выберите другую раскладку клавиатуры. Если вы не можете определиться с нужной вам раскладкой, ознакомьтесь с документацией к компьютеру или отправьте запрос производителю. Кроме того, на некоторых из клавиатур можно найти отметку, которая содержит данные относительно раскладки клавиатуры. Также полезным может быть ознакомление с содержанием страницы: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что программа сделала правильный выбор, или выберите другую " +"раскладку клавиатуры. Если вы не можете определиться с нужной вам " +"раскладкой, ознакомьтесь с документацией к компьютеру или отправьте запрос " +"производителю. Кроме того, на некоторых из клавиатур можно найти отметку, " +"которая содержит данные относительно раскладки клавиатуры. Также полезным " +"может быть ознакомление с содержанием страницы: <link xlink:href=\"http://en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Если нужного пункта для вашей клавиатуры не будет в показанном списке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> для ознакомления с полным списком, из которого вы можете выбрать модель клавиатуры." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Если нужного пункта для вашей клавиатуры не будет в показанном списке, " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> для ознакомления с полным списком, " +"из которого вы можете выбрать модель клавиатуры." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "После выбора модели клавиатуры с помощью диалогового окна <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> вы вернетесь к первому диалоговому окну выбора клавиатуры, в котором пункт клавиатуры останется прежним. Не обращайте на это внимание: средству установки уже сообщено, что вы выбрали надлежащую клавиатуры из полного списка." +msgstr "" +"После выбора модели клавиатуры с помощью диалогового окна <guibutton>Еще</" +"guibutton> вы вернетесь к первому диалоговому окну выбора клавиатуры, в " +"котором пункт клавиатуры останется прежним. Не обращайте на это внимание: " +"средству установки уже сообщено, что вы выбрали надлежащую клавиатуры из " +"полного списка." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2886,365 +4108,558 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Если вами была выбрана раскладка с нелатинскими символами, программа покажет дополнительное диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете определиться со способом переключения между латинской и нелатинской раскладкой." +msgstr "" +"Если вами была выбрана раскладка с нелатинскими символами, программа покажет " +"дополнительное диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете определиться " +"со способом переключения между латинской и нелатинской раскладкой." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Выберите, пожалуйста, язык" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. Для этого сначала откройте список стран вашего континента. <application>Mageia</application> будет использовать этот выбор во время установки и в установленной системе." +msgstr "" +"Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. Для этого сначала откройте список " +"стран вашего континента. <application>Mageia</application> будет " +"использовать этот выбор во время установки и в установленной системе." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Если в системе будет использоваться несколько языков (вами или другими пользователями), нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Несколько языков</guibutton>, чтобы добавить их. После установки добавить поддержку языков будет довольно сложно." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Если в системе будет использоваться несколько языков (вами или другими " +"пользователями), нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Несколько языков</guibutton>, " +"чтобы добавить их. После установки добавить поддержку языков будет довольно " +"сложно." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Даже если вами было выбрано несколько языков, вам сначала необходимо выбрать один из них как основной язык страниц программы установки. Кроме того, этот язык будет отмечен и в окне выбора нескольких языков." +msgstr "" +"Даже если вами было выбрано несколько языков, вам сначала необходимо выбрать " +"один из них как основной язык страниц программы установки. Кроме того, этот " +"язык будет отмечен и в окне выбора нескольких языков." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Если раскладка вашей клавиатуры не совпадает с раскладкой, используемой для желаемого языка, следует также установить языковые пакеты для языка, связанные с выбранной раскладкой." +msgstr "" +"Если раскладка вашей клавиатуры не совпадает с раскладкой, используемой для " +"желаемого языка, следует также установить языковые пакеты для языка, " +"связанные с выбранной раскладкой." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "По умолчанию в Mageia используется кодировка UTF-8 (Unicode). Эту кодировку можно отключить в окне выбора нескольких языков, если вам заранее известно, что Unicode несовместим с вашим языком. Выключение UTF-8 касается всех установленных языков." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию в Mageia используется кодировка UTF-8 (Unicode). Эту кодировку " +"можно отключить в окне выбора нескольких языков, если вам заранее известно, " +"что Unicode несовместим с вашим языком. Выключение UTF-8 касается всех " +"установленных языков." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Изменить язык интерфейса системы после установки можно с помощью Центра управления Mageia -> Система -> Настройка локализации системы." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"Изменить язык интерфейса системы после установки можно с помощью Центра " +"управления Mageia -> Система -> Настройка локализации системы." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Выбор драйвера мыши" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Если у вас возникают проблемы с управлением курсором мыши, вы можете выбрать другой драйвер для мыши." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас возникают проблемы с управлением курсором мыши, вы можете выбрать " +"другой драйвер для мыши." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Обычно, <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Любая мышь PS/2 или USB</guilabel> является неплохим вариантом." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Обычно, <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Любая мышь PS/2 или " +"USB</guilabel> является неплохим вариантом." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Выберете пункт <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Задействовать evdev</guilabel>, чтобы настроить кнопки, которые не работают для мыши с шестью или более кнопками." +msgstr "" +"Выберете пункт <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Задействовать " +"evdev</guilabel>, чтобы настроить кнопки, которые не работают для мыши с " +"шестью или более кнопками." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" -msgstr "Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты" +msgstr "" +"Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите соответствующую кнопку на странице <emphasis>Настройки загрузчика</emphasis>. В ответ будет показано окно редактирования." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите " +"соответствующую кнопку на странице <emphasis>Настройки загрузчика</" +"emphasis>. В ответ будет показано окно редактирования." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use" -" <code>grub-customizer</code> instead." -msgstr "Если вами был выбран загрузчик <code>Grub 2</code> или Grub2-efi для систем с UEFI, тогда вы не сможете воспользоваться этим инструментом для редактирования записей на следующем шаге, после нажатия кнопки «Далее». Вам следует воспользоваться другим графическим инструментом для редактирования, в частности <code>kcm-grub2</code>, <code>grub-customizer</code>, или внести изменения в <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code > вручную." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Если вами был выбран загрузчик <code>Grub 2</code> или Grub2-efi для систем " +"с UEFI, тогда вы не сможете воспользоваться этим инструментом для " +"редактирования записей на следующем шаге, после нажатия кнопки «Далее». Вам " +"следует воспользоваться другим графическим инструментом для редактирования, " +"в частности <code>kcm-grub2</code>, <code>grub-customizer</code>, или внести " +"изменения в <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code > вручную." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям " +"относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить название записи." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить " +"название записи." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки." +msgstr "" +"Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если " +"пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки системы. Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам достоверно неизвестно их назначение." +msgstr "" +"Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки системы. " +"Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам достоверно " +"неизвестно их назначение." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Если вами был выбран загрузчик <code>Grub 2</code> или Grub2-efi для систем " +"с UEFI, тогда вы не сможете воспользоваться этим инструментом для " +"редактирования записей на следующем шаге, после нажатия кнопки «Далее». Вам " +"следует воспользоваться другим графическим инструментом для редактирования, " +"в частности <code>kcm-grub2</code>, <code>grub-customizer</code>, или внести " +"изменения в <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code > вручную." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Основные параметры загрузчика" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "Если вы пользуетесь системой с UEFI system, интерфейс немного будет отличаться, т.к. вы не сможете выбрать загрузчик (с первого раскрывающегося списка), - здесь выбор будет однозначным" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Если вам нужны другие параметры работы загрузчика, чем те, которые были выбраны автоматически программой для установки системы, вы можете изменить их с помощью этой страницы." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Если вам нужны другие параметры работы загрузчика, чем те, которые были " +"выбраны автоматически программой для установки системы, вы можете изменить " +"их с помощью этой страницы." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Вероятно, вы уже пользовались какой-то операционной системой на компьютере. Если это так, вам следует определиться, должен ли быть добавлен пункт Mageia к меню текущего загрузчика, или Mageia должна создать собственный загрузчик." +msgstr "" +"Вероятно, вы уже пользовались какой-то операционной системой на компьютере. " +"Если это так, вам следует определиться, должен ли быть добавлен пункт Mageia " +"к меню текущего загрузчика, или Mageia должна создать собственный загрузчик." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Графические меню Mageia выглядят великолепно. :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Использование загрузчика Mageia" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "По умолчанию Mageia записывает новый загрузчик GRUB (устаревшую версию) в MBR (основную загрузочную запись) первого диска компьютера. Если на диске уже были установлены операционные системы, Mageia попытается добавить пункты этих операционных систем в новое меню загрузки Mageia." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию Mageia записывает новый загрузчик GRUB (устаревшую версию) в " +"MBR (основную загрузочную запись) первого диска компьютера. Если на диске " +"уже были установлены операционные системы, Mageia попытается добавить пункты " +"этих операционных систем в новое меню загрузки Mageia." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "В новой версии Mageia вы сможете воспользоваться загрузчиком GRUB2 в дополнение к устаревшей версии GRUB и Lilo." +msgstr "" +"В новой версии Mageia вы сможете воспользоваться загрузчиком GRUB2 в " +"дополнение к устаревшей версии GRUB и Lilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Операционные системы Linux, в которых используется загрузчик GRUB2, в текущей версии не распознаются и не поддерживаются дефолтным загрузчиком GRUB (устаревшей версии)." +msgstr "" +"Операционные системы Linux, в которых используется загрузчик GRUB2, в " +"текущей версии не распознаются и не поддерживаются дефолтным загрузчиком " +"GRUB (устаревшей версии)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Лучшим решением является использование загрузчика GRUB2. Приказать системе использовать именно этот загрузчик можно на странице «Резюме» при установке операционной системы." +msgstr "" +"Лучшим решением является использование загрузчика GRUB2. Приказать системе " +"использовать именно этот загрузчик можно на странице «Резюме» при установке " +"операционной системы." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Использование уже установленного загрузчика" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Если вы решите воспользоваться уже установленным загрузчиком, не забудьте остановиться на странице «Резюме» при установке и нажать в разделе «Загрузчик» кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы сможете изменить место установки загрузчика." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Если вы решите воспользоваться уже установленным загрузчиком, не забудьте " +"остановиться на странице «Резюме» при установке и нажать в разделе " +"«Загрузчик» кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы " +"сможете изменить место установки загрузчика." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Не выбирайте устройство, например «sda», иначе уже созданная запись MBR будет перезаписана. Вам следует выбрать корневой раздел, который выбран на шаге распределения диска на разделы, например «sda7»." +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +msgstr "" +"Не выбирайте устройство, например «sda», иначе уже созданная запись MBR " +"будет перезаписана. Вам следует выбрать корневой раздел, который выбран на " +"шаге распределения диска на разделы, например «sda7»." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Если быть точным, sda - это устройство, а sda7 - раздел на устройстве." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Перейдите на tty2 нажатием комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F2 и отдайте команду <literal>df</literal> чтобы определить расположение вашего раздела <literal>/</literal> (корневого каталога). Вернуться к окну инсталлятора можно с помощью нажатия комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F7." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите на tty2 нажатием комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F2 и отдайте команду " +"<literal>df</literal> чтобы определить расположение вашего раздела <literal>/" +"</literal> (корневого каталога). Вернуться к окну инсталлятора можно с " +"помощью нажатия комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Полный перечень шагов добавления пункта ОС Mageia в меню уже установленного загрузчика не является предметом этой справочной страницы. Впрочем, в основном, эти шаги связаны с запуском соответствующей программы установки загрузчика, которая должна выявить и добавить пункт системы в автоматическом режиме. Соответствующие пояснения должны быть приведены в документации другой операционной системы." +msgstr "" +"Полный перечень шагов добавления пункта ОС Mageia в меню уже установленного " +"загрузчика не является предметом этой справочной страницы. Впрочем, в " +"основном, эти шаги связаны с запуском соответствующей программы установки " +"загрузчика, которая должна выявить и добавить пункт системы в автоматическом " +"режиме. Соответствующие пояснения должны быть приведены в документации " +"другой операционной системы." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Дополнительные параметры загрузчика" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Если объем на диске с разделом <literal>/</literal>, содержащий каталог <literal>/tmp</literal>, является очень ограниченным, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и отметьте пункт <guilabel>Очищать /tmp при каждой перезагрузке</guilabel>. Это поможет сэкономить немного места." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Если объем на диске с разделом <literal>/</literal>, содержащий каталог " +"<literal>/tmp</literal>, является очень ограниченным, нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и отметьте пункт <guilabel>Очищать /tmp " +"при каждой перезагрузке</guilabel>. Это поможет сэкономить немного места." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"Если вы пользуетесь системой с UEFI system, интерфейс немного будет " +"отличаться, т.к. вы не сможете выбрать загрузчик (с первого раскрывающегося " +"списка), - здесь выбор будет однозначным" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Настройка SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "Обычно DrakX определяет параметры дисков правильно. Впрочем, если вы имеете дело с устаревшим дисковым контроллером SCSI, возможны ошибки, из-за которых программа не сможет установить нужных драйверов." +msgstr "" +"Обычно DrakX определяет параметры дисков правильно. Впрочем, если вы имеете " +"дело с устаревшим дисковым контроллером SCSI, возможны ошибки, из-за которых " +"программа не сможет установить нужных драйверов." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Если вам встретился именно такой контроллер, вам придется вручную сообщить DrakX, с каким диском SCSI придется иметь дело." +msgstr "" +"Если вам встретился именно такой контроллер, вам придется вручную сообщить " +"DrakX, с каким диском SCSI придется иметь дело." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "После этого, DrakX сможет настроить систему на работу с дисками должным образом." +msgstr "" +"После этого, DrakX сможет настроить систему на работу с дисками должным " +"образом." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Настройка звука" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3252,7 +4667,10 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "На этом экране указан драйвер, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой карты из имеющихся и который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется только один дефолтный." +msgstr "" +"На этом экране указан драйвер, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой " +"карты из имеющихся и который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется " +"только один дефолтный." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3262,16 +4680,24 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Драйвер по умолчанию должен работать без проблем. Однако, если после установки вы столкнётесь с проблемами, то запустите <command>draksound</command> или запустите эту утилиту из MCC (Центр Управления Mageia), выбрав вкладку <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> и нажав <guilabel>Настройка звука</guilabel> в верхнем правом углу окна." +msgstr "" +"Драйвер по умолчанию должен работать без проблем. Однако, если после " +"установки вы столкнётесь с проблемами, то запустите <command>draksound</" +"command> или запустите эту утилиту из MCC (Центр Управления Mageia), выбрав " +"вкладку <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> и нажав <guilabel>Настройка звука</" +"guilabel> в верхнем правом углу окна." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Затем в draksound или в окне утилиты \"Настройка звука\" щёлкните на <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и потом на <guibutton>Устранение неполадок</guibutton>, чтобы найти очень полезные советы о том, как решить эту проблему." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Затем в draksound или в окне утилиты \"Настройка звука\" щёлкните на " +"<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и потом на <guibutton>Устранение " +"неполадок</guibutton>, чтобы найти очень полезные советы о том, как решить " +"эту проблему." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3284,47 +4710,161 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Нажатие <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> в этом окне во время установки полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер." +msgstr "" +"Нажатие <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> в этом окне во время установки " +"полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных " +"драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "В этом случае вы можете выбрать другой драйвер после нажатия на <guibutton>Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"В этом случае вы можете выбрать другой драйвер после нажатия на " +"<guibutton>Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Подтверждение форматирования жесткого диска" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены в сделанном выборе." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены в сделанном " +"выборе." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, если вы уверены и хотите " +"стереть все разделы, все операционные системы на диске и все данные, " +"хранящиеся на этом диске." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Live носитель" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Установка Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, если вы уверены и хотите стереть все разделы, все операционные системы на диске и все данные, хранящиеся на этом диске." +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3342,34 +4882,54 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Если Mageia не удовлетворяет вашим потребностям или вы не смогли должным образом установить систему, у вас может возникнуть потребность в удалении дистрибутива. Это ваше право, и в Mageia предусмотрена возможность удаления системы. Такую возможность можно найти не в каждой операционной системе." +msgstr "" +"Если Mageia не удовлетворяет вашим потребностям или вы не смогли должным " +"образом установить систему, у вас может возникнуть потребность в удалении " +"дистрибутива. Это ваше право, и в Mageia предусмотрена возможность удаления " +"системы. Такую возможность можно найти не в каждой операционной системе." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "После создания резервной копии данных, перезагрузите систему с DVD Mageia и выберите пункт «Rescue system/Спасение системы», далее «Restore Windows boot loader/Восстановить загрузчик Windows». При следующей загрузке системы загрузится только Windows без всяких окон выбора операционной системы." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"После создания резервной копии данных, перезагрузите систему с DVD Mageia и " +"выберите пункт «Rescue system/Спасение системы», далее «Restore Windows boot " +"loader/Восстановить загрузчик Windows». При следующей загрузке системы " +"загрузится только Windows без всяких окон выбора операционной системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "Чтобы воспользоваться местом на диске, которое некогда было занято разделами Mageia, в Windows, воспользуйтесь пунктом меню <code>Пуск -> Панель управления -> Средства администрирования -> Управление компьютером -> Хранилища данных -> Управление дисками</code>. В ответ должна быть открыта страница управления разделами. Раздел, куда была установлена Mageia, можно определить по метке <guilabel>Неизвестный</guilabel>, а также по размеру и расположению на диске. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши на таком разделе и выберите пункт <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>. После этого место на диске будет освобождено." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться местом на диске, которое некогда было занято разделами " +"Mageia, в Windows, воспользуйтесь пунктом меню <code>Пуск -> Панель " +"управления -> Средства администрирования -> Управление компьютером -> " +"Хранилища данных -> Управление дисками</code>. В ответ должна быть открыта " +"страница управления разделами. Раздел, куда была установлена Mageia, можно " +"определить по метке <guilabel>Неизвестный</guilabel>, а также по размеру и " +"расположению на диске. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши на таком разделе и " +"выберите пункт <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>. После этого место на диске " +"будет освобождено." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Если на компьютере установлена Windows XP, вы можете создать новый раздел и выполнить его форматирование (в FAT32 или NTFS). Система предоставит ему соответствующую букву диска." +msgstr "" +"Если на компьютере установлена Windows XP, вы можете создать новый раздел и " +"выполнить его форматирование (в FAT32 или NTFS). Система предоставит ему " +"соответствующую букву диска." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3377,6 +4937,95 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Если на компьютере установлена Vista или 7, у вас будет еще один возможный вариант: вы можете расширить существующий раздел с помощью пункта, расположенного слева от пункта свободного места на диске. Кроме того, можно воспользоваться другими программами управления разделами, например gparted, доступным как для Windows, так и для Linux. Как и всегда, при внесении изменений в разделы следует быть очень осторожным и создавать резервные копии всех важных данных." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Если на компьютере установлена Vista или 7, у вас будет еще один возможный " +"вариант: вы можете расширить существующий раздел с помощью пункта, " +"расположенного слева от пункта свободного места на диске. Кроме того, можно " +"воспользоваться другими программами управления разделами, например gparted, " +"доступным как для Windows, так и для Linux. Как и всегда, при внесении " +"изменений в разделы следует быть очень осторожным и создавать резервные " +"копии всех важных данных." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Использование Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Использование Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Этот шаг детализирован в <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">документации Mageia</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/sk.po b/docs/installer/sk.po index d8bc84c1..5b751351 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk.po +++ b/docs/installer/sk.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-16 12:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jajo Pajo\n" "Language-Team: Slovak (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/language/" @@ -21,26 +21,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Licencia a poznámky k vydaniu" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licenčné ujednanie" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ msgstr "" "prečítajte licenčné podmienky a ustanovenia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" "prijaté." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" "kliknite na <guibutton>Ďalšie</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -78,22 +79,24 @@ msgstr "" "počítač." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Poznámky k vydaniu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Ak chcete zistiť, čo je nové v tejto verzii <application>Mageia</" "application>, kliknite na tlačidlo <guibutton>Poznámky k vydaniu</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "sk" @@ -172,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr "" "zrkadlového servera, inštalátor tam nájde potrebné 32 bitové balíčky." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Spravovanie používateľa a superpoužívateľa" @@ -188,25 +191,27 @@ msgstr "Spravovanie používateľa a superpoužívateľa" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Nastavenie správcovho (rootovho) hesla:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -227,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "" "prvom políčku." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -236,12 +241,12 @@ msgstr "" "kombináciu písmen (veľkých a malých), čísel a ostatných znakov." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Pridať používateľa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -253,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" "so svojím počítačom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -262,7 +267,7 @@ msgstr "" "používateľa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -271,7 +276,7 @@ msgstr "" "používateľovo meno." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -283,18 +288,19 @@ msgstr "" "citlivé na veľkosť písmen.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: V tomto textovom poli je treba zadať " "používateľské heslo. K dispozícii je nápoveda na konci textového poľa, ktorá " "udáva silu hesla. (viď tiež <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -305,7 +311,7 @@ msgstr "" "textových políčok pre používateľské heslo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -314,7 +320,7 @@ msgstr "" "čitateľný domovský adresár (ale ochránený proti zápisu)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -326,17 +332,18 @@ msgstr "" "zápisom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Ak nechcete mať svetom čitateľný domovský adresár pre každého, je odporúčané " "teraz pridať len dočasného používateľa a po reštarte pridať tých reálnych " "používateľov." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -348,28 +355,33 @@ msgstr "" "používateľov</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Prístupové oprávnenia možno meniť aj po inštalácii." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Rozšírená správa používateľov" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Ak kliknete na tlačítko <guibutton>pokročilé</guibutton>, bude vám ponúknutá " "obrazovka, ktorá vám dovoľuje upravovať nastavenia pre používateľa, ktorého " "pridávate. Na dôvažok môžete povoliť či zakázať hosťovský účet." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -380,7 +392,7 @@ msgstr "" "odhlási. Hosť by si mal uložiť svoje dôležité súbory na USB kľúč." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -391,7 +403,7 @@ msgstr "" "používať ho, ale má viacej obmedzený prístup než normálni používatelia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -402,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "" "predošlej obrazovke, možnosťami sú Bash, Dash a Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -413,7 +425,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ponechajte ho prázdne, pokiaľ neviete, čo robíte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -441,17 +453,21 @@ msgstr "Zvoľte body pripojenia" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -462,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr "" "body zmeniť." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -471,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" "(koreňovú) partíciu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -480,7 +496,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Prípojný bod\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -489,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"(písmena)] a \"čísla partície\" (napríklad, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -506,7 +522,7 @@ msgstr "" "inštalácie kotla." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -515,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" "políčko prípojného bodu." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -527,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" "typ a veľkosť." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -538,6 +554,215 @@ msgstr "" "partície), ktoré DrakX navrhuje, alebo i ďalšie." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Iba bootovacie CD nosiče" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Výber pracovného prostredia" @@ -744,25 +969,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Veci meňte len vtedy, keď veľmi dobre viete, čo robíte." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Nastavenie časového pásma" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -771,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "" "časovom pásme." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -780,7 +1008,7 @@ msgstr "" "miestny čas alebo na GMT, známy aj ako UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1135,14 +1363,13 @@ msgstr "Vlastné rozdelenie disku pomocou DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1155,7 +1382,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> partíciu, inak váš systém nebude možné zaviesť." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1166,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" "dokonca si prezrieť, čo je v nich, predtým ako začnete." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1175,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "je USB kľúč. Napríklad sda, sdb a sdc, ak sú pripojené tri kusy." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1184,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" "partícií na vybranom úložnom zariadení." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1194,18 +1421,18 @@ msgstr "" "veľkosť alebo ju prečistite." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Pokračujte dokým ste nenastavili všetko podľa vášho priania." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" "Kliknite na tlačidlo <guibutton>Hotovo</guibutton>, keď ste nachystaní." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1214,24 +1441,24 @@ msgstr "" "Partícia) je prítomná a správne pripojená na /boot/EFI (viď vyššie)" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Rozdelenie diskov" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1242,7 +1469,7 @@ msgstr "" "nainštalovať <application>Mageiu</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1251,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "" "rozložení a obsahu vášho konkrétneho pevného disku." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1260,12 +1487,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Použiť existujúce partície" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1274,12 +1501,12 @@ msgstr "" "kompatibilné partície a môžu byť použité pre inštaláciu." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Použiť voľné miesto" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1288,12 +1515,12 @@ msgstr "" "využije pre vašu novú inštaláciu Mageie." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Použiť voľné miesto na Windowsovej partícii" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1302,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "" "môže ponúknuť jeho použitie." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1313,7 +1540,7 @@ msgstr "" "zazálohované všetky dôležité súbory!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1329,12 +1556,13 @@ msgstr "" "použitá. Vysoko sa odporúča zazálohovať si vaše osobné súbory." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "U tejto možnosti, inštalátor zobrazí zostatok Windowsovej partície vo " "svetlomodrej a budúcu partíciu Mageie v tmavomodrej farbe spolu s ich " @@ -1343,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" "nižšie." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1352,24 +1580,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Vymazať a použiť Celý Disk." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Táto možnosť použije celé diskové zariadenie pre Mageiu." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Upozornenie! Toto vymaže VŠETKY dáta na vybranom pevnom disku. Teda buďte " "opatrní!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1379,12 +1607,12 @@ msgstr "" "disku, ktoré nie ste pripravení stratiť, potom nepoužívajte túto voľbu." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Vlastný výber" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1392,8 +1620,65 @@ msgstr "" "Toto vám dáva úplnú kontrolu nad umiestnením inštalácie na vašom pevnom " "disku (resp. diskoch)." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1413,17 +1698,17 @@ msgstr "" "nastavenia:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Zarovnať na\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Uvádzajúce voľné miesto (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1431,37 +1716,41 @@ msgstr "" "megabajtom." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Inštalácia s DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Uvítacia inštalačná obrazovka" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Február 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Oficiálna dokumentácia pre Mageiu" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1472,7 +1761,8 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1483,7 +1773,8 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>om." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1493,13 +1784,15 @@ msgstr "" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentačný tím</" "link>, ak by ste chceli pomôcť vylepšiť tento manuál." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1509,11 +1802,27 @@ msgstr "" "tomto manuáli. Ktorú obrazovku uvidíte, záleží na vašom hardvéri a na " "voľbách, ktoré spravíte počas inštalácie." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Inštalácia s DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Február 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1587,17 +1896,21 @@ msgstr "Formátovanie" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1607,14 +1920,14 @@ msgstr "" "pre naformátovanie budú ušetrené." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Zvyčajne prinajmenšom partície, ktoré DrakX vybral, potrebujú byť " "naformátované." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1623,7 +1936,7 @@ msgstr "" "chcete skontrolovať na takzvané <emphasis>chybné bloky</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1637,7 +1950,7 @@ msgstr "" "na vašich partíciach." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2153,6 +2466,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Potom stlačte <guibutton>Ďalej</guibutton> pre pokračovanie" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Ďalšie informácie sú dostupné na <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Výber nosiča (Nonfree)" @@ -2635,6 +2991,30 @@ msgstr "" "riskantné." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2700,16 +3080,55 @@ msgstr "Vyberte a používajte ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Dátové nosiče" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definícia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2720,7 +3139,7 @@ msgstr "" "ktorú je ISO súbor skopírovaný." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2729,40 +3148,40 @@ msgstr "" "link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Klasické inštalačné nosiče" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Bežné vlastnosti" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Tieto ISO súbory používajú tradičný inštalátor nazvaný drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" "Dokážu spraviť čistú inštaláciu alebo aktualizovať z predošlých vydaní." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Rozličné nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitovú architektúru" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2771,24 +3190,24 @@ msgstr "" "Pamäťový test, Nástroj na detekciu hardvéru." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" "Každé DVD obsahuje mnohé dostupné prostredia pracovnej plochy a jazyky." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "Počas inštalácie vám bude daná voľba pridať si neslobodný softvér." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2797,12 +3216,12 @@ msgstr "" "automaticky vzhľadom k nájdenému procesoru." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Používa len Xfce pracovnú plochu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2811,17 +3230,17 @@ msgstr "" "ru, sv, uk) TREBA SKONTROLOVAŤ!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Obsahuje neslobodný softvér." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Živé nosiče" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2830,19 +3249,19 @@ msgstr "" "disk i na voliteľné nainštalovanie Mageie na váš pevný disk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" "Každé ISO obsahuje len jedno prostredie pracovnej plochy (KDE alebo GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Rôzne nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitové architektúry." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2853,63 +3272,63 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Obsahujú neslobodný softvér." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Živé CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "iba KDE prostredie pracovnej plochy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "iba anglický jazyk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "iba 32 bitové." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Živé CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "ibe GNOME prostredie pracovnej plochy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Živé DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Všetky jazyky sú prítomné." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Živé DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Iba bootovacie CD nosiče" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2923,7 +3342,7 @@ msgstr "" "na lokálnej sieti alebo na internete." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2934,12 +3353,12 @@ msgstr "" "keď PC nedokáže naštartovať z USB kľúča." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2948,12 +3367,12 @@ msgstr "" "neslobodný softvér." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2962,17 +3381,17 @@ msgstr "" "potrebujú." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Sťahovanie a skontrolovanie nosiča" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Sťahovanie" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2985,51 +3404,58 @@ msgstr "" "nízka. Ak je vybrané http, môžete uvidieť i čosi takéto" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum a sha1sum sú nástroje pre skontrolovanie neporušenosti ISO súboru. " -"Použite len jeden z nich. Obe hexadecimálne čísla boli vypočítané algoritmom " -"zo súboru, čo má byť stiahnutý. Keď požiadate tieto algoritmy na " -"znovuprepočítanie tohto čísla z vášho stiahnutého súboru, buď dostanete " -"rovnaké číslo a váš stiahnutý súbor je neporušený, alebo sa číslo odlišuje a " -"máte poškodený súbor. Poškodenie nabáda k tomu, že by ste sa mali pokúsiť " -"stiahnuť ISO znova. Vtedy sa objavuje toto okno:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Zaškrtnite prepínacie tlačidlo Uložiť Súbor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Kontrolovanie neporušenosti stiahnutého nosiča" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum a sha1sum sú nástroje pre skontrolovanie neporušenosti ISO súboru. " +"Použite len jeden z nich. Obe hexadecimálne čísla boli vypočítané algoritmom " +"zo súboru, čo má byť stiahnutý. Keď požiadate tieto algoritmy na " +"znovuprepočítanie tohto čísla z vášho stiahnutého súboru, buď dostanete " +"rovnaké číslo a váš stiahnutý súbor je neporušený, alebo sa číslo odlišuje a " +"máte poškodený súbor. Poškodenie nabáda k tomu, že by ste sa mali pokúsiť " +"stiahnuť ISO znova. Vtedy sa objavuje toto okno:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Otvorte konzolu, netreba byť rootom, a:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3038,7 +3464,7 @@ msgstr "" "obrazovemu/suboru.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3047,7 +3473,7 @@ msgstr "" "ku/obrazovemu/suboru.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3056,17 +3482,17 @@ msgstr "" "počkať) s číslom daným Mageiou. Napríklad:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Vypálenie alebo vpísanie ISO súboru" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3076,12 +3502,12 @@ msgstr "" "zavediteľného nosiča." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Napálenie ISO súboru na CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3095,12 +3521,12 @@ msgstr "" "Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Vpísať ISO na USB kľúčenku" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3109,7 +3535,7 @@ msgstr "" "USB kľúč a potom ho použiť na zavedenie a inštaláciu systému." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3120,17 +3546,20 @@ msgstr "" "bude zmenšená na veľkosť obrazu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "Pre obnovu pôvodnej kapacity, musíte naformátovať USB kľúč." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Použitím Mageie" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3138,18 +3567,57 @@ msgstr "" "Môžete použiť grafický nástroj akým je <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." "org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Môžete vyskúšať:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=sk_SK\">Rufus</link>" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Tiež môžete použiť dd nástroj v konzole:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Otvorte konzolu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3158,12 +3626,12 @@ msgstr "" "na koncovú pomlčku '-')" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3173,26 +3641,59 @@ msgstr "" "z neho čítať)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Vložte príkaz <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Nájdite meno zariadenia pre váš USB kľúč (podľa jeho šírky), napríklad /dev/" "sdb na horeuvedenom obrázku, je to 8GB USB kľúč." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3201,12 +3702,12 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "kde X=názov vášho zariadenia, napr. /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3215,62 +3716,15 @@ msgstr "" "iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Vložte príkaz: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Odpojte váš USB kľúč, je to hotovo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Použitím Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Môžete vyskúšať:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=sk_SK\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Inštalácia Mageie" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Tento krok je podrobne popísaný v <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/" -"doc/\">Dokumentácií Mageie</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Ďalšie informácie sú dostupné na <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3453,6 +3907,31 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>nerobte</emphasis> neskôr počas inštalácie." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Klávesnica" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Klávesnica" @@ -3530,12 +4009,12 @@ msgstr "" "a nelatinským rozložením klávesnice." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Prosím, zvoľte jazyk, ktorý chcete používať" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3546,7 +4025,7 @@ msgstr "" "inštalácie a pre váš inštalovaný systém." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3559,16 +4038,20 @@ msgstr "" "náročné pridať extra jazykovú podporu po inštalácií." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3579,7 +4062,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiež označený ako vybraný na obrazovke viacerých jazykov." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3588,21 +4071,28 @@ msgstr "" "odporúča nainštalovať takisto jazyk vašej klávesnice." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia predvolene používa UTF-8 (Unicode) podporu. Táto môže byť zakázaná na " "obrazovke \"viaceré jazyky\", ak viete, že je nevhodná pre váš jazyk. " "Zakázanie UTF-8 sa aplikuje pre všetky nainštalované jazyky." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Jazyk vášho systému môžete zmeniť po skončení vašej inštalácie v Ovládacom " "Centre Mageie -> Systém -> Spravovať lokalizáciu pre váš systém." @@ -3653,12 +4143,12 @@ msgstr "" "šesť alebo viac tlačidiel." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Pridanie alebo úprava položiek Ponuky na zavedenie systému" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3668,8 +4158,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3679,13 +4174,14 @@ msgstr "" "stlačením príslušného tlačidla na obrazovke <emphasis>Konfigurácie " "zavádzača</emphasis> a upravovaním obrazovky, ktorá sa objaví nad ňou." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Ak ste zvolili <code>Grub 2</code> ako váš systémový zavádzač, alebo Grub2-" "efi pre UEFI systémy, nemôžete použiť tento nástroj pre editáciu položiek v " @@ -3693,8 +4189,8 @@ msgstr "" "grub2/custom.cfg</code> alebo namiesto toho použiť <code>grub-customizer</" "code>." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3704,8 +4200,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3713,14 +4209,14 @@ msgstr "" "Niektoré veci, ktoré môžu byť vykonané bez akéhokoľvek rizika, sú zmena " "nadpisu položky a zaškrtnutie políčka, aby sa položka stala predvolenou." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "Môžete pridať správne číslo verzie položky, alebo ju celú premenovať." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3728,22 +4224,59 @@ msgstr "" "Predvolená položka je tá, ktorú systém spustí, ak nespravíte inú voľbu počas " "štartovania systému." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Úprava iných vecí vás môže ponechať s nespustiteľným systémom. Neskúšajte " "prosím nič bez poznania toho, čo robíte." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Ak ste zvolili <code>Grub 2</code> ako váš systémový zavádzač, alebo Grub2-" +"efi pre UEFI systémy, nemôžete použiť tento nástroj pre editáciu položiek v " +"tomto kroku, stlačte 'Ďalej'. Potrebujete ručne upraviť súbor <code>/boot/" +"grub2/custom.cfg</code> alebo namiesto toho použiť <code>grub-customizer</" +"code>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Hlavné parametre zavádzača" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3755,17 +4288,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"So systémom UEFI je používateľské rozhranie trochu odlišné, keďže si " -"nemôžete zvoliť zavádzač (prvý vysúvací zoznam), keďže len jeden je dostupný." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3773,8 +4297,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ak uprednostňujete odlišné nastavenia zavádzača namiesto tých automaticky " "vybraných inštalátorom, môžete ich zmeniť tu." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3784,21 +4308,23 @@ msgstr "" "potrebujete rozhodnúť, či pridáte Mageiu k vášmu už existujúcemu zavádzaču, " "alebo dovolíte Mageii vytvoriť nový zavádzač." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Grafické ponuky Mageie sú pekné :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Použitie zavádzača Mageie" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3807,8 +4333,8 @@ msgstr "" "operačné systémy, Mageia sa pokúsi pridať ich do vašej novej zavádzacej " "ponuky." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3816,19 +4342,20 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia teraz tiež ponúka GRUB2 ako voliteľný zavádzač na dôvažok ku " "obstarožnému GRUBu a Lilu." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Linuxové systémy, ktoré používajú zavádzač GRUB2, nie sú momentálne " "podporované (starším) GRUBom a nebudú rozpoznané, ak sa používa predvolený " "GRUB zavádzač." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3836,13 +4363,13 @@ msgstr "" "Tu je najlepším riešením používať zavádzač GRUB2, ktorý je dostupný na " "súhrnnej stránke počas inštalácie." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Použitie už existujúceho zavádzača" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3854,26 +4381,27 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Konfigurovania</guibutton> zavádzača, ktoré vám dovolí zmeniť " "inštalačné umiestnenie zavádzača." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Nevyberajte si zariadenie ako je napr. \"sda\", inak prepíšete váš " "existujúci MBR. Musíte si vybrať koreňovú partíciu, ktorú ste si vybrali " "skoršie počas fázy delenia disku, akou je napr. sda7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Pre ujasnenie, sda je zariadenie, sda7 je partícia alebo iným slovom " "povedané oddiel na onom zariadení." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3883,8 +4411,8 @@ msgstr "" "skontrolovanie, kde je umiestnená vaša <literal>/</literal> (koreňová) " "partícia. Ctrl+Alt+F7 vás dostane naspäť na obrazovku inštalátora." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3898,13 +4426,13 @@ msgstr "" "detekovať a pridať automaticky. Pozrite si dokumentáciu pre otázny operačný " "systém." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Pokročilé parametre zavádzača" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3917,6 +4445,42 @@ msgstr "" "tmp pred každým zavedením systému</guilabel>. Toto pomôže podržať trochu " "voľného miesta." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"So systémom UEFI je používateľské rozhranie trochu odlišné, keďže si " +"nemôžete zvoliť zavádzač (prvý vysúvací zoznam), keďže len jeden je dostupný." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4059,14 +4623,15 @@ msgstr "Potvrdenie naformátovania pevného disku" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4074,7 +4639,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kliknite na <guibutton>Predošlé</guibutton> ak si nie ste istí vašou voľbou." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4083,6 +4648,108 @@ msgstr "" "každú partíciu, každý operačný systém a všetky údaje na onom pevnom disku." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Živé nosiče" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Inštalácia Mageie" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Odinštalovanie Mageie" @@ -4157,3 +4824,85 @@ msgstr "" "disku, ktoré môžu byť použité, ako je gparted, dostupný rovnako pre windows " "aj linux. Ako zvyčajne, pri zmenách partícií buďte veľmi opatrní a uistite " "sa, že všetky dôležité veci boli zazálohované." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Použitím Mageie" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Použitím Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tento krok je podrobne popísaný v <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/" +#~ "en/doc/\">Dokumentácií Mageie</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/sl.po b/docs/installer/sl.po index fce8c1f0..174f89ad 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl.po +++ b/docs/installer/sl.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-07-07 16:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/" @@ -23,26 +23,27 @@ msgstr "" "%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Licenčna pogodba in opombe ob izdaji" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licenčna pogodba" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "" "licenčne pogoje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" "application>. Pred nadaljevanjem jih je potrebno sprejeti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -69,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" "gumb <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -79,22 +80,24 @@ msgstr "" "ponovno zagnal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Opombe ob izdaji" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Za ogled novosti te izdaje <application>Mageje</application> kliknite gumb " "<guibutton>Opombe ob izdaji</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "sl" @@ -158,7 +161,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "" @@ -174,25 +177,27 @@ msgstr "" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Nastavite geslo skrbnika (uporabnika root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -205,19 +210,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Dodajte uporabnika" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -225,21 +230,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -247,15 +252,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -263,14 +268,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -278,14 +283,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -293,25 +298,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Dovoljenje dostopa lahko spremenite tudi po namestitvi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -319,7 +328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -327,7 +336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -335,7 +344,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -343,7 +352,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -368,17 +377,21 @@ msgstr "Izberite priklopne točke" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -386,28 +399,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -418,14 +431,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -433,7 +446,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -441,6 +454,216 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Izbira namizja" @@ -614,39 +837,42 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Nastavite vaš časovni pas" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -927,12 +1153,13 @@ msgstr "Razdeljevanje diska po meri s programom DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -941,7 +1168,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -949,61 +1176,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Razdelitev diska" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1011,57 +1238,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Uporabi obstoječe razdelke" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor v razdelku za Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1069,7 +1296,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1080,38 +1307,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Zbriši in uporabi celoten disk." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1119,19 +1346,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Po meri" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1143,53 +1427,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Namestitev s programom DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Februar 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1197,7 +1484,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1205,31 +1493,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Namestitev s programom DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Februar 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1295,36 +1602,40 @@ msgstr "Formatiranje" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1333,7 +1644,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -1736,6 +2047,47 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" @@ -2138,6 +2490,30 @@ msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2195,16 +2571,55 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Vir" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2212,116 +2627,116 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2329,63 +2744,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2394,7 +2809,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2402,41 +2817,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2445,87 +2860,93 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -2534,19 +2955,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2554,138 +2975,167 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -2825,6 +3275,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Tipkovnica" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Tipkovnica" @@ -2882,12 +3357,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Izberite jezik namestitve" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -2895,7 +3370,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -2904,16 +3379,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -2921,25 +3400,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2982,77 +3466,112 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Glavne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3061,76 +3580,69 @@ msgid "" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3138,29 +3650,29 @@ msgid "" "bootloader install location." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " "the installer screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3169,13 +3681,13 @@ msgid "" "question." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Napredne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3183,6 +3695,40 @@ msgid "" "guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -3298,27 +3844,133 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Namestitveni koraki" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "" @@ -3372,3 +4024,67 @@ msgid "" "windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " "make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/sq.po b/docs/installer/sq.po index e4c70c37..11e4b9dd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq.po +++ b/docs/installer/sq.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-23 01:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/" @@ -21,26 +21,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Licenca dhe Shënime Lëshimit" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licenca e Pajtueshmërisë" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ msgstr "" "licencës me kujdes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" "vazhdohet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" "klikoni në <guibutton>Tjetrën</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -78,22 +79,24 @@ msgstr "" "tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Shënime lëshimi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të <application>Mageia</" "application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton> button." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "sq" @@ -171,7 +174,7 @@ msgstr "" "instaluesi do të zbulojë paketa 32 bit të nevojshme aty." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Menaxher për Përdorues dhe Super-përdoruesin " @@ -187,25 +190,27 @@ msgstr "Menaxher për Përdorues dhe Super-përdoruesin " #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Vendos Fjalëkalim administratori (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -227,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "" "shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -237,12 +242,12 @@ msgstr "" "në një fjalëkalim." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Fut një përdorues" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -254,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" "përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -263,7 +268,7 @@ msgstr "" "ikonën e përdoruesve." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -272,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "" "këtë kuti teksti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -283,11 +288,12 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të " "shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë " @@ -295,7 +301,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -306,7 +312,7 @@ msgstr "" "njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -315,7 +321,7 @@ msgstr "" "lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -326,17 +332,18 @@ msgstr "" "ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të " "gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme " "tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -348,29 +355,34 @@ msgstr "" "Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Lejet hyrëse gjithashtu mund të ndryshohet pas instalimit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Menaxhim Përdoruesi Avancuar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një " "ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke " "shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari " "vizitor." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -381,7 +393,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mysafiri duhet të ruaj skedarët të tij të rëndësishme në një çelës USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -393,7 +405,7 @@ msgstr "" "përdoruesit normal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -404,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bash, Dash dhe Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -415,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lëre bosh nëse nuk e dini se çfarë ju po bëni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -443,17 +455,21 @@ msgstr "Zgjidhni pikat montuese" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -464,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr "" "ndryshojë pikën e montimit." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -473,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> ndarje (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -482,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" "montimi\", \"Tipi\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -491,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -508,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -517,7 +533,7 @@ msgstr "" "montuese bosh." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -529,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr "" "llojin e saj dhe madhësinë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -540,6 +556,214 @@ msgstr "" "formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Përzgjedhje Desktop" @@ -749,25 +973,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Vetëm ndrysho gjërat, kur ju e dini shumë mirë se çfarë po bëni." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguro kohën-zonës tuaj" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -776,7 +1003,7 @@ msgstr "" "me ju në të njëjtën kohë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -785,7 +1012,7 @@ msgstr "" "për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1142,14 +1369,13 @@ msgstr "Ndrysho shpërndarjet e diskut me DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1162,7 +1388,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> NUK duhet të vendoset, përndryshe sistemi juaj nuk do to ndizet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1170,14 +1396,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1186,7 +1412,7 @@ msgstr "" "particionet në pajisjen e zgjedhura ruajtëse" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1196,41 +1422,41 @@ msgstr "" "montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Vazhdoni derisa ju të keni rregulluar gjithçka për dëshirat tuaja." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Kliko<guibutton>e Bërë</guibutton> kur ju jeni gati." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Shpërndarja" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1238,7 +1464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1247,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr "" "veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1256,12 +1482,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Përdor ndarjet ekzistuese" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1270,12 +1496,12 @@ msgstr "" "përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Përdor Hapësirën e Lirë" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1284,12 +1510,12 @@ msgstr "" "të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Përdore Hapësirën e Lirë në Ndarjen Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1298,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "" "instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1309,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" "jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1326,16 +1552,16 @@ msgstr "" "e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1344,24 +1570,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Fshi dhe të përdor të Gjithë Diskun." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. " "Kujdes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1372,12 +1598,12 @@ msgstr "" "atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizuar" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1385,8 +1611,65 @@ msgstr "" "Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) " "tuaja." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1398,17 +1681,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Liro hapësirën mësipër (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1416,37 +1699,41 @@ msgstr "" "në megabajt." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instalim me DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Pamja Fillestare Instalimit" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Shkurt 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Dokumentacioni zyrtar për Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1454,7 +1741,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1465,20 +1753,23 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1488,11 +1779,27 @@ msgstr "" "manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe " "zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instalim me DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Shkurt 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1567,17 +1874,21 @@ msgstr "Ndarjet" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1587,13 +1898,13 @@ msgstr "" "të ruhet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Zakonisht të paktën ndarësja e zgjedhur DrakX duhet të jetë e formatuar" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1602,7 +1913,7 @@ msgstr "" "të kontrolloni për të ashtuquajturën <emphasis>blloqe të këqija</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1616,7 +1927,7 @@ msgstr "" "për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2081,6 +2392,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Pastaj shtyp <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Më shumë informacion është në dispozicion në <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" @@ -2502,6 +2856,30 @@ msgstr "" "jetë shumë e rrezikshme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2559,16 +2937,55 @@ msgstr "Zgjidh dhe përdorë ISOs" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Përcaktim" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2576,7 +2993,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2585,23 +3002,23 @@ msgstr "" "\">këtu</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2609,53 +3026,53 @@ msgstr "" "lëshimet e mëparshme." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" "Ju do ju jepet zgjedhja gjatë instalimit të shtoni programe jo të lirë." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2664,35 +3081,35 @@ msgstr "" "mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) TË KONTROLLOHEN!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "përmban programe jo të lirë." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2700,63 +3117,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Vetëm gjuha angleze." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "32 bit vetëm." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Të gjitha gjuhët janë të pranishëme." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2765,7 +3182,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2773,41 +3190,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Shkarkim" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2821,94 +3238,101 @@ msgstr "" "të shihni diçka si" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum dhe sha1sum janë mjete çë kontrollojnë integritetin ISO. Përdorni " -"vetëm një prej tyre. Të dy numrat hexadecimal janë llogaritur nga një " -"algoritmi nga dosja që do shkarkohet. Kur ju kërkoni këto algoritme për " -"rillogaritjen e këtij numëri nga dosja juaj e shkarkuar, ose ju keni të " -"njëjtin numër dhe dosja juaj shkarkuar është e saktë, ose numri është i " -"ndryshëm dhe ju keni një dështim. Një dështim tregon që ju duhet të provoni " -"përsëri shkarkimin. Pastaj kjo dritare shfaqet:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum dhe sha1sum janë mjete çë kontrollojnë integritetin ISO. Përdorni " +"vetëm një prej tyre. Të dy numrat hexadecimal janë llogaritur nga një " +"algoritmi nga dosja që do shkarkohet. Kur ju kërkoni këto algoritme për " +"rillogaritjen e këtij numëri nga dosja juaj e shkarkuar, ose ju keni të " +"njëjtin numër dhe dosja juaj shkarkuar është e saktë, ose numri është i " +"ndryshëm dhe ju keni një dështim. Një dështim tregon që ju duhet të provoni " +"përsëri shkarkimin. Pastaj kjo dritare shfaqet:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -2917,19 +3341,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2937,34 +3361,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Përdorimi Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Ju mund të provoni:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Hap panel komandimi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -2973,36 +3435,68 @@ msgstr "" "fund )" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Shkruani komandën <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3011,12 +3505,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3025,60 +3519,15 @@ msgstr "" "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Shkruani komandën: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Përdorim Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Ju mund të provoni:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Instalimi Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Ky hap është i detajuar në<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">dokumentacionin Mageia</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Më shumë informacion është në dispozicion në <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3224,6 +3673,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Tastiera" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Tastiera" @@ -3281,12 +3755,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Ju lutemi zgjidhni një gjuhë për të përdorur" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3297,7 +3771,7 @@ msgstr "" "përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3310,16 +3784,20 @@ msgstr "" "jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3327,25 +3805,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3388,37 +3871,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3428,40 +3916,70 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3470,76 +3988,69 @@ msgid "" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3547,29 +4058,29 @@ msgid "" "bootloader install location." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " "the installer screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3578,13 +4089,13 @@ msgid "" "question." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3592,6 +4103,39 @@ msgid "" "guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -3709,14 +4253,15 @@ msgstr "Konfirmo diskun për tu formatuar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -3725,7 +4270,7 @@ msgstr "" "zgjedhjen tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -3735,6 +4280,107 @@ msgstr "" "dhënat në disk." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Instalimi Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Ç'instalim Mageia " @@ -3794,3 +4440,85 @@ msgid "" "windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " "make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Përdorimi Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Përdorim Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ky hap është i detajuar në<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">dokumentacionin Mageia</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index 877d6de9..1155ecfc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-16 12:52+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -23,26 +23,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Anteckningar för licens och utgåva" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licensavtal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "" "<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" "distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -69,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -79,22 +80,24 @@ msgstr "" "dator att startas om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Versionsinformation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Klicka på <guibutton>Versionsinformation</guibutton> för att se vad som är " "nytt i den här versionen av <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "sv" @@ -173,7 +176,7 @@ msgstr "" "de 32-bitarspaket som behövs." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Hantering av användare och administratör" @@ -189,25 +192,27 @@ msgstr "Hantering av användare och administratör" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Ställ in ett administratörs (root) -lösenord:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -227,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "" "jämföra dem så att du inte har skrivit fel." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -237,12 +242,12 @@ msgstr "" "lösenord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Lägg till en användare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -254,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" "med sin dator." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -263,7 +268,7 @@ msgstr "" "användarens ikon att ändras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -272,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "" "här fältet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -284,18 +289,19 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I det här textfältet skriver du din " "användares lösenord. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som visar " "hur starkt lösenordet är. (Se även <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -306,7 +312,7 @@ msgstr "" "båda fälten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -315,7 +321,7 @@ msgstr "" "en hemkatalog som är läsbar (men skrivskyddad ) av alla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -326,17 +332,18 @@ msgstr "" "är både läs -och skrivskyddad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga " "till en tillfällig användare nu. Efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till en " "eller flera riktiga användare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -347,28 +354,33 @@ msgstr "" "slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>Användarhantering</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Rättigheterna för åtkomst kan också ändras efter installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Avancerad hantering av användare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra " "inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller " "inaktivera ett gästkonto." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -379,7 +391,7 @@ msgstr "" "spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -390,7 +402,7 @@ msgstr "" "använda datorn, men har en mer begränsad tillgång än vanliga användare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -401,7 +413,7 @@ msgstr "" "eller Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -412,7 +424,7 @@ msgstr "" "du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -440,17 +452,21 @@ msgstr "Välj monteringspunkter" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -461,7 +477,7 @@ msgstr "" "monteringspunkterna." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -470,7 +486,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> (root)-partition." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -479,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -488,7 +504,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -505,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" "partition för en Cauldron-installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -514,7 +530,7 @@ msgstr "" "monteringspunkt tomt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -526,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr "" "storlek." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -537,6 +553,215 @@ msgstr "" "partitonenerna som DrakX föreslår eller mer." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Endast bootbar CD-media" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Val av skrivbordsmiljö" @@ -739,25 +964,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Ändra bara på saker när du vet mycket väl vad du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Ställ in din tidszon" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -766,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "" "tidszon." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -775,7 +1003,7 @@ msgstr "" "eller till GMT, även kallad UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1127,14 +1355,13 @@ msgstr "Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1147,7 +1374,7 @@ msgstr "" "ställas in, annars kommer detta göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1158,7 +1385,7 @@ msgstr "" "dem innan du startar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1168,7 +1395,7 @@ msgstr "" "stycken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1177,7 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "" "den valda lagringsenheten" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1186,17 +1413,17 @@ msgstr "" "filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek eller radera den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Fortsätt tills du har justerat allt enligt dina önskemål." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> när du är redo." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1205,24 +1432,24 @@ msgstr "" "sytempartition) är tillgänglig och korrekt monterad på /boot/EFI (se ovan)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionering" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1233,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr "" "application> kan installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1242,7 +1469,7 @@ msgstr "" "layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1251,12 +1478,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Använd existerande partitioner" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1265,12 +1492,12 @@ msgstr "" "hittats och kan användas för installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Använd ledigt utrymme" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1279,12 +1506,12 @@ msgstr "" "använda det för att installera Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Använd ledigt utrymme på en Windows-partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1293,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "dig möjlighet att använda det." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1304,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" "har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1320,12 +1547,13 @@ msgstr "" "användas. Du rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga filer." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Med det här alternativet visa installeraren den återstående Windows-" "partitionen i ljusblått och Mageias kommande partition i mörkblått, med " @@ -1333,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "" "klicka och dra mellanrummet mellan partitionerna. Se skärmdumpen nedan." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1342,24 +1570,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Radera och använd hela hårddisken." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Det här alternativet kommer att använda hela disken för Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Tänk på att detta kommer att ta radera ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Var " "försiktig!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1370,12 +1598,12 @@ msgstr "" "ska du inte använda detta alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Anpassad" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1383,8 +1611,65 @@ msgstr "" "Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/" "a disk/ar." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1403,54 +1688,58 @@ msgstr "" "följande inställningar:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Rikta mot\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Ledigt utrymme före (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" "Se också till att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Installation med DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Välkomstskärm för installationen" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "februari 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Mageias officiella dokumentation" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1461,7 +1750,8 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1472,7 +1762,8 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1482,13 +1773,15 @@ msgstr "" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentations-teamet</" "link> om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra den här manualen." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1498,11 +1791,27 @@ msgstr "" "handboken. Vilka skärmbilder som just du kommer att se beror på din hårdvara " "och vilka val du gör under installationen." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Installation med DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "februari 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1577,17 +1886,21 @@ msgstr "Formatering" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1597,14 +1910,14 @@ msgstr "" "kommer att sparas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Vanligtvis behöver i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt att " "formateras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1613,7 +1926,7 @@ msgstr "" "som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1626,7 +1939,7 @@ msgstr "" "till huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2142,6 +2455,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Tryck sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Mer information finns på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">Mageias wiki</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Val av media (Nonfree)" @@ -2616,6 +2972,30 @@ msgstr "" "Tänk på att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2682,16 +3062,55 @@ msgstr "Välj och använd ISO-filer" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definition" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2702,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr "" "filen kopieras till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2711,40 +3130,40 @@ msgstr "" "link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Klassiska installtionsmedier" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Vanliga funktioner" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "De här ISO-filerna använder den traditionella installeraren, drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" "De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppgradera från en tidigare version." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2753,12 +3172,12 @@ msgstr "" "minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Varje DVD innehåller många skrivbordsmiljöer och språk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2766,12 +3185,12 @@ msgstr "" "programvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD för multiarkitektur" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2780,12 +3199,12 @@ msgstr "" "identifierad processor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Använder endast XFCE-skrivbordsmiljö." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2794,17 +3213,17 @@ msgstr "" "pt, ru, sv, uk) SKA KONTROLLERAS!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Den innehåller icke-fri programvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2813,18 +3232,18 @@ msgstr "" "på en hårddisk, och eventuellt installera den." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Varje ISO innehåller enbart en skrivbordsmiljö (KDE eller GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2835,63 +3254,63 @@ msgstr "" "version.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "De innehåller icke-fri mjukvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Endast på engelska." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Endast 32-bitars." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Alla språk finns med." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Endast bootbar CD-media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2904,7 +3323,7 @@ msgstr "" "kan ligga på datorns hårddisk, på ett nätverk eller Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2915,12 +3334,12 @@ msgstr "" "eller en PC som inte kan starta från ett USB-minne." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2928,12 +3347,12 @@ msgstr "" "Innehåller endast gratis mjukvara, för de som inte vill använda icke-fri." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2942,17 +3361,17 @@ msgstr "" "som behöver det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Laddar ner och kontrollerar media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Hämtar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2965,51 +3384,58 @@ msgstr "" "så kan du även se något som " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten i " -"en ISO-fil. Använd bara en av dem. Bådas hexadecimala värden har beräknats " -"av en algoritm från filen som laddats ner. När du ber algoritmen att räkna " -"om dessa värden gentemot din nerladdade fil så kommer du antingen att ha " -"samma värde vilket innebär att din fil är korrekt, eller så skiljer sig " -"värdena och då är din fil felaktig. Ett misslyckande innebär att du måste " -"ladda ner filen igen och då visas det här fönstret:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Markera knappen Spara fil." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Kontrollerar integritet av hämtat media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten i " +"en ISO-fil. Använd bara en av dem. Bådas hexadecimala värden har beräknats " +"av en algoritm från filen som laddats ner. När du ber algoritmen att räkna " +"om dessa värden gentemot din nerladdade fil så kommer du antingen att ha " +"samma värde vilket innebär att din fil är korrekt, eller så skiljer sig " +"värdena och då är din fil felaktig. Ett misslyckande innebär att du måste " +"ladda ner filen igen och då visas det här fönstret:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Öppna en konsol, behöver inte vara root, och:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3018,7 +3444,7 @@ msgstr "" "till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3027,7 +3453,7 @@ msgstr "" "till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3036,17 +3462,17 @@ msgstr "" "med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3056,12 +3482,12 @@ msgstr "" "startbart media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Att bränna ISO-filen till en CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3074,12 +3500,12 @@ msgstr "" "org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageias wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Dumpa ISOn till ett USB-minne" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3088,7 +3514,7 @@ msgstr "" "minne och sedan använda det för att starta och installera systemet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3099,17 +3525,20 @@ msgstr "" "reducerad till avbildens storlek." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "Du måste formatera om USB-minnet för att återfå originalets kapacitet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Använda Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3117,18 +3546,57 @@ msgstr "" "Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Du kan prova:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Du kan även använda verktyget dd i en konsol:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Öppna en konsol" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3137,12 +3605,12 @@ msgstr "" "slutet)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3151,26 +3619,59 @@ msgstr "" "filhanterare som kan läsa det)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Skriv kommandot <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Leta upp enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne (genom dess storlek), t. ex. /dev/" "sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3179,12 +3680,12 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Där X=din enhets namn t. ex. /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3193,62 +3694,15 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Koppla från ditt USB-minne och sedan är allt klart." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Använda Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Du kan prova:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Installera Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Det här steget beskrivs i detalj i <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/" -"doc/\">Mageias dokumentation</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Mer information finns på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">Mageias wiki</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3432,6 +3886,31 @@ msgstr "" "senare under installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Tangentbord" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Tangentbord" @@ -3509,12 +3988,12 @@ msgstr "" "icke-latinsk tangentbordslayout" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Välj språk" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3525,7 +4004,7 @@ msgstr "" "valet under installationen och till ditt installerade system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3538,16 +4017,20 @@ msgstr "" "språkstöd efter installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3558,7 +4041,7 @@ msgstr "" "rutan för flera språk." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3567,21 +4050,28 @@ msgstr "" "även installera språket för ditt tangetbord." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) som standard. Det kan inaktiveras i rutan " "för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. " "Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageias " "kontrollcentral -> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." @@ -3632,12 +4122,12 @@ msgstr "" "knappar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Lägg till eller ändra en post i bootmenyn" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3647,8 +4137,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3658,21 +4153,22 @@ msgstr "" "tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av starthanterare</" "emphasis> och ändra i fönstret som dyker upp." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Om du har valt <code>Grub 2</code> som din starthanterare, eller Grub2-efi " "för UEFI-system så kan du inte använda det här verktyget för att redigera " "poster i detta steg. Du måste ändra manuellt i <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</" "code> eller använda <code>grub-customizer</code> istället." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3682,8 +4178,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3691,16 +4187,16 @@ msgstr "" "Några saker som kan ändras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och " "markera kryssrutan för att ange den som ska vara standard." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det " "helt." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3708,22 +4204,58 @@ msgstr "" "Standardposten är det som systemet startar om du inte gör ett val när du " "startar datorn." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett system som inte går att " "starta. Prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Om du har valt <code>Grub 2</code> som din starthanterare, eller Grub2-efi " +"för UEFI-system så kan du inte använda det här verktyget för att redigera " +"poster i detta steg. Du måste ändra manuellt i <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</" +"code> eller använda <code>grub-customizer</code> istället." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Huvudalternativ för startshanteraren" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3735,17 +4267,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"Gränssnittet är annorlunda för UEFI-system eftersom du inte kan välja " -"bootloader (första rullgardinsmenyn), det finns bara en tillgänglig." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3753,8 +4276,8 @@ msgstr "" "Om du föredrar olika inställningar för starthanteraren för de som är " "automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3764,21 +4287,23 @@ msgstr "" "välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller " "tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Mageias grafiska menyer är fina :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Använder en startshanterare från Mageia" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3786,8 +4311,8 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem " "installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3795,19 +4320,20 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med " "GRUB legacy och Lilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB " "(legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare " "används." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3815,13 +4341,13 @@ msgstr "" "Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är " "tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Använder en befintlig startshanterare" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3833,25 +4359,26 @@ msgstr "" "knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> för starthanterare där du kan " "ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga " "MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen " "tidigare, t. ex. sda7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3861,8 +4388,8 @@ msgstr "" "kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 " "tar dig tillbaka till installationen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3875,13 +4402,13 @@ msgstr "" "att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga " "till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Avancerat alternativ för starthanteraren" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3893,6 +4420,42 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid varje start</" "guilabel>. Det hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd ledigt utrymme." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"Gränssnittet är annorlunda för UEFI-system eftersom du inte kan välja " +"bootloader (första rullgardinsmenyn), det finns bara en tillgänglig." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4029,14 +4592,15 @@ msgstr "Bekräfta hårddisken som ska formateras" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4044,7 +4608,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4053,6 +4617,108 @@ msgstr "" "partitioner, operativsystem och data på den hårddisken " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Live media" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Installera Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Avinstallera Mageia" @@ -4127,3 +4793,85 @@ msgstr "" "finns även andra partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, som finns för " "både Windows och Linux. Som alltid när man ändrar partitioner måste du vara " "väldigt försiktig. Se till att all viktig information har säkerhetskopierats." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Använda Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Använda Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Det här steget beskrivs i detalj i <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/" +#~ "en/doc/\">Mageias dokumentation</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po index 148b1595..b6f680bf 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr.po +++ b/docs/installer/tr.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-08 22:06+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Mageia Turkish Translation Team <i18n-tr@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -21,26 +21,27 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Lisans ve Sürüm Notları" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lisans Sözleşmesi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ msgstr "" "koşullarını dikkatle okuyun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -58,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" "ve devam edilmeden önce mutlaka kabul edilmelidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -77,22 +78,24 @@ msgstr "" "yeniden başlatacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Sürüm Notları" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "<application>Mageia</application>'nın bu sürümünde nelerin yeni olduğunu " "görmek için <guibutton>Sürüm Notları</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "tr" @@ -169,7 +172,7 @@ msgstr "" "bulabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Kullanıcı ve Süper Kullanıcı Yönetimi" @@ -185,25 +188,27 @@ msgstr "Kullanıcı ve Süper Kullanıcı Yönetimi" #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Yönetici (kök) Parolasını Ayarlayın:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -224,7 +229,7 @@ msgstr "" "yazılmadığı denetlenir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -234,12 +239,12 @@ msgstr "" "en iyisidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Bir kullanıcı girin" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -251,7 +256,7 @@ msgstr "" "bilgisayarında yaptığı diğer her şeyi yapmaya yetkisi olur" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -260,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" "değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -269,7 +274,7 @@ msgstr "" "girin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -281,18 +286,19 @@ msgstr "" "duyarlıdır.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Şifre</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusuna kullanıcı parolası yazın. " "Metin kutusunun sonunda şifre gücünü gösteren bir kalkan vardır. (Ayrıca " "bkz: <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -303,7 +309,7 @@ msgstr "" "aynı parolanın bulunduğunu denetleyebilsin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -312,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr "" "okunabilen (ancak yazılamayan) bir ev dizini oluşturulur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -323,17 +329,18 @@ msgstr "" "okuma hem de yazma korumalı bir ev dizini oluşturulur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Herkesin okuyabileceği bir ev dizini istemiyorsanız şu anda geçici bir " "kullanıcı eklemeniz ve gerçek kullanıcıyı bilgisayarınızı yeniden " "başlattıktan sonra eklemeniz önerilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -344,28 +351,33 @@ msgstr "" "adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Kullanıcı yönetimi</emphasis>ni seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "Erişim izinleri kurulumdan sonra da değiştirilebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Gelişmiş Kullanıcı Yönetimi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Eğer <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi tıklanmışsa eklemekte olduğunuz " "kullanıcı için ayarları değiştirebilmenizi sağlayan bir ekran önerilir. Ek " "olarak, konuk hesabını devre dışı bırakabilir veya etkinleştirebilirsiniz." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -376,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr "" "Konuk önemli dosyalarını bir USB belleğe kaydetmelidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -388,7 +400,7 @@ msgstr "" "normal kullanıcılardan çok daha sınırlı erişim verir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -399,7 +411,7 @@ msgstr "" "dir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -410,7 +422,7 @@ msgstr "" "rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız boş bırakın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -438,17 +450,21 @@ msgstr "Bağlama noktasını seçin" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -459,7 +475,7 @@ msgstr "" "bağlama noktalarını değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -468,7 +484,7 @@ msgstr "" "olduğundan emin olun." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -477,7 +493,7 @@ msgstr "" "\", \"Türü\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -486,7 +502,7 @@ msgstr "" "\" (harf)] , \"disk bölümü numarası\" (mesela, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -503,7 +519,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -512,7 +528,7 @@ msgstr "" "alanını boş bırakabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -524,7 +540,7 @@ msgstr "" "boyutunu görebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -535,6 +551,215 @@ msgstr "" "biçimlendirmeyi veya daha fazlasını yapmayı seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Boot-only CD ortamı" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Masaüstü Seçimi" @@ -742,25 +967,28 @@ msgstr "" "değiştirin." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Zaman Dilimini Yapılandırma" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -769,7 +997,7 @@ msgstr "" "bulunan bir şehri seçerek belirleyin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -778,7 +1006,7 @@ msgstr "" "GMT zamanına göre ayarlayın." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1130,14 +1358,13 @@ msgstr "DiskDrake ile kişisel disk bölümlendirme" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1150,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" "işaretli OLMAMALIDIR; yoksa sisteminiz açılmayacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1162,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" "görüntüleyebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1171,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "sekme bulunur. Üç tane varsa sda, sdb ve sdc gibi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1180,7 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "" "Temizle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1190,17 +1417,17 @@ msgstr "" "boyutlandırın veya silin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "İsteğiniz doğrultusunda her şeyi ayarlayana kadar devan edin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Hazır olunca <guibutton>Bitti</guibutton>' yi tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1210,24 +1437,24 @@ msgstr "" "olun (yukarıya bakın)" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Bölümlendirme" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1238,7 +1465,7 @@ msgstr "" "bulduğu çözümlere ulaşabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1247,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "bölümlendirme düzeni ve içeriğine bağlı olarak değişecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1256,12 +1483,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Mevcut Disk Bölümü Kullanılsın" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1270,12 +1497,12 @@ msgstr "" "bölümleri bulunmuştur ve yükleme için kullanılabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Boş Alan Kullanılsın" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1284,12 +1511,12 @@ msgstr "" "bu seçenek o alanı kullanacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Windows Bölümündeki Boş Alan Kullanılsın" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1298,7 +1525,7 @@ msgstr "" "kullanmayı önerebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1308,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" "riskli bir işlem olduğundan önemli tüm dosyalarınızı yedeklemelisiniz!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1324,12 +1551,13 @@ msgstr "" "Kişisel dosyalarınızı yedeklemeniz önerilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Bu seçenekle kurulum aracı, altlarında tahmini boyutları ile Windows disk " "bölümlerini açık mavi renkte ve gelecekteki Mageia disk bölümünü koyu mavi " @@ -1338,7 +1566,7 @@ msgstr "" "görüntüsüne bakın." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1347,24 +1575,24 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Tüm Diski Sil ve Kullan" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Bu seçenek tüm sabit diski Mageia için kullanacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Önemli! Bu işlem seçilen sabit diskteki BÜTÜN veriyi silecektir. Dikkatli " "olun!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1375,20 +1603,77 @@ msgstr "" "seçeneği kullanmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Özel" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." msgstr "" "Bu seçenek, sistemi sabit disklerinize kurarken size tam denetim sağlar.." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1407,17 +1692,17 @@ msgstr "" "öneririz. Şu ayarları kullanın: " #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"MIB\" \"için Hizala\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Önündeki boş alan (MiB):\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1425,37 +1710,41 @@ msgstr "" "olun." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "DrakX ile kurulum" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Kurulum Karşılama Ekranı" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Şubat 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Mageia Resmi Belgeleri" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1466,7 +1755,8 @@ msgstr "" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1477,7 +1767,8 @@ msgstr "" "CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1488,13 +1779,15 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile " "irtibat kurun." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1504,11 +1797,27 @@ msgstr "" "Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize " "bağlıdır." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "DrakX ile kurulum" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Şubat 2014" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1583,17 +1892,21 @@ msgstr "Biçimlendirme" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1603,13 +1916,13 @@ msgstr "" "korunacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Genellikle, DrakX tarafından seçilen bölümlerin biçimlendirilmesi gerekir" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1618,7 +1931,7 @@ msgstr "" "seçmek için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1632,7 +1945,7 @@ msgstr "" "görüntülemeyi seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2149,6 +2462,49 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Sonra devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Daha fazla bilgi <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Turkish" +"\">Mageia wiki</link>'de mevcuttur." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Nonfree)" @@ -2628,6 +2984,30 @@ msgstr "" "unutmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2693,16 +3073,55 @@ msgstr "ISO'ları seçin ve kullanın" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Ortam" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Açıklama" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2713,7 +3132,7 @@ msgstr "" "olarak kopyalanan ISO dosyasıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2722,39 +3141,39 @@ msgstr "" "link> bulabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Klasik kurulum ortamı" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Ortak özellikler" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Bu ISO'lar drakx denilen geleneksel yükleyiciyi kullanırlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "Önceki sürümden yükseltme veya temiz bir kurulum yapabilirler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "32 veya 64 bit mimari için faklı ortamlar. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2763,24 +3182,24 @@ msgstr "" "araçları mevcuttur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Her bir DVD birçok masaüstü ortamı ve dil içermektedir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" "Size, kurulum sırasında özgür olmayan yazılım eklemek için seçenek sunulacak." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2789,12 +3208,12 @@ msgstr "" "olarak yapılır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Yalnız Xfce masaüstü kullanılır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2803,17 +3222,17 @@ msgstr "" "sv, uk) DİLLERİ BULUNMAKTADIR!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Özgür olmayan yazılım içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Canlı Ortam" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2822,18 +3241,18 @@ msgstr "" "üzerine Mageia kurulur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Her bir ISO yalnız bir masaüstü ortamı içerir (KDE veya Gnome)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "32 veya 64 bit mimari için farklı ortamlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2844,63 +3263,63 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Özgür olmayan yazılım içerirler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Canlı CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Yalnız KDE masaüstü ortamı." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Yalnız İngilizce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Sadece 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Canlı CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Yalnız GNOME masaüstü ortamı." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Canlı DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Tüm diller mevcuttur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Canlı DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Boot-only CD ortamı" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2912,7 +3331,7 @@ msgstr "" "içermeyen küçük bir imajdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2923,12 +3342,12 @@ msgstr "" "aralığınız çok düşükse uygundur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2937,12 +3356,12 @@ msgstr "" "içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2951,17 +3370,17 @@ msgstr "" "içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Ortamları indirme ve kontrol etme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "İndirme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2974,53 +3393,60 @@ msgstr "" "imkanı sağlamak gibi. Eğer http seçildiyse şöyle bir şey görebilirsiniz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"md5sum ve sha1sum ISO'nun bütünlüğünü kontol etme araçlarıdır. Sadece birini " -"kullanın. Onaltılı numaralar indirilen dosyadan bir algoritma tarafından " -"hesaplanır. İndirdiğiniz dosyadan bu numarayı hesaplamak için algoritmayı " -"sorguladığınızda, sayfadaki numara dosyanızla aynı ise indirdiğiniz dosya " -"doğrudur, sayfadaki numara dosyanızdan farklı ise indirdiğiniz dosya " -"yanlıştır. Eğer sonuç yanlışsa dosyayı tekrar indirmeniz gerekmektedir. Bu " -"durumda şöyle bir pencere görünür:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Sabit diske kaydet seçeneğini işaretleyin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "İndirilen ortamın bütünlüğünü kontrol etme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"md5sum ve sha1sum ISO'nun bütünlüğünü kontol etme araçlarıdır. Sadece birini " +"kullanın. Onaltılı numaralar indirilen dosyadan bir algoritma tarafından " +"hesaplanır. İndirdiğiniz dosyadan bu numarayı hesaplamak için algoritmayı " +"sorguladığınızda, sayfadaki numara dosyanızla aynı ise indirdiğiniz dosya " +"doğrudur, sayfadaki numara dosyanızdan farklı ise indirdiğiniz dosya " +"yanlıştır. Eğer sonuç yanlışsa dosyayı tekrar indirmeniz gerekmektedir. Bu " +"durumda şöyle bir pencere görünür:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" "Konsolu açın -root olmanıza gerek yok- ve aşağıdaki komutlardan birini " "kullanın:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3029,7 +3455,7 @@ msgstr "" "bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3038,7 +3464,7 @@ msgstr "" "bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3047,17 +3473,17 @@ msgstr "" "(Bir süre beklemek durumunda olabilirsiniz) karşılaştırın. Örneğin:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "ISO yakma veya atma" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3067,12 +3493,12 @@ msgstr "" "çalıştırılabilir bir ortam yapmaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Bir CD/DVD üzerine ISO yakma" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3086,12 +3512,12 @@ msgstr "" "\">buradaki Mageia wiki sayfasına</link> bakınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Bir USB bellek üzerine ISO atmak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3100,7 +3526,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistemi önyükleme ve kurulum için kullanabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3111,19 +3537,22 @@ msgstr "" "imaj boyutuna indirgenir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Orjinal kapasiteyi geri kazanmak için USB belleği yeniden " "biçimlendirmelisiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Mageia kullanarak" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3132,18 +3561,57 @@ msgstr "" "IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link> gibi grafiksel " "bir araç kullanabilirsiniz." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Deneyebilecekleriniz:" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Ayrıca konsolda dd aracını da kullanabilirsiniz:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Konsolu açın" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3152,12 +3620,12 @@ msgstr "" "unutmayın)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3167,26 +3635,59 @@ msgstr "" "gelmektedir)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> komutunu girin" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "USB belleğinizin (boyutundan) aygıt adını bulun. Örneğin yukarıdaki ekran " "görüntüsündeki 8 Gb USB belleğin aygıt adı /dev/sdb olarak görünüyor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3195,12 +3696,12 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "X= aygıtınızın adıdır. örn: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3209,62 +3710,15 @@ msgstr "" "iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Şu komutu girin: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "USB belleğinizi çıkartıp işlemi tamamlayın" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "Windows kullanarak" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Deneyebilecekleriniz:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Mageia Kurulumu" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Bu adım <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">Mageia " -"belgelerinde</link> ayrıntısıyla anlatılmıştır." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Daha fazla bilgi <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Turkish" -"\">Mageia wiki</link>'de mevcuttur." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3450,6 +3904,31 @@ msgstr "" "aşamalarında yap<emphasis>ma</emphasis>yın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Klavye" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Klavye" @@ -3524,12 +4003,12 @@ msgstr "" "istediğiniz sorulur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Lütfen kullanacağınız dili seçiniz" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3540,7 +4019,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3553,16 +4032,20 @@ msgstr "" "olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3573,7 +4056,7 @@ msgstr "" "ekranında da işaretli olacaktır ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3582,11 +4065,17 @@ msgstr "" "dili de kurmanız önerilir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia,öntanımlı olarak UTF-8 (Ünikod) desteği kullanır. Bunun diliniz için " "uygun olmadığını düşünüyorsanız \"çoklu dil\" ekranında devre dışı " @@ -3594,10 +4083,11 @@ msgstr "" "devre dışı bırakılmış olur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -> Sistem -" "> Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de " @@ -3650,12 +4140,12 @@ msgstr "" "seçeneğini seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Önyükleme Menü Girdisi Ekleme veya Değiştirme" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3665,8 +4155,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3676,21 +4171,22 @@ msgstr "" "ekranda düzenleme yaparak bir girdi ekleyebilir veya seçtiğiniz bir girdiyi " "değiştirebilirsiniz." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Eğer önyükleyici olarak <code>Grub 2</code>'yi veya UEFI sistemleri için " "Grub2-efi seçerseniz; 'İleri' aşamasında girdileri düzenlemek için bu aracı " "kullanamazsınız. <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> dosyasını elle " "düzenlemeniz veya yerine <code>grub-customizer</code> kullanmanız gerekiyor." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3700,8 +4196,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3709,16 +4205,16 @@ msgstr "" "Risk almadan yapılabilecek bazı şeyler, bir girdinin etiketini değiştirmek " "ve girdiyi yanındaki kutucuğu işaretleyerek öntanımlı olarak belirlemektir." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Bir girdinin uygun sürüm numarasını ekleyebilir veya tümüyle yeniden " "adlandırabilirsiniz." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3726,23 +4222,59 @@ msgstr "" "Öntanımlı girdi, önyükleme ekranında bir seçim yapmadıysanız sistemin " "önyükleme yapacağı girdidir." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Diğer hususları değiştirmek,sizi önyükleme yapamayan bir sistemle karşı " "karşıya bırakabilir. Lütfen ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız yeni bir şeyler " "denemeye kalkmayın." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Eğer önyükleyici olarak <code>Grub 2</code>'yi veya UEFI sistemleri için " +"Grub2-efi seçerseniz; 'İleri' aşamasında girdileri düzenlemek için bu aracı " +"kullanamazsınız. <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> dosyasını elle " +"düzenlemeniz veya yerine <code>grub-customizer</code> kullanmanız gerekiyor." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Önyükleyici ana seçenekleri" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3754,17 +4286,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"Bir UEFI sistem kullanıyorsanız kullanıcı arayüzü biraz farklıdır çünkü " -"sadece bir tane mevcut olduğundan önyükleyici (ilk açılır menü) seçemezsiniz" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3772,8 +4295,8 @@ msgstr "" "Kurulum aracı tarafından kendiliğinden seçilenlerden farklı önyükleme " "ayarları tercih ediyorsanız burada değiştirebilirsiniz." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3783,21 +4306,23 @@ msgstr "" "mevcut önyükleyiciye Mageia' yı eklemek veya Mageia' nın yeni bir " "önyükleyici oluşturmasına izin vermek arasında tercih yapmalısınız." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Mageia grafik menüleri güzeldir :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Bir Mageia önyükleyicisi kullanmak" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3806,8 +4331,8 @@ msgstr "" "sistemi önceden kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme menüsüne " "eklemeyi dener." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3815,19 +4340,20 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia, eski GRUB ve Lilo' ya ek olarak GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi de tercihe bağlı " "olarak sunmaktadır." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanan Linux sistemleri şimdilik GRUB (eski) " "tarafından desteklenmemektedir ve öntanımlı GRUB kullanıldığında " "algılanmayacaklardır." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3835,13 +4361,13 @@ msgstr "" "Buradaki en iyi çözüm kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasından erişebileceğiniz " "GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanmak olacaktır." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3852,26 +4378,27 @@ msgstr "" "sayfasında DURMALI ve önyükleyici kurulum konumunu değiştirmenizi sağlayan " "Önyükleyici <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine basmalısınız." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Bir aygıt, mesela \"sda\" seçmeyin yoksa mevcut MBR üzerine yazarsınız. " "Önceki disk bölümlendirme aşamasında ayarladığınız, sda7 gibi, kök bölümünü " "seçmelisiniz." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Açık olmak gerekirse, sda bir aygıt ve sda7 ise o aygıt üzerindeki bir " "bölümdür." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3881,8 +4408,8 @@ msgstr "" "nerede olduğunu denetlemek için <literal>df</literal> komutunu çalıştırın. " "Ctrl+Alt+F7 sizi kurulum ekranına döndürür." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3896,13 +4423,13 @@ msgstr "" "kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine " "bakın." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Önyükleyici gelişmiş seçenekleri" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3914,6 +4441,42 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Her açılışta /tmp temizle</guilabel> kutusunu işaretleyin. Böylece " "biraz boş alan kazanmanız mümkün olur." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"Bir UEFI sistem kullanıyorsanız kullanıcı arayüzü biraz farklıdır çünkü " +"sadece bir tane mevcut olduğundan önyükleyici (ilk açılır menü) seçemezsiniz" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4052,14 +4615,15 @@ msgstr "Biçimlendirilecek sabit diski onaylayın" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4067,7 +4631,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seçiminizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4076,6 +4640,108 @@ msgstr "" "veriyi silmeyi istiyorsanız <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Canlı Ortam" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Mageia Kurulumu" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Mageia' yı Kaldırma" @@ -4154,6 +4820,88 @@ msgstr "" "değiştirirken çok dikkatli olun ve önemli her şeyi yedeklediğinizden emin " "olun." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "Mageia kullanarak" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "Windows kullanarak" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bu adım <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">Mageia " +#~ "belgelerinde</link> ayrıntısıyla anlatılmıştır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + #~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Burada bir Mageia DVDsi kullanılırken öntanımlı karşılama ekranı " @@ -4161,6 +4909,3 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." #~ msgstr "F6 tuşuna basarak bazı çekirdek seçeneklerini ekleyebilirsiniz." - -#~ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po index 20983aa5..95c84067 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk.po +++ b/docs/installer/uk.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-14 15:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-23 16:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-08 18:39+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" @@ -18,26 +18,27 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Умови ліцензування та нотатки щодо випуску" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Ліцензійна угода" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43 msgid "" "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " "terms and conditions carefully." @@ -46,7 +47,7 @@ msgstr "" "ретельно ознайомтеся з умовами ліцензування." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" "application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." @@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" "неможливим." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "" "потім натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " "Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." @@ -75,22 +76,24 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Вийти</guibutton> ваш комп’ютер буде перезавантажено." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Нотатки щодо випуску" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " -"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</" +"application> and and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Щоб ознайомитися зі списком нововведень у <application>Mageia</application>, " "натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Нотатки щодо випуску</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "uk" @@ -172,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr "" "бітові пакунки." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:4 +#: en/addUser.xml:3 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Керування обліковими записами користувача і адміністратора" @@ -188,25 +191,27 @@ msgstr "Керування обліковими записами користу #. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? #. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading #. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#: en/addUser.xml:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:34 +#: en/addUser.xml:39 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Встановлення пароля адміністратора (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:38 +#: en/addUser.xml:43 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " @@ -226,7 +231,7 @@ msgstr "" "розташованому нижче, щоб упевнитися, що пароль було вказано без помилок." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:48 +#: en/addUser.xml:53 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." @@ -235,12 +240,12 @@ msgstr "" "паролі суміш літер (великих і малих), цифр та інших символів." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:56 +#: en/addUser.xml:61 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Введіть користувача" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:59 +#: en/addUser.xml:64 msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " @@ -252,7 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" "яких інших завдань, які виконуються звичайним користувачем за комп’ютером." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:65 +#: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." @@ -261,7 +266,7 @@ msgstr "" "піктограму користувача." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:70 +#: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." @@ -270,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" "вказати справжнє ім’я користувача." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:75 +#: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " "drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " @@ -281,18 +286,19 @@ msgstr "" "версію справжнього імені користувача." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:81 +#: en/addUser.xml:86 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " -"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: у цьому полі вам слід вказати пароль " "користувача. Колір позначки щита поряд з цим полем відповідає складності " "пароля (див. також " #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:87 +#: en/addUser.xml:92 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " "text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " @@ -303,7 +309,7 @@ msgstr "" "з його початковим варіантом." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:94 +#: en/addUser.xml:99 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." @@ -313,7 +319,7 @@ msgstr "" "записувати до цих каталогів дані)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:97 +#: en/addUser.xml:102 msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " @@ -325,10 +331,11 @@ msgstr "" "і від запису." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:101 +#: en/addUser.xml:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете захистити ваш домашній каталог від читання будь-яким " "користувачем, вам варто на етапі встановлення створити тимчасовий запис " @@ -336,7 +343,7 @@ msgstr "" "перезавантаження системи." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:105 +#: en/addUser.xml:110 msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " @@ -349,31 +356,36 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>Керування користувачами</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:109 +#: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "" "Права доступу до домашніх каталогів, звичайно ж, можна змінити і після " "завершення встановлення системи." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/addUser.xml:116 +#: en/addUser.xml:122 msgid "Advanced User Management" msgstr "Додаткові можливості керування записами користувачів" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:119 +#: en/addUser.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " -"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Якщо ви натиснете кнопку <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton>, програма відкриє " "діалогове вікно, за допомогою якого ви зможете змінити параметри облікового " "запису, який ви додаєте. Крім того, за допомогою цього діалогового вікна " "можна вимкнути або увімкнути гостьовий обліковий запис." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:129 +msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:124 +#: en/addUser.xml:133 msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " @@ -385,7 +397,7 @@ msgstr "" "потурбуватися про збереження важливих файлів на портативний носій даних." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:131 +#: en/addUser.xml:140 msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " @@ -398,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" "звичайними користувачами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:138 +#: en/addUser.xml:147 msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " @@ -410,7 +422,7 @@ msgstr "" "Можливі такі варіанти: Bash, Dash та Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:144 +#: en/addUser.xml:153 msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " @@ -422,7 +434,7 @@ msgstr "" "поле, якщо вам невідомі наслідки ваших дій." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/addUser.xml:150 +#: en/addUser.xml:159 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " "number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " @@ -452,17 +464,21 @@ msgstr "Виберіть точки монтування" #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " @@ -473,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" "application>, ви можете змінити точки монтування." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." @@ -482,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" "розділ <literal>/</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48 msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." @@ -491,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr "" "«Точка монтування», «Тип»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." @@ -500,7 +516,7 @@ msgstr "" "диска»(літера)], «номер розділу» (наприклад, «sda5»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59 msgid "" "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " @@ -518,7 +534,7 @@ msgstr "" "версії системи (cauldron)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." @@ -527,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" "здійснюватиметься, ви можете не вказувати точку монтування." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75 msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " @@ -539,7 +555,7 @@ msgstr "" "область розділу, щоб переглянути дані щодо типу і розміру розділу." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " @@ -550,6 +566,215 @@ msgstr "" "розділи згідно пропозицій DrakX чи виконати додаткові дії." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bestTime.xml:10 +msgid "Clock settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/bestTime.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:20 +msgid "" +"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, " +"either local time or UTC time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/bestTime.xml:23 +msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:3 +msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:8 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the medium" +msgstr "Носії CD лише для завантаження" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:13 +msgid "From a disc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, " +"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the " +"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the " +"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or " +"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the " +"computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:23 +msgid "" +"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get " +"either one or another of the two screens below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:29 +msgid "From a USB device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:32 +msgid "" +"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. " +"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the " +"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need " +"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the " +"peripheral from which the computer will boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:43 +msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:52 +msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:56 +msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD " +"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow " +"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard " +"disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, " +"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia " +"5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:79 +msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:83 +msgid "" +"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:88 +msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:93 +msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choice between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:98 +msgid "" +"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from " +"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or " +"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP " +"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:106 +msgid "" +"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an " +"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during " +"installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:112 +msgid "" +"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your " +"hardware and the drivers to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/bootLive.xml:120 +msgid "In UEFI mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/bootLive.xml:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" +"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:129 +msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:133 +msgid "" +"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to " +"process the installation (second choice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If you booted form a USB stick, you get wo supplemental lines which are a " +"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/bootLive.xml:139 +msgid "" +"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone " +"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing" +"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Вибір стільниці" @@ -766,25 +991,28 @@ msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Вносьте зміни, лише якщо вам добре відомі наслідки ваших дій." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Налаштування часового поясу" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " "same time zone." @@ -794,7 +1022,7 @@ msgstr "" "тому самому часовому поясі." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24 msgid "" "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " "GMT, also known as UTC." @@ -804,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" "також відомого як Всесвітній час." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." @@ -1167,14 +1395,13 @@ msgstr "Нетиповий поділ диска на розділи за доп #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata " +"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:34 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1187,7 +1414,7 @@ msgstr "" "завантаження системи стане неможливим." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:41 msgid "" "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " "partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " @@ -1199,7 +1426,7 @@ msgstr "" "розділів до внесення змін." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:46 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1209,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" "виявлено три диски." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1218,7 +1445,7 @@ msgstr "" "вибраному носії даних було вилучено." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:53 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1228,21 +1455,21 @@ msgstr "" "точку монтування, розміри чи просто витріть увесь розділ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" "Повторюйте ці дії для всіх відповідних розділів, аж доки все не набуде " "потрібних вам обрисів." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Виконано</guibutton>, коли налаштовування буде " "завершено." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " "System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" @@ -1251,24 +1478,24 @@ msgstr "" "(EFI System Partition) і що її змонтовано до /boot/EFI (див. вище)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Розбиття на розділи" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " @@ -1279,7 +1506,7 @@ msgstr "" "щодо місця встановлення <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." @@ -1288,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr "" "комп’ютера та вмісту дисків." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1297,12 +1524,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" msgstr "Користуватися існуючими розділами" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." @@ -1311,12 +1538,12 @@ msgstr "" "Linux розділи, якими можна скористатися для встановлення системи." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36 msgid "Use Free Space" msgstr "Використовувати вільний простір" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." @@ -1325,12 +1552,12 @@ msgstr "" "достатнє для встановлення нової системи Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" msgstr "Використовувати вільний простір на розділі Microsoft Windows®" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it." @@ -1340,7 +1567,7 @@ msgstr "" "системи." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51 msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " @@ -1351,7 +1578,7 @@ msgstr "" "створити резервні копії важливих для вас файлів!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " @@ -1369,12 +1596,13 @@ msgstr "" "вас файлів." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " "sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " -"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Якщо буде вибрано цей варіант, засіб встановлення покаже решту розділу " "Windows блакитним кольором, а майбутній розділ з Mageia — темно-синім. " @@ -1383,7 +1611,7 @@ msgstr "" "нижче знімок екрана." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -1392,25 +1620,25 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Стерти і використати весь диск" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "" "У разі використання цього варіанта для встановлення Mageia буде використано " "весь об’єм на диску." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Зауваження: всіх дані на диску буде у такому разі витерто. Будьте обережні!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1420,12 +1648,12 @@ msgstr "" "не диску вже зберігаються якісь важливі дані, не користуйтеся цим варіантом." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Спеціальний" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1433,8 +1661,65 @@ msgstr "" "За допомогою цього варіанта ви можете отримати цілковитий доступ до " "розташування розділів на вашому диску відповідно до ваших уподобань." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The installer will share the available place out according to the following " +"rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is " +"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115 +msgid "" +"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 +msgid "" +"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125 +msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 +msgid "" +"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will " +"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " +"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /" +"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has " +"been correctly done" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1454,17 +1739,17 @@ msgstr "" "таких значень параметрів:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "«Вирівняти до» «МіБ»" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "«Вільне місце перед (МіБ)» «2»" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1472,37 +1757,41 @@ msgstr "" "мегабайтах." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Встановлення за допомогою DrakX" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" +msgstr "Параметри встановлення" #. type: Content of: <book><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 -msgid "February 2014" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "January 2015" msgstr "Лютий 2014 року" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 -msgid "Mageia 4" +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Офіційна документація до Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1513,7 +1802,8 @@ msgstr "" "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1524,7 +1814,8 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1535,13 +1826,15 @@ msgstr "" "mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команди документування</link>, якщо " "хочете допомогти у покращенні цього підручника." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38 +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1551,11 +1844,27 @@ msgstr "" "сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та " "вибраного вами варіанта встановлення." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41 +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Встановлення за допомогою DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Лютий 2014 року" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1630,17 +1939,21 @@ msgstr "Форматування" #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." @@ -1650,13 +1963,13 @@ msgstr "" "форматування, буде збережено." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" msgstr "" "Зазвичай, форматування потрібне принаймні для розділів, вибраних DrakX." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" @@ -1665,7 +1978,7 @@ msgstr "" "слід перевірити на так звані <emphasis>пошкоджені блоки</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " @@ -1679,7 +1992,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметри розділів." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." @@ -2216,6 +2529,49 @@ msgstr "" "продовжити роботу з програмою." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/login.xml:3 +msgid "Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/login.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-" +"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: en/login.xml:12 +msgid "KDM login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:16 +msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " +"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium " +"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/login.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Докладішу інформацію можна знайти у <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">вікі Mageia</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Вибір носія (з пакунками, які не є вільними)" @@ -2714,6 +3070,30 @@ msgstr "" "значно знизити рівень захисту вашої системи." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/reboot.xml:9 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/reboot.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/reboot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " +"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you " +"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the " +"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " @@ -2782,16 +3162,55 @@ msgstr "Вибір і використання образів ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " +"which image match your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +msgid "There is two families of media:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process " +"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. " +"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in " +"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26 +msgid "" +"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without " +"installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The " +"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33 +msgid "Details are given in the next sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "Media" msgstr "Носій" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Визначення" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2802,7 +3221,7 @@ msgstr "" "зберігаються дані файла ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2811,42 +3230,42 @@ msgstr "" "\">тут</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Класичний носій для встановлення" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Типові можливості" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" "На цих образах ISO використовується традиційний засіб встановлення під " "назвою drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" "Вони придатні для встановлення «з нуля» або оновлення попередніх випусків." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Різні носії для 32-бітової та 64-бітової архітектур." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2855,14 +3274,14 @@ msgstr "" "відновлення, тест пам’яті, інструмент виявлення обладнання." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" "На кожному з DVD міститься багато стільничних середовищ та переклади різними " "мовами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2870,12 +3289,12 @@ msgstr "" "програмного забезпечення." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD подвійної архітектури" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2884,12 +3303,12 @@ msgstr "" "буде зроблено автоматично на основі даних щодо виявлено процесора." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Лише стільниця Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2897,17 +3316,17 @@ msgstr "" "Лише деякі мови (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Містить невільне програмне забезпечення." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Портативний носій" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2917,18 +3336,18 @@ msgstr "" "встановити Mageia на вашому комп’ютері." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Кожен ISO містить лише одне стільничне середовище (KDE або GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Різні носії для 32-бітової та 64-бітової архітектур." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2939,63 +3358,63 @@ msgstr "" "системи з попередніх випусків.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Містять невільне програмне забезпечення." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Портативний CD з KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Лише стільничне середовище KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Лише англійська мова." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Лише 32-бітова версія." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Портативний CD з GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Лише стільничне середовище GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Портативний DVD з KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Містить переклади усіма мовами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Портативний DVD із GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Носії CD лише для завантаження" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -3009,7 +3428,7 @@ msgstr "" "локальній мережі або у інтернеті." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -3021,12 +3440,12 @@ msgstr "" "можуть завантажувати систему із флеш-диска USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -3035,12 +3454,12 @@ msgstr "" "не бажають користуватися невільними пакунками." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -3049,17 +3468,17 @@ msgstr "" "Призначено для тих, хто потребує цих компонентів системи." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Отримання та перевірка носіїв даних" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Отримання" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -3073,53 +3492,60 @@ msgstr "" "вибрано http, ви побачите щось таке:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " -"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " -"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " -"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " -"window appears:" +"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. " +"Then this window appears:" msgstr "" -"Програми md5sum та sha1sum призначено для перевірки цілісності даних вашого " -"образу ISO. Для виконання перевірки достатньо скористатися однією з цих " -"програм. Обидва шістнадцяткових числа обчислено за допомогою певного " -"алгоритму на основі файла, який має бути отримано. Якщо ви попросите " -"відповідну програму знову обчислити шістнадцяткове число на основі " -"отриманого файла, буде отримано те саме число (це означатиму що дані було " -"отримано належним чином) або інше число (отже, дані було отримано з " -"помилками). Ви побачите щось таке:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Позначте пункт «Зберегти файл»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Перевірка цілісності отриманих даних" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " +"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download." +msgstr "" +"Програми md5sum та sha1sum призначено для перевірки цілісності даних вашого " +"образу ISO. Для виконання перевірки достатньо скористатися однією з цих " +"програм. Обидва шістнадцяткових числа обчислено за допомогою певного " +"алгоритму на основі файла, який має бути отримано. Якщо ви попросите " +"відповідну програму знову обчислити шістнадцяткове число на основі " +"отриманого файла, буде отримано те саме число (це означатиму що дані було " +"отримано належним чином) або інше число (отже, дані було отримано з " +"помилками). Ви побачите щось таке:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" "Відкрийте консоль (від імені звичайного користувача) і віддайте таку команду:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3128,7 +3554,7 @@ msgstr "" "файла/образу.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3137,7 +3563,7 @@ msgstr "" "образу.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3146,17 +3572,17 @@ msgstr "" "певний час) з числом, вказаним на сторінці Mageia. Приклад:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Запис образу ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3166,12 +3592,12 @@ msgstr "" "придатного до завантаження системи носія даних." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Запис образу ISO на компакт-диск або DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " @@ -3185,12 +3611,12 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Запис образу ISO на флешку USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3199,7 +3625,7 @@ msgstr "" "USB і користуватися нею для завантаження або встановлення системи." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3210,19 +3636,22 @@ msgstr "" "втрачено. Розмір диска буде зменшено на розмір образу." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 -msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format " +"the USB stick." msgstr "" "Для відновлення початкової місткості диска USB вам згодом доведеться його " "форматувати." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 -msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "За допомогою Mageia" +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3231,18 +3660,57 @@ msgstr "" "<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 +msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 +msgid "You could try:" +msgstr "Ви можете спробувати такі засоби:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using " +"the \"ISO image\" option;" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397 +msgid "" +"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a " +"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Ви також можете скористатися консольною програмою dd:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Відкрийте вікно консолі" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3251,12 +3719,12 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> (не забудьте «-» наприкінці команди)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3266,26 +3734,59 @@ msgstr "" "яка може отримати доступ до даних або читати дані)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Віддайте команду <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</" +"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</" +"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" +"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" +"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" +"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" +"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" +"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" +"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" +"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" +"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" +"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" +"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" +"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" +"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" +"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" +"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" +"[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" +"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " -"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/" +"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" "Назву пристрою можна визначити за розміром. Наприклад, на наведеному вище " "знімку /dev/sdb це пристрій місткістю 8 ГБ, тобто флешка USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3294,12 +3795,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "де X — назва потрібного вам пристрою. Приклад: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3308,62 +3809,15 @@ msgstr "" "iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Віддайте таку команду: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Витягніть флешку USB. Запис завершено." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 -msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "За допомогою Windows" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 -msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "Ви можете спробувати такі засоби:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 -msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -msgid "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 -msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Встановлення Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 -msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Цей крок докладно описано у <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">документації з Mageia</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 -msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Докладішу інформацію можна знайти у <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">вікі Mageia</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" @@ -3549,6 +4003,31 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>Не</emphasis> робіть цього під час наступних кроків встановлення." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select keyboard" +msgstr "Клавіатура" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia. " +"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone " +"previously selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Клавіатура" @@ -3628,12 +4107,12 @@ msgstr "" "способом перемикання між латинською і нелатинською розкладками." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Виберіть, будь ласка, мову" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " @@ -3645,7 +4124,7 @@ msgstr "" "встановленій системі." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " @@ -3657,16 +4136,20 @@ msgstr "" "додати їх. Після встановлення додати підтримку мов буде доволі складно." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-language.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " "as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " @@ -3677,7 +4160,7 @@ msgstr "" "мову буде позначено і у вікні вибору декількох мов." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." @@ -3687,11 +4170,17 @@ msgstr "" "мови, пов’язаної з вибраною розкладкою." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52 +msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that " +"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all " +"installed languages." msgstr "" "Типово, у Mageia використовується кодування UTF-8 (Unicode). Це кодування " "можна вимкнути за допомогою вікна вибору декількох мов, якщо вам наперед " @@ -3699,10 +4188,11 @@ msgstr "" "стосуватиметься всіх встановлених мов." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" "Змінити мову інтерфейсу системи після встановлення можна за допомогою Центру " "керування Mageia (Система -> Налаштувати локалізацію системи)." @@ -3754,12 +4244,12 @@ msgstr "" "більше кнопками." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Додавання пункту меню завантаження та внесення змін у такі пункти" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" @@ -3769,8 +4259,13 @@ msgstr "" "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "With a Bios system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " @@ -3780,13 +4275,14 @@ msgstr "" "кнопку на сторінці <emphasis>Налаштування завантажувача</emphasis>. У " "відповідь буде показано вікно редагування." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " -"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " -"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " -"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " +"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" "Якщо вами було вибрано завантажувач <code>Grub 2</code> або Grub2-efi для " "систем з UEFI, ви не зможете скористатися цим інструментом для редагування " @@ -3795,8 +4291,8 @@ msgstr "" "grub2</code>, <code>grub-customizer</code>, або внести зміни до <code>/boot/" "grub2/custom.cfg</code> вручну." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3806,8 +4302,8 @@ msgstr "" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." "png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3815,16 +4311,16 @@ msgstr "" "Деякі з дій можна виконувати нічим не ризикуючи. До таких дій належить зміна " "мітки запису або позначення типового запису у списку." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Ви можете додати до запису належний номер версії або повністю змінити назву " "запису." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3832,23 +4328,61 @@ msgstr "" "Типовий пункт — це пункт операційної системи, яка завантажується, якщо " "користувачем не буде зроблено іншого вибору під час показу меню завантаження." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" "Редагування інших параметрів може призвести до неможливості завантаження " "системи. Будь ласка, не експериментуйте з цими параметрами, якщо вам " "достеменно невідоме їхнє призначення." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109 +msgid "With an UEFI system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit " +"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/" +"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can " +"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list." +msgstr "" +"Якщо вами було вибрано завантажувач <code>Grub 2</code> або Grub2-efi для " +"систем з UEFI, ви не зможете скористатися цим інструментом для редагування " +"записів на наступному кроці, після натискання кнопки «Далі». Вам слід " +"скористатися іншим графічним інструментом для редагування, зокрема <code>kcm-" +"grub2</code>, <code>grub-customizer</code>, або внести зміни до <code>/boot/" +"grub2/custom.cfg</code> вручну." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down " +"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical " +"boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Основні параметри завантажувача" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3860,18 +4394,8 @@ msgstr "" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 -msgid "" -"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " -"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви користуєтеся системою з UEFI system, інтерфейс користувача трохи " -"відрізнятиметься, оскільки ви не зможете вибрати завантажувач (з першого " -"спадного списку), — тут вибір буде однозначним" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3880,8 +4404,8 @@ msgstr "" "вибрано автоматично програмою для встановлення системи, ви можете змінити їх " "за допомогою цієї сторінки." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3891,21 +4415,23 @@ msgstr "" "комп’ютері. Якщо це так, вам слід визначитися, має бути додано пункт Mageia " "до меню поточного завантажувача, чи Mageia має створити власний завантажувач." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :" msgstr "Графічні меню Mageia виглядає чудово. :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Користування завантажувачем Mageia" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." msgstr "" @@ -3914,8 +4440,8 @@ msgstr "" "диску вже було встановлено операційні системи, Mageia спробує додати пункти " "цих операційних систем до нового меню завантаження Mageia." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3923,19 +4449,20 @@ msgstr "" "У новій версії Mageia ви зможете скористатися завантажувачем GRUB2 на додачу " "до застарілої версії GRUB та Lilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." msgstr "" "Операційні системи Linux, у яких використовується завантажувач GRUB2, у " "поточній версії не розпізнаються і не підтримуються типовим завантажувачем " "GRUB (застарілої версії)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3944,13 +4471,13 @@ msgstr "" "Наказати системі використовувати саме цей завантажувач можна на сторінці " "«Резюме» під час встановлення операційної системи." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Користування вже встановленим завантажувачем" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3962,24 +4489,25 @@ msgstr "" "«Завантажувач» кнопку <guibutton>Налаштувати</guibutton> , за допомогою якої " "ви зможете змінити місце встановлення завантажувача." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" "Не вибирайте пристрій, наприклад «sda», інакше вже створений запис MBR буде " "перезаписано. Вам слід вибрати кореневий розділ, який було вибрано під час " "кроку розподілу диска на розділи, наприклад «sda7»." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Якщо бути точним, sda — це пристрій, а sda7 — розділ на пристрої." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3990,8 +4518,8 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>/</literal> (кореневого каталогу). Повернутися до вікна засобу " "встановлення можна за допомогою натискання комбінації клавіш Ctrl+Alt+F7." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -4006,13 +4534,13 @@ msgstr "" "автоматичному режимі. Відповідні пояснення має бути наведено у документації " "до іншої операційної системи." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Додаткові параметри завантажувача" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -4024,6 +4552,43 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> і позначте пункт <guilabel>Очищати /tmp при " "кожному перезавантаженні</guilabel>. Це допоможе зекономити трохи місця." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви користуєтеся системою з UEFI system, інтерфейс користувача трохи " +"відрізнятиметься, оскільки ви не зможете вибрати завантажувач (з першого " +"спадного списку), — тут вибір буде однозначним" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer " +"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). " +"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your " +"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing " +"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have " +"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of " +"operating systems you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128 +msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" @@ -4166,14 +4731,15 @@ msgstr "Підтвердження форматування жорсткого #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." @@ -4182,7 +4748,7 @@ msgstr "" "зробленого вибору." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." @@ -4192,6 +4758,108 @@ msgstr "" "цьому диску." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:9 +msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live mode" +msgstr "Портативний носій" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the " +"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:28 +msgid "Testing hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:31 +msgid "" +"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed " +"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. You can test the most current devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:38 +msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:42 +msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:47 +msgid "webcam:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:51 +msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:55 +msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/testing.xml:59 +msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can " +"leave with the quit button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark> +#: en/testing.xml:66 +msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/testing.xml:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch installation" +msgstr "Встановлення Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/testing.xml:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/testing.xml:81 +msgid "" +"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or " +"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get " +"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</" +"link> step\" as for the direct installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Вилучення Mageia" @@ -4272,6 +4940,88 @@ msgstr "" "розділами. Як і завжди, під час внесення змін до розділів слід бути дуже " "обережним і створювати резервні копії усіх важливих даних." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/unused.xml:9 +msgid "Keep or delete unused material" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:19 +msgid "" +"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " +"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to " +"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/unused.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/unused.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. " +"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></" +#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +#~ "</imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "Using Mageia" +#~ msgstr "За допомогою Mageia" + +#~ msgid "Using Windows" +#~ msgstr "За допомогою Windows" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Цей крок докладно описано у <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +#~ "\">документації з Mageia</link>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center" +#~ "\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=" +#~ "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + #~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" #~ msgstr "Нижче наведено типове вікно вітання DVD Mageia:" @@ -4279,9 +5029,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Деякі параметри роботи ядра можна вказати після натискання клавіші F6." -#~ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" - #~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" #~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" @@ -4309,9 +5056,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ "скористатися особливими параметрами встановлення, див. <xref linkend=" #~ "\"installationOptions\"></xref>." -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Параметри встановлення" - #~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." #~ msgstr "" #~ "У відповідь на натискання цієї клавіші буде відкрито таке текстове вікно " |